Ap09 640 PDF

Advanced Process Manager
Parameter Reference
Dictionary
AP09-640
Implementation
Advanced Process Manager - 3
Advanced Process Manager

Parameter Reference
Dictionary
AP09-640
Release 600
2/99
Notices and Trademarks
© Copyright 1999 by Honeywell Inc.
Revision 02 – February 1, 1999
While this information is presented in good faith and believed to be accurate,

Honeywell disclaims the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a
particular purpose and makes no express warranties except as may be stated in its
written agreement with and for its customer.
In no event is Honeywell liable to anyone for any indirect, special or consequential

damages. The information and specifications in this document are subject to
change without notice.
TotalPlant and TDC 3000 are U.S. registered trademarks of Honeywell Inc.
Other brand or product names are trademarks of their respective owners.

About This Publication
This publication defines the parameters for the APM data point types implemented
through TotalPlant Solution (TPS) system network Release 600. TPS is the evolution of
TDC 3000X.
APM Parameter Reference Dictionary 2/99

APM Parameter Reference Dictionary 2/99
Table of Contents
1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Purpose
1.2 Use of This Publication
1.3 Parameter Definition Format
1.4 Parameters Per Point Type and Algorithm Type
1.5 Full Points and Component Points
1.6 Abbreviations
1.7 CL Access
1.7.1 Parameters Not Accessible to CL
1.7.2 CL Restricted Parameters
2 PARAMETERS PER POINT TYPE

2.1 Analog Input (AnalgIn)
2.2 Analog Output (AnalgOut)
2.3 Array
2.4 Box (APM Box)
2.5 Box Flag
2.6 Box Numeric
2.7 Box Timer
2.8 Device Control (DevCont)
2.9 Digital Composite (DigComp)
2.10 Digital Input (DigIn)
2.11 Digital Output (DigOut)
2.12 IOP
2.13 Logic
2.14 Process Module (ProcMod)
2.15 Universal Control Network
2.16 UCN Node Data Point
3 PARAMETERS PER ALGORITHM TYPE
3.1 Auto Manual (AutoMan)

3.2 Calculator (Calcultr)
3.3 Data Acquisition (DataAcq)
3.4 Flow Compensation (FlowComp)
3.5 General Linearization (GenLin)
3.6 High-Low Average (HiLoAvg)
3.7 Incremental Summer (IncrSum)
3.8 Middle-of-3 (MidOf3)
3.9 Override Selector (ORSel)
3.10 Pid
3.11 Pid with External Reset Feedback (PidErfb)
3.12 Pid with Feed Forward (PidFf)
3.13 Pid with Position Proportional (PidPosPr)
3.14 Position Proportional (PosProp)
3.15 Ramp Soak (RampSoak)
3.16 Ratio Control (RatioCtl)
3.17 Summer
3.18 Switch
3.19 Totalizer (Totalizr)
3.20 Variable Dead Time with Lead/Lag (VdtLdLag)
$–Y PARAMETER DEFINITIONS
APM Parameter Reference Dictionary i 2/99

APM Parameter Reference Dictionary ii 2/99
1
INTRODUCTION
Section 1
1.1 PURPOSE
This publication defines the user-visible parameters that exist in the TotalPlant Solution
(TPS) system Advanced Process Manager (APM) and Network Interface Module (NIM).
It also provides listings of parameters that are applicable to various APM point types and
algorithms.
For information on how the parameters are related to each other in terms of point types
and algorithms, refer to the Advanced Process Manager Control Functions and
Algorithms manual in the Implementation/Advanced Process Manager - 1 binder.
1.2 USE OF THIS PUBLICATION
Use this publication during configuration and during operation when detailed information
about APM and NIM parameters is required.
For use in data point configuration, this publication provides definitions for each entry
that can be made on the Advanced Process Manager Point Configuration Forms,
in the Implementation/Advanced Process Manager, and in the Parameter Entry Displays
at the Universal Station.
For use in process operation, this publication provides information about the parameters
that appear for the process data points and APM Box Data Point on the displays of
Universal Stations that are running with the Operator personality.
1.3 PARAMETER DEFINITION FORMAT
In this dictionary, the parameter definitions are listed in alphabetical order according to
the parameter name, which can be up to eight characters in length. Each parameter in this
publication is defined using the format shown below for the ALMOPT parameter, as an
example. The following paragraphs describe the entries that appear within each
parameter definition.
ALMOPT (DigIn)
Type: e($ALMOPT) Alarming Option—Defines the alarming option for a digital input point whose DITYPE
Lock: Eng/PB is Status.
Default: None
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-None (No alarms are to be detected)
1-Offnorml (Off Normal; alarm if current PV state is not the PVNORMAL state. PVNORMAL is
defined by the STATETXT(0) or STATETXT(1) descriptor, as configured by the user.)
2-ChngofSt (An alarm is generated when the digital input changes state in either direction).
Helpful Hint: ALMOPT configuration requires DITYPE = Status.
APM Parameter Reference Dictionary 1-1 2/99

1.3
For many parameters, the function of the parameter is described using the long name of
the parameter (Alarm Option), followed by a description as shown in the above example.
Some parameters in this dictionary do not have functional descriptions following the long
name; this is because the long name of the parameter sufficiently describes the parameter
function.
Type
This entry is the data type that defines how the parameter is viewed by the system. The
following data types are used in this dictionary:
• E:—Enumeration; the value for the parameter is chosen from a set of predefined
character strings. In the above example, the enumerations of $ALMOPT are None,
Offnorml.
• SD_ENM:—Self-Defining Enumeration; the value for the parameter is chosen from

the user-defined character strings.
• Ent.Prm—consists of a 1-16 character tag name, a period, and a 1-8 character

parameter name.
• Integer—a 16-bit whole number that does not contain a decimal point (+ 32767).
• Logical—a binary type with the values of ON (True) and OFF (False), or 0 (Off) and
1 (On).
• NaN—although not a data type, is used to represent "Not A Number" and is stored in
IEEE format.
• Prm_Id—1-8 character parameter name.
• Real—a 32-bit floating-point number in IEEE format.
• String_L—a character string of maximum length = L. Same as Ascii_L.
• Time—The time of day in one of the following formats: DDD HH:MM:SS for
durations, and DDMMYY HH:MM:SS for an absolute date or time stamp.
• Universal Ent.Prm—Universal Entity Parameter Identifier. It is basically the same

as Ent.Prm, but the entity name can be entered as an external 16-character tag name
or as the APM's internal hardware reference address. The hardware reference address
syntax can be used to access parameters of points (within this same APM) that are
untagged or tagged.

1.3
The following are examples of hardware reference addresses*:

Type Hardware Reference Address
AO Processor Output !AO11S03.OP (Parameter OP of Slot #3 of AO processor #11)
DI Processor PV !DI05S07.PVFL (Parameter PVFL of Slot #7 of DI processor #5)
DO Processor !DO15S12.SO (Parameter SO of Slot #12 of DO processor #15)

Status Output
DO Processor !DO15S12.ONPULSE (Parameter ONPULSE of Slot #12 of DO

ON Pulse Command processor #15)
DO Processor !DO15S12.OFFPULSE (Parameter OFFPULSE of Slot #12 of

OFF Pulse Command DO processor #15)
Lock
The access lock defines "who" or "what" can change the parameter’s value or option and
the access level defines "who" or "what" is requesting a parameter value or option change.
For example, if a requestor with an access level of Supr tries to change a parameter that
has an access lock of Engr, the request will be denied. The two charts below describe how
access levels and access locks work.
Access Level Used By Who Or What When A
Parameter Change Request Is Made
Oper Operator
Supr or Sup Supervisor
Engr, Eng, or Eg Engineer
Cont Continuous_Control (from a Module on the LCN)
OnProc On Process
APMMCc APMM_Continuous_Control (from APMM)
Prog CL/APM Sequence_Programs
PtBld or PB Point_Builder (Data Entity Builder)
Access Lock Access Level of Requestors That Can Change The Parameter
Oper Oper Supr Engr Cont APMMCc Prog PtBld

Supr Supr Engr Cont APMMCc Prog PtBld
Engr Engr Cont APMMCc Prog PtBld
OnProc Oper Supr Engr
Sup/Eg Supr Engr
EgOnly Engr
Prog Cont APMMCc Prog PtBld
Eng/PB Engr PtBld
PtBld PtBld
View (Read Only)
______________
*The Analog Input address !AImmSss.Parameter is not supported because the Analog Input point does not have
a useable default database.

1.4
Default
The default for the parameter is the default value assigned by the system. The system
automatically enters the default value for a parameter when a range or a selection is not
entered for a parameter during point building. The default values are also shown on the
configuration forms and parameter entry displays.
PtRes
This defines where the parameter physically resides. The following residency locations
are used in the parameter definitions:
PtRes Definition
APM Advanced Process Manager

NIM Network Interface Module
SI Serial Interface
Range
This defines the range of the value that can be entered for this parameter. Integers that
precede APM resident enumeration parameters are sometimes needed by advanced CL
users. These integers specify the member’s position within the set (that is, the ordinal).
CL programs external to the UCN (such as AM/CL) will see the same enumeration
strings, but in some cases, with different ordinal values.
Helpful Hint
Some parameter definitions contain a Helpful Hint box at the end of the definition. This
box contains additional information about the parameter, such as prerequisites, etc.
1.4 PARAMETERS PER POINT TYPE AND ALGORITHM TYPE
In addition to the parameter definitions, this dictionary also contains listings of the
parameters that are applicable to each APM point type and algorithm type. Parameters-
per-point-type are defined in Section 2; parameters-per-algorithm-type are defined in
Section 3.
1.5 FULL POINTS AND COMPONENT POINTS
Separate functional elements of the APM are used to implement various parts of typical
control loops and control strategies. Each of these functional elements can be assigned a
user-defined tag name to allow for location-independent reference to the data associated
with that function. For example, point tags are assigned by the user for analog input and
analog output slots. The I/O Processor data (engineering-unit range for inputs,
characterization option for outputs, etc.) is configured as part of the point-build process
for these points. A separate tag is configured for each regulatory control (RegCtl) slot
that is linked to the assigned analog I/O tags through input/output connections.

1.6
The APM provides a configurable parameter called PNTFORM (Point Form) that allows
the user to define which points are to be used as the primary operator interface for point
data. The PNTFORM parameter provides the user with two choices for point form:
"Full" and "Component." Points that are configured as having "Full" point form include
descriptor data and alarm-related parameters. This information is needed when the point
is to be used as the primary operator interface to the point’s data.
Points that are configured as having "Component" point form do not require descriptor
data and alarm-related parameters, because this type of information is suppressed for
"Component" points. This point form should be used for points that provide inputs to the
"Full" point and also for those points that handle the outputs from the "Full" points.
"Component" points should be used as part of the "Full" point that has been designated a
primary operator interface point.
1.6 ABBREVIATIONS
AM Application Module
AnalgIn Analog Input Data Point
AnalgOut Analog Output Data Point
AO Analog Output
APM Advanced Process Manager
APMM Advanced Process Manager Module
APM Box APM Box Data Point
Array Array Data Point
AutoMan Auto Manual algorithm
Box Box Data Point
Calcultr Calculator algorithm
CM Computing Module 50 or 60
DevCtl Device Control Data Point
DI Digital Input
DigComp Digital Composite Data Point
DigIn Digital Input Data Point
DigOut Digital Output Data Point
DISOE Digital Input Sequence of Events
DO Digital Output
Flag Flag Data Point
FlowComp Flow Compensation algorithm
FTA Field Termination Assembly
GenLin General Linearization algorithm
HiLoAvg High Low Average algorithm
HLAI High Level Analog Input
IncrSum Incremental Summer algorithm

1.6
IOL I/O Link

IOP I/O Processor
Logic Logic Data Point (Slot)
LCN Local Control Network
LLAI Low Level Analog Input (or LLAI-8)
LLMUX Low Level Analog Input Multiplexer (or LLAI-16/32)
MidOf3 Middle-of-3 Selector algorithm
NIM Network Interface Module
ORSel Override Selector algorithm
PI Pulse Input
Pid Proportional, Integral, Derivative,
PidErfb Proportional, Integral, Derivative with External Reset Feedback algorithm
PidFf PID with Feedforward algorithm
PidPosPr PID With Position Proportional algorithm
PosProp Position Proportional algorithm
ProcMod Process Module Data Point
RampSoak Ramp Soak algorithm
RatioCtl Ratio Control algorithm
RegCtl Regulatory Control Data Point or algorithm
RegPV Regulatory PV Data Point or algorithm
RHMUX Remote Hardened Analog Input Multiplexer (or RHMUX–16/32)
SI Serial Interface
SDI Serial Device Interface
STI Smart Transmitter Interface
Switch Switch algorithm
Summer Summer algorithm
Timer Timer Data Point
Totalizr Totalizer algorithm
UCN Universal Control Network
VdtLdLag Variable Deadtime Lead Lag algorithm

1.7
1.7 CL ACCESS
1.7.1 Parameter Not Accessible to CL
Parameter $EVNTREC is not accessible to Control Language (CL) sequences.
1.7.2 CL Restricted Parameters
The following parameters are not accessible to PM/CL sequences. They are not directly
available to AM/CL sequences. Access to AM/CL is through a custom data segment
parameters attached to AM regulatory points as described below.
BHALMFL1-BHALMFL7
NODESTS
NODETYP
UCNRECHN
These parameters are available to user schematics using the NIM reserved data point, e.g.,
$NMuuBnn.param, where uu = UCN number and nn = UCN node number.
AM/CL programs can access the restricted parameters as Regulatory Point General inputs
(using ordinary point parameter access). They must be transferred to parameters of AM
regulatory points. There are two ways to do this:
1. Boolean parameters (BHALMFLn), can be referenced as general inputs to a Switch

algorithm. A CL program can access the switch parameters.
2. For Enumerations (NODEOPER, NODESTS, NODETYP, POSITION, AND

UNRECHN) a custom data segment is created to allow the parameters to be
referenced as general inputs and transferred to user-defined parameters (of a RegCtl
Point) that can be accessed by Cl.

2
PARAMETERS PER POINT TYPE

Section 2
This section contains listings of parameters that are applicable to each data point type in the APM,
except for the Regulatory Control and Regulatory PV data points which can be found in Section 3.
Refer to Sections $ - X for the definitions of the parameters.
2.1 Analog Input (AI)
The parameters of the Analog Input Data points are listed below in alphabetical order.
(F) indicates that the parameter is applicable when the PNTFORM = Full.
$AUXUNIT (F) LRL PVALDB (F) PVLLFL SLWSRCID

ALENBST (F) LRV PVALDBEU (F) PVLLPR (F) PVTV (F)
ASSOCDSP MODNUM PVAUTO PVLLTP (F) PVTVP (F)
AVDELTHS NAME PVAUTOST PVLOFL RJTEMP
AVSTS NODENUM PVCALC PVLOPR (F) S1
BADPVFL (F) NODETYP PVCHAR PVLOTP (F) SECVAR
BADPVPR (F) NTWKNUM PVCLAMP PVP SENSRTYP
C1 OTDENBLE PVEUHI PVRAW SERIALNO
C2 OVERVAL (F) PVEULO PVRAWHI SFSTS
CJTACT PIUOTDCF PVEXEUHI PVRAWLO SLOTNUM
COMMAND PNTFORM PVEXEULO PVROCNFL SLWSRCID
CONTCUT (F) PNTMODTY PVEXHIFL PVROCNPR (F) STATE
DAMPING PNTNODTY PVEXLOFL PVROCNTP (F) STI_EU
DECONF PNTSTATE PVFORMAT PVROCPFL STISWVER
EUDESC PNTTYPE PVHHFL PVROCPPR (F) STITAG
HIGHAL (F) PRIMMOD (F) PVHHPR (F) PVROCPTP (F) TCRNGOPT
HIGHALPR (F) PTDESC PVHHTP (F) PVSOURCE (F) TF
INPTDIR PTEXECST PVHIFL PVSRCOPT (F) TIMEBASE
KEYWORD PTINAL PVHIPR (F) PVSTS UNIT
LASTPV PV PVHITP (F) PVTEMP URL
LOCUTOFF URV
2.2 Analog Output (AO)
The parameters of the Analog Output Data point are listed below in alphabetical order.
ASSOCDSP MODNUM OPFINAL OPOUT2 PNTTYPE

CASREQ (F) NAME OPIN0 OPOUT3 PRIMMOD (F)
EUDESC NMODATTR (F) OPIN1 OPOUT4 PTDESC
KEYWORD NMODE (F) OPIN2 OPOUT5 PTEXECST
LOCALMAN NODENUM OPIN3 OPTDIR RCASOPT
MODATTR (F) NODETYP OPIN4 PNTFORM REDTAG (F)
MODE (F) NTWKNUM OPIN5 PNTMODTY RINITREQ (F)
MODEAPPL (F) OP OPOUT0 PNTNODTY SLOTNUM
MODEPERM (F) OPCHAR OPOUT1 PNTSTATE STDBYMAN
UNIT

2.3
2.3 Array
The parameters of the Array Data Point are listed below in alphabetical order.
AB_DATA1 ERRCODE NN PNTNODTY STRDESC

AB_DATA2 EXTDATA NNDESC PNTTYPE STRLEN
AB_DATA3 FL NNUMERIC PRIMMOD (F) STRSTIX
AB_DATA4 FLDESC NNSTIX PTDESC STSMSG
ASSOCDSP FLSTIX NODENUM SCANPRI TIME
AUXDATA1 FTANUM NODETYP SLOTNUM TIMEDESC
AUXDATA2 INITREQ NSTRING SPLOCK TIMESECS
AUXDATA3 IOPNUM NTIME STR8 TIMESTIX
AUXDATA4 KEYWORD NTWKNUM STR16 UNIT
BADPVFL (F) NFLAG OVERLAP STR32 USERID
DEVADDR PNTFORM STR64
PNTFORM STR64
2.4 Box (APM Box)
The parameters of the Advanced Process Manager Box Data Point are listed below in
alphabetical order.
BADPVTXT IOLPERSW LSPPXORN NODESTS SAFOPCMD

CHPINOPR IOMCARD LSUCNORN NODETYP SCANRATE
CRUCNORN IOMCHAER MDMHWREV NODFSTAT SCANPER
CRIOLORN IOMCHASL MINUTE NPMSLOT SECOND
CRPPXORN IOMCHBER MONTH NPVSLOT SEQPRGSZ
CTLOPT IOMCHBSL MOVPVTXT NSTRING SEQPROC
CTLPATCH IOMCMD NARRSLOT NTIME STR8
CYCLETIM IOMCOMER NCTLSLOT NTIMER SUMSLTSZ
DATE IOMFILE NDCSLOT PKGOPT SWTCHACT
DAY IOMOPER NDEVSLOT PMMCHAER TIME
DB_VALID IOMRECHN NFASTCTL PMMCHASL TMCMD
EUNDESC IOMREALT NFASTDC PMMCHBER TMPV
FL IOMSEVER NFASTDEV PMMCHBSL TMSP
FTA1TYPE IOMSTS NFASTLOG PMMCMD TMRV
FTA2TYPE IOMTYPE NFASTPV PMMCOMER TMSO
HOUR IONTOKEN NFLAG PMMCTLST TMST
IOLASTS IOP NLOGSLOT PMMFLPOS TMTB
IOLBSTS IOPNUM NN PMMOPER UTSDRIFT
IOLCHAER IOPSTR1 NNUMERIC PMMRECCH UTSNODE
IOLCHASL IOPSTR2 NODEASSN PMMSEVER UTSTBCRV
IOLCHBER IORECCHN NODECMD PMMSFSTS UTSTIME
IOLCHBSL IOSTKNDR NODECONF PMMSTS UTSTIMST
IOLCHERT IOSSTS NODENUM POSITION WEEKDAY
IOLCMD IOTKNSTL NODEOPER RJTEMP YEAR
LSIOLORN
Some of the parameters in the above listing are arrays and are not defined in this
publication.

2.5
2.5 Box Flag
The parameters of the Box Flag Data Point are listed below in alphabetical order. (F)
indicates that the parameter is applicable when the PNTFORM = Full; an * indicates that
the parameter is applicable to flag slots 1-128.
$AUXUNIT (F)* EIPPCODE (F)* NODETYP PRIMMOD (F)* SLOTNUM

ALENBST (F)* EUDESC NTWKNUM PTDESC STATE0
ALPRIOR HIGHAL (F)* OFFNRMPR (F) PV STATE1
ASSOCDSP KEYWORD PNTNODTY PVFL STATETXT
BOXCLR NAME PNTFORM S0BOXCLR UNIT
CONTCUT (F)* NODENUM PNTTYPE S1BOXCLR
2.6 Box Numeric
The parameters of the Box Numeric Data Point are listed below in alphabetical order.
ASSOCDSP NODENUM PNTNODTY PRIMMOD (F) PVFORMAT

EUDESC NODETYP PNTFORM PTDESC SLOTNUM
KEYWORD NTWKNUM PNTTYPE PV UNIT
NAME
2.7 Box Timer
The parameters of the Box Timer Data Point are listed below in alphabetical order.
ASSOCDSP NODENUM PTDESC RV STATE

COMMAND NODETYP PERIOD SLOTNUM TIMEBASE
EUDESC NTWKNUM PRIMMOD (F) SO TIMOUTFL
KEYWORD PNTNODTY PV SP UNIT
NAME PNTTYPE

2.8
2.8 Device Control (DevCtl)
The parameters of the Device Control Data Point are listed below in alphabetical order.
$AUXUNIT (F) (#Inputs>0) MAINDAT OVRDALPR (F)
ACCELTIM MAINTOPT OVRDSIFL
ALENBST (F) MANMODFL P0 (#Outputs>0)
ASSOCDSP MASKTIM P1 (#Outputs>0)
BADPVFL (F) MAXTIM0H P2 (#Outputs>0)
BADPVPR (F) MAXTIM1H PAUSETIM
BADPVTXT (#Inputs>0) MAXTIM2H PERIOD
BADSVFL MAXTRAN0 PGALGID 1-4
BADSVPR (F) MAXTRAN1 PGDSTN 1-4
BOXCLR MAXTRAN2 PGPLSWTH 1-4
BYPASS MODATTR (#Outputs>0) PGSO 1-4
CMDDISFL MODE (#Outputs>0) PIALGID 1-12
CMDDISPR (F) MODEAPPL (#Outputs>0) PIDEADBD1-12
CMDFALFL MODEPERM (#Outputs>0) PINN 1-12
CMDFALTM MODNUM PISO 1-12
CONTCUT (#Inputs>0) MOMSTATE (#Outputs>0) PISRC 1-12
D1 (#Inputs=1) MOVPVFL (#Inputs>0) PNTFORM
D1_0 (#Inputs=1) MOVPVTXT PNTMODTY
D1_1 (#Inputs=2) NAME PNTNODTY
D2 (#Inputs=2) NI0 (#Outputs>0) PNTSTATE
D2D1_00 (#Inputs=2) NI1 (#Outputs>0) PNTTYPE
D2D1_01 (#Inputs=2) NI2 (#Outputs>0) PRIMMOD (F)
D2D1_10 (#Inputs=2) NMODATTR (#Outputs>0) PTDESC
D2D1_11 NMODE (#Outputs>0) PTEXECST
DB_VALID NN PTINAL
DEADBAND NNINSET 1-10 PULSEWTH (#Outputs>0)
DEADTIME (#Inputs>0) NODENUM PV (#Inputs>0)
DISRC 1 - 2 (#Outputs>0) NODETYP PVAUTO (#Inputs>0)
DODSTN NODINPTS PVFL (#Inputs>0)
EIPPCODE (F) NODOPTS PVNORMAL (F)
EUDESC (#Inputs>0) NOLINPTS PVNORMFL
EVTOPT (F) NOLOPTS PVSOURCE (F) (#Inputs>0)
FBTIME (F) NONECONF PVSRCOPT (F) (#Inputs>0)
FL 1-12 NONE_OP1-3 PVSTATES 0-4 (#Inputs>0)
HIGHAL (F) NOPGATE PVTXTOPT
HIGHALPR NOSGATE REDTAG (F) (#Outputs>0)
HISVPEAK (#Outputs>0) NOSIOVRD RESETFL
I0 NOSTATES S0BOXCLR
I0CONF (#Outputs>0) NOTRANS0 S1BOXCLR
I1 NOTRANS1 S2BOXCLR
I1CONF (#Outputs>0) NOTRANS2 SEALOPT
I2 NSI0 (#Outputs>0) SECVAR
I2CONF NTWKNUM SGALGID 1-2
INITMAN OFFNRMFL SGDSTN 1-2
INITREQ OFFNRMPR (F) SGPLSWTH 1-2
KEYWORD OP (#Outputs>0) SGSO 1-2
L OPCMD (#Outputs>0) SI0
LIBADOPT OPFINAL (#Outputs>0) SI0ALOPT
LIDESC OPRATRFL (#Outputs>0) SI0ALPR (F)
LISRC 1-12 OROPT (#Outputs>0) SI0CONF
LMREV OVRCTIM SIALGID 1-12
LMSRC (#Outputs>0) OVRDCONF SIDLYTIM 1-12
LOCALMAN OVRDDESC SIDSTN 1-12
LODSTN 1-2 OVRDI0FL SISO 1-12
LOENBL 1-2 OVRD1FL SLOTNUM
LOGICSRC OVRD2FL SO 0-2
LOSRC 1-2 OVRDALOP SOCMD

2.8
2.8 Device Control (DevCtl) con’t
Continuation of the Device Control parameters are listed below in alphabetical order. (F)
indicates that the parameter is applicable when the PNTFORM = Full.
ST0_OP1 (#Outputs>0) STSMSG SVSRC

ST0_OP2 (#Outputs>=2) SVALDB SVTV
ST0_OP3 (#Outputs>=3) SVALDBEU SVTVP
ST1_OP1 (#Outputs>0) SVDESC TRANTIM0
ST1_OP2 (#Outputs>=2) SVEUDESC TRANTIM1
ST1_OP3 (#Outputs>=3) SVEUHI TRANTIM2
ST2_OP1 (#Outputs>0) SVEULO UNCMDFL
ST2_OP2 (#Outputs>=2) SVHHFL UNIT
ST2_OP3 (#Outputs>=3) SVHHPR (F) USERID
STATE0 SVHHTP
STATE1 SVHHTPP
STATE2 SVHIFL
STATTIM0 SVHIPR (F)
STATTIM1 SVHITP
STATTIM2 SVHITPP
STATETXT0-4 SVP
STCHGOPT SVPEAK

2.9
2.9 Digital Composite (DigComp)
The parameters of the Digital Composite Data Point are listed below in alphabetical
order. (F) indicates that the parameter is applicable when the PNTFORM = Full.
$AUXUNIT (F) (#Inputs>0) MAXTRAN2 PNTNODTY

ALENBST (F) MODATTR (#Outputs>0) PNTSTATE
ALPRIOR MODE (#Outputs>0) PNTTYPE
ASSOCDSP MODEAPPL (#Outputs>0) SI0
BADCTLPR MODEPERM (#Outputs>0) PRIMMOD (F)
BADPVFL (F) (#Inputs>0) MODNUM PTDESC
BADPVPR (F) MOMSTATE (#Outputs>0) PTEXECST
BADPVTXT MOVPVFL (#Inputs>0) PTINAL
BOXCLR MOVPVTXT PULSEWDTH (#Outputs>0)
BYPASS NAME PV (#Inputs>0)
CMDDISFL NI0 (#Outputs>0) PVAUTO (#Inputs>0)
CMDDISPR (F) NI1 (#Outputs>0) PVFL 0-2 (#Inputs>0)
CMDFALFL NI2 (#Outputs>0) PVNORMAL (F)
CMDFALTM NMODATTR (#Outputs>0) PVSOURCE (F) (#Inputs>0)
CONTCUT (F) NMODE (#Outputs>0) PVSRCOPT (F) (#Inputs>0)
D1 (#Inputs>0) NODENUM PVSTATES 0-4 (#Inputs>0)
D1_0 (#Inputs=1) NODETYP PVTXTOPT
D1_1 (#Inputs=1) NODINPTS REDTAG (F) (#Outputs>0)
D2 (#Inputs=2) NODOPTS RESETFL
D2D1_00 (#Inputs=2) NONECONF S0BOXCLR
D2D1_01 (#Inputs=2) NONE_OP1-3 S1BOXCLR
D2D1_10 (#Inputs=2) NOSIOVRD S2BOXCLR
D2D1_11 (#Inputs=2) NOSTATES SEALOPT
DISRC 1-2 (#Inputs>0) NOTRANS1 SI0ALOPT
DODSTN 1-3 (#Outputs>0) NOTRANS0 SI0ALPR (F)
EIPPCODE (F) NOTRANS2 SI0CONF
EUDESC NSI0 (#Outputs>0) SLOTNUM
EVTOPT (F) (#Inputs>0) NTWKNUM SO (#Outputs>0)
FBTIME (F) OFFNRMFL SOCMD (#Outputs>0)
HIGHAL (F) OFFNRMPR (F) ST0_OP1 (#Outputs>0)
HIGHALPR OP (#Outputs>0) ST0_OP2 (#Outputs>=2)
I0 (#Outputs>0) OPCMD (#Outputs>0) ST0_OP3 (#Outputs>=3)
I0CONF OPFINAL (#Outputs>0) ST1_OP1 (#Outputs>0)
I0DESC OPRATRFL (#Outputs>0) ST2_OP1 (#Outputs>0)
I1 (#Outputs>0) OVRDALOP ST1_OP2 (#Outputs>=2)
I1CONF OPSTTEXT ST2_OP2 (#Outputs>=2)
I1DESC (#Outputs>0) OVRDALPR (F) ST1_OP3 (#Outputs>=3)
I2 OROPT (#Outputs>0) ST2_OP3 (#Outputs>=3)
I2CONF OVRDCONF STATE0
I2DESC OVRDDESC STATE1
INITMAN OVRDI0FL STATE2
INITREQ OVRDI1FL STATETXT 0-4
KEYWORD OVRDI2FL STATTIM0
LOCALMAN (#Outputs>0) OVRDSIFL STATTIM1
LOGICSRC P0 (#Outputs>0) STATTIM2
MAINDAT P1 (#Outputs>0) STCHGOPT
MAINTOPT P2 (#Outputs>0) STSMSG
MAXTIM0H PAUSETIM TRANTIM1
MAXTIM1H PERIOD TRANTIM2
MAXTIM2H PNTFORM UNCMDFL
MAXTRAN0 PNTMODTY UNIT
MAXTRAN1 USERID

2.10
2.10 Digital Input (DigIn)
The parameters of the Digital Input Data point are listed below in alphabetical order. (L),
(S), or (A)—parameter applies only when DITYPE = Latched, Status, or Accum. (F)
$AUXUNIT (S) (F) DLYTIME (S) (F) OVERVAL (A) (F) PVRAW
ALENBST (S) (F) EIPPCODE (S) (L) (F) PNTFORM PVSOURCE (L) (F)
ALMOPT (S) (F) EUDESC PNTNODTY PVSRCOPT (S) (L) (F)
ALPRIOR EVTOPT (L) (F) PNTMODTY RESETFL (A)
ASSOCDSP HIGHAL (S) PNTSTATE RESETVAL (A)
AV (A) INPTDIR (F) PNTTYPE S0BOXCLR (S) (L)
AVTV (A) KEYWORD PRIMMOD (F) S1BOXCLR (S) (L)
AVTVFL (A) MODNUM PTDESC SLOTNUM
BADPVFL (F) NAME PTEXECST STARTFL (A)
BADPVPR NODENUM PV (S) (L) STATE (A)
BOXCLR (L) NODETYP PVAUTO (S) (L) STATE0 (S) (L)
COMMAND (A) NTWKNUM PVCHGDLY (S) (L) (F) STATE1 (S) (L)
CONTCUT (S) (F) OFFNRMFL (S) PVFL (S) (L) STATETXT 0-2 (S) (L)
COUNTDWN (A) OFFNRMPR (S) (F) PVNORMAL (S) (F) STOPFL (A)
DEBOUNCE (S) (L) OLDAV (A) PVNORMFL (S) UNIT
DITYPE (F) OVERFLOW (A)
2.11 Digital Output (DigOut)
The parameters of the Digital Output Data point are listed below in alphabetical order.
(S) or (P) parameter applies only when DOTYPE = Status or Pulse Width Modulated
(PWM). This point type is available only in the component form.
ASSOCDSP NODENUM PERIOD (P) PRIMMOD (F) SO (S)

DOTYPE NODETYP PNTFORM PTDESC STATE0 (S)
EUDESC NTWKNUM PNTMODTY PTEXECST STATE1 (S)
INITREQ OFFPULSE (S) PNTNODTY S0BOXCLR (S) STDBYMAN
KEYWORD ONPULSE (S) PNTSTATE S1BOXCLR (S) UNIT
MODNUM OP (P) PNTTYPE SLOTNUM
NAME OPTDIR (P)
2.12 IOP
The parameters of the Input/Output Processor Point are listed below in alphabetical order.
CALIBALL IOMACTYP IOMTYPE IORECCHN RJRAW

CALIBRJ IOMFWREV IOMSTS LINEPERD SLOT0SF
FAILOPT IOMHWREV IONTOKEN MAXSLOTS STDBYSTS
FTAPRES IOMLHFST IOPSTR1 NODETYP SWTCHACT
FREQ6050 IOMOPER IOPSTR2 PIUOTDCF WARMSTRT
Some of the parameters in the above listing are arrays and are not defined in this
publication.

2.13
2.13 Logic
The parameters of the Logic Data Point are listed below in alphabetical order. (F)
indicates that the parameter is applicable when the
PNTFORM = Full.
$AUXUNIT (F) C1SRC LISRC 1-12 NOLOPTS R2 1-24

ALENBST (F) C2SRC LODSTN 1-12 NTWKNUM S1 1-24
ASSOCDSP C3SRC LOENBL 1-12 PERIOD S1REV 1-24
C1DESC C4SRC LOGALGID 1-24 PNTFORM S2 1-24
C2DESC CONTCUT LOGMIX PNTMODTY S2REV 1-24
C3DESC DEADBAND 1-24 LOSRC 1-12 PNTNODTY S3 1-24
C4DESC DLYTIME 1-24 MODNUM PNTSTATE S3REV 1-24
C1FL EIPPCODE (F) NAME PNTTYPE S4 1-24
C2FL FL1-12 NN1-8 PRIMMOD (F) SLOTNUM
C3FL GENDESC 1-12 (F) NODENUM PRMDESC 1-12 (F) SO 1-24
C4FL HIGHAL NODESC (F) PTDESC STSMSG
C1PR (F) HIGHALPR NODETYP PTEXECST UNIT
C2PR (F) L1-12 NOLINPTS PTINAL USERID
C3PR (F) LIBADOPT NOLOGBLK R1 1-24
C4PR (F)
2.14 Process Module (ProcMod)
The parameters of the Process Module Data Point are listed below in alphabetical order.
ABHEMSD MSGPEND PHREMTIM SEQNAME STR16 1-8

ABHHOLD NAME (F) PNTFORM SEQOBJSZ STR32 1-4
ABHRSTR NN 1-80 PNTNODTY SEQPR (F) STR64 1-2
ABHSHDN NODENUM PNTTYPE SEQSLTSZ STRLEN
ACP (F) NODETYP PRIMMOD (F) SLOTNUM STSMSG
ALPRIOR (F) NTWKNUM PROCMOD SNAME 1-2 SUSPSTAT
ANAME 1-3 OVERPHAS PTDESC SPLOCK SUSPTIME
ASSOCDSP OVERSTAT RESTART SSTEP 1-2 TIME 1-4
ASTEP 1-3 OVERSTEP RSTROPT SSTMT 1-2 UNIT
ASTMT 1-3 PERIOD RUNSTATE STATMENT USERID
CNTLLOCK PHASE SEQERR STEP
FL 1-27 PHASEAL SEQEXEC STR8 1-16
PHASETIM SEQMODE

2.15
2.15 UCN Network
Listed below in alphabetical order are the parameters of the UCN Data Point (system
parameter $NTWRKnn where nn = the UCN number).
CHPINHWY HWYCTLST NIMADDR NMSGTXT

CLPZMXC LOADSCOP NIMREV TIMESYNC
CLPZMXP MSGTXT 0-15 NIMVERS UPGRADE
2.16 UCN Node Data Point
The parameters of the NIM Data Point ($NMuuNnn) are listed below in alphabetical
order. uu is the UCN network number, and nn is the UCN node number.
$UCNLSB 1-50 LOADSCOP NODESTS UTSDRIFT

CABLESTS MDMHWREV NODETYP UTSNODE
CLPZMXC MODNUM TIMESYNC UTSTBCRV
CLPZMXP NMSGTXT UCNRECHN UTSTIME
NODESTAT UPGRADE UTSTIMST

3
PARAMETERS PER ALGORITHM TYPE

Section 3
This section contains listings of parameters that are applicable to each PV and control algorithm in
the APM. Refer to Sections $ - X for the definitions of the parameters.
3.1 Auto Manual (AutoMan)
The parameters of the Auto Manual control algorithm are listed below in alphabetical
$AUXUNIT (F) CVEUHI MODNUM OPLOLM RATE1
ALENBST (F) CVEULO NAME OPLOPR (F) RCASOPT
ARWNET ESWAUTO NMODATTR OPLOTP (F) RCASSHED
ARWOP ESWCAS NMODE OPMCHLM REDTAG (F)
ASSOCDSP ESWENBST NOCINPTS OPRATRFL RINITREQ
AUTMODFL ESWMAN NOCOPTS OPROCLM RINITVAL
B EUDESC NODENUM $OPTOL SAFEOP
B0 EXTSWOPT NODETYP OVERVAL (F) SHEDMODE
BADCTLFL HIGHAL (F) NTWKNUM PERIOD SHEDTIME
BADCTLOP HIGHALPR (F) OP PNTFORM SHUTDOWN
BADCTLPR (F) INITMAN OPALDB (F) PNTMODTY SLOTNUM
CASREQ K OPEU PNTNODTY STDBYMAN
CIDSTN KEYWORD OPHAFL (F) PNTSTATE STSMSG
CISRC LOCALMAN OPHIFL PNTTYPE UNIT
CODSTN MANMODFL OPHILM PRIMMOD (F) USERID
CONTCUT (F) MODATTR OPHIPR (F) PTDESC X1
CTLALGID MODE OPHITP (F) PTEXECST X2
CTLEQN MODEAPPL OPLAFL (F) PTINAL XEUHI
CTRLINIT MODEPERM OPLOFL PTORST XEULO
CV RARWSTS
3.2 Calculator (Calcultr)
The parameters of the Calculator PV algorithm are listed below in alphabetical order. (F)
$AUXUNIT (F) NODENUM PIDSTN PVEUHI PVLOTP (F)
ALENBST (F) NODETYP PISRC PVEULO PVP
ASSOCDSP NOPINPTS PNTFORM PVEXEUHI PVROCNFL
BADPVFL (F) NTWKNUM PNTMODTY PVEXEULO PVROCNPR (F)
BADPVPR (F) OVERVAL (F) PNTNODTY PVEXHIFL PVROCNTP (F)
C1 P1 PNTSTATE PVEXLOFL PVROCPFL
C2 P1STS PNTTYPE PVFORMAT PVROCPPR (F)
C3 P2 PRIMMOD (F) PVHHFL PVROCPTP (F)
C4 P2STS PTDESC PVHHPR (F) PVSGCHTP (F)
CALCEXP P3 PTEXECST PVHHTP (F) PVSOURCE (F)
CONTCUT (F) P3STS PTINAL PVHIFL PVSRCOPT (F)
EUDESC P4 PV PVHIPR (F) PVSTS
HIGHAL (F) P4STS PVALDB (F) PVHITP (F) PVTV (F)
HIGHALPR (F) P5 PVALDBEU (F) PVINIT PVTVP (F)
KEYWORD P5STS PVALGID PVLLFL SLOTNUM
LASTPV P6 PVAUTO PVLLPR (F) STSMSG
MODNUM P6STS PVAUTOST PVLLTP (F) TF
N PERIOD PVCALC PVLOFL UNIT
NAME PVCLAMP PVLOPR (F) USERID

3.3
3.3 Data Acquisition (DataAcq)
The parameters of the Data Acquisition PV algorithm are listed below in alphabetical
$AUXUNIT (F) NTWKNUM PV PVHHFL PVROCNPR (F)

ALENBST (F) OVERVAL (F) PVALDB (F) PVHHPR (F) PVROCNTP (F)
ASSOCDSP P1 PVALDBEU (F) PVHHTP (F) PVROCPVFL
BADPVFL (F) P1STS PVALGID PVHIFL PVROCPPR (F)
BADPVPR (F) PERIOD PVAUTO PVHIPR (F) PVROVPTP (F)
CONCUT (F) PIDSTN PVAUTOST PVHITP (F) PVSGCHTP (F)
EUDESC PISRC PVCALC PVINIT PVSOURCE (F)
HIGHAL (F) PNTFORM PVCLAMP PVLLFL PVSRCOPT (F)
HIGHALPR (F) PNTMODTY PVEUHI PVLLPR (F) PVSTS
KEYWORD PNTNODTY PVEULO PVLLTP (F) PVTV (F)
LASTPV PNTSTATE PVEXEUHI PVLOFL PVTVP (F)
MODNUM PNTTYPE PVEXEULO PVLOPR (F) SLOTNUM
NAME PRIMMOD (F) PVEXHIFL PVLOTP (F) STSMSG
NODENUM PTDESC PVEXLOFL PVP TF
NODETYP PTEXECST PVFORMAT PVROCNFL UNIT
NOPINPTS PTINAL USERID
3.4 Flow Compensation (FlowComp)
The parameters of the Flow Compensation PV algorithm are listed below in alphabetical
$AUXUNIT (F) MODNUM PTEXECST PVHHTP (F) PVSRCOPT (F)

ALENBST (F) NAME PTINAL PVHIFL PVSTS
ASSOCDSP NODENUM PV PVHIPR (F) PVTV (F)
BADPVFL (F) NODETYP PVALDB (F) PVHITP PVTVP (F)
BADPVPR (F) NOPINPTS PVALDBEU (F) PVINIT Q
C NTWKNUM PVALGID PVLLFL QSTS
C1 OVERVAL (F) PVAUTO PVLLPR (F) RG
C2 P PVAUTOST PVLLTP (F) RP
COMPHILM PERIOD PVCALC PVOFL RQ
COMPLOLM P0 PVCHAR PVLOPR (F) RT
COMPTERM PIDSTN PVCLAMP PVLOTP (F) RX
CONTCUT (F) PISRC PVEQN PVP SLOTNUM
EUDESC PNTFORM PVEUHI PVROCNFL STSMSG
F PNTMODTY PVEULO PVROCNPR (F) T
FSTS PNTNODTY PVEXEUHI PVROCNTP (F) T0
G PNTSTATE PVEXEULO PVROCPFL TF
GSTS PNTTYPE PVEXHIFL PVROCPPR (F) TSTS
HIGHAL (F) PRIMMOD (F) PVEXLOFL PVROCPTP (F) UNIT
HIGHALPR (F) PSTS PVFORMAT PVSGCHTP (F) USERID
KEYWORD PTDESC PVHHFL PVSOURCE (F) X
LASTPV PVHHPR (F) XSTS

3.5
3.5 General Linearization (GenLin)
The parameters of the General Linearization PV algorithm are listed below in

alphabetical order. (F) indicates that the parameter is applicable when the PNTFORM =
Full.
$AUXUNIT (F) IN12 OUT12 PVAUTOST PVLOPR (F)

ALENBST (F) KEYWORD OVERVAL (F) PVCALC PVLOTP (F)
ASSOCDSP LASTPV P1 PVCLAMP PVP
BADPVFL (F) MODNUM P1STS PVEUHI PVROCNFL
BADVPR (F) NAME PERIOD PVEULO PVROCNPR (F)
CONTCUT (F) NODENUM PIDSTN PVEXEUHI PVROCNTP (F)
EUDESC NODETYP PISRC PVEXEULO PVROCPFL
HIGHAL (F) NOPINPTS PNTFORM PVEXHIFL PVROCPPR (F)
HIGHALPR (F) NTWKNUM PNTMODTY PVEXLOFL PVROCPTP (F)
IN0 OUT0 PNTNODTY PVFORMAT PVSGCHTP (F)
IN1 OUT1 PNTSTATE PVHHFL PVSOURCE (F)
IN2 OUT2 PNTTYPE PVHHPR (F) PVSRCOPT (F)
IN3 OUT3 PRIMMOD (F) PVHHTP (F) PVSTS
IN4 OUT4 PTDESC PVHIFL PVTV (F)
IN5 OUT5 PTEXECST PVHIPR (F) PVTVP (F)
IN6 OUT6 PTINAL PVHITP (F) SEGTOT
IN7 OUT7 PV PVINIT SLOTNUM
IN8 OUT8 PVAUTO PVLLFL STSMSG
IN9 OUT9 PVALDB (F) PVLLPR (F) TF
IN10 OUT10 PVALDBEU (F) PVLLTP (F) UNIT
IN11 OUT11 PVALGID PVLOFL USERID
3.6 High-Low Average (HiLoAvg)
The parameters of the High-Low Average PV algorithm are listed below in alphabetical
$AUXUNIT (F) NODETYP PNTFORM PVEULO PVP

ALENBST (F) NOPINPTS PNTMODTY PVEXEUHI PVROCNFL
ASSOCDSP NTWKNUM PNTNODTY PVEXEULO PVROCNPR (F)
BADPVFL (F) OVERVAL (F) PNTSTATE PVEXHIFL PVROCNTP (F)
BADPVPR (F) P1 PNTTYPE PVEXLOFL PVROCPFL
CONTCUT (F) P1STS PRIMMOD (F) PVFORMAT PVROCPPR (F)
EUDESC P2 PTDESC PVHHFL PVROCPTP (F)
FORCE P2STS PTEXECST PVHHPR (F) PVSGCHTP (F)
FRCPERM P3 PTINAL PVHHTP (F) PVSOURCE (F)
FSELIN P3STS PV PVHIFL PVSRCOPT (F)
HIGHAL (F) P4 PVALDB (F) PVHIPR (F) PVSTS
HIGHALPR (F) P4STS PVALDBEU (F) PVHITP (F) PVTV (F)
KEYWORD P5 PVALGID PVINIT PVTVP (F)
LASTPV P5STS PVAUTO PVLLFL SELINP
MODNUM P6 PVAUTOST PVLLPR (F) SLOTNUM
N P6STS PVCALC PVLLTP (F) STSMSG
NAME PERIOD PVCLAMP PVLOFL TF
NMIN PIDSTN PVEQN PVLOPR (F) UNIT
NODENUM PISRC PVEUHI PVLOTP (F) USERID

3.7
3.7 Incremental Summer (IncrSum)
The parameters of the Incremental Summer control algorithm are listed below in
Full.
$AUXUNIT (F) ESWCAS MODNUM OPLOLM RCASOPT

ALENBST (F) ESWENBST NAME OPLOPR (F) RCASSHED
ARWNET ESWMAN NMODATTR OPLOTP (F) REDTAG (F)
ARWOP EUDESC NMODE OPMCHLM RINITREQ
ASSOCDSP EXTSWOPT NOCINPTS OPRATRFL RINITVAL
AUTMODFL HIGHAL (F) NOCOPTS OPROCLM SAFEOP
BADCTLFL HIGHALPR (F) NODENUM $OPTOL SHEDMODE
BADCTLPR (F) INITMAN NODETYP OVERVAL (F) SHEDTIME
CASREQ K1 NTWKNUM PERIOD SHUTDOWN
CIDSTN K2 OP PNTFORM SLOTNUM
CISRC K3 OPALDB (F) PNTMODTY STDBYMAN
CODSTN K4 OPEU PNTNODTY STSMSG
CONTCUT (F) KEYWORD OPHAFL (F) PNTSTATE UNIT
CTLALGID LOCALMAN OPHIFL PNTTYPE USERID
CTRLINIT M OPHILM PRIMMOD (F) X1
CV MANMODFL OPHIPR (F) PTDESC X2
CVEUHI MODATTR OPHITP (F) PTEXECST X3
CVEULO MODE OPLAFL (F) PTINAL X4
DELCV MODEAPPL OPLOFL PTORST XEUHI
ESWAUTO MODEPERM RARWSTS XEULO
3.8 Middle-of-3 (MidOf3)
The parameters of the Middle-Of-3 PV algorithm are listed below in alphabetical order.
$AUXUNIT (F) OVERVAL (F) PTEXECST PVFORMAT PVROCNPR (F)

ALENBST (F) P1 PTINAL PVHHFL PVROCNTP (F)
ASSOCDSP P1STS PV PVHHPR (F) PVROCPFL
BADPVFL (F) P2 PVALDB (F) PVHHTP (F) PVROCPPR (F)
BADPVPR (F) P2STS PVALDBEU (F) PVHIFL PVROCPTP (F)
CONTCUT (F) P3 PVALGID PVHIPR (F) PVSGCHTP (F)
EUDESC P3STS PVAUTO PVHITP (F) PVSOURCE (F)
HIGHAL (F) PERIOD PVAUTOST PVINIT PVSRCOPT (F)
HIGHALPR (F) PIDSTN PVCALC PVLLFL PVSTS
KEYWORD PISRC PVCLAMP PVLLPR (F) PVTV (F)
LASTPV PNTFORM PVEQN PVLLTP (F) PVTVP (F)
MODNUM PNTMODTY PVEUHI PVLOFL SELINP
NAME PNTNODTY PVEULO PVLOPR (F) SLOTNUM
NODENUM PNTSTATE PVEXEUHI PVLOTP (F) STSMSG
NODETYP PNTTYPE PVEXEULO PVP TF
NOPINPTS PRIMMOD (F) PVEXHIFL PVROCNFL UNIT
NTWKNUM PTDESC PVEXLOFL USERID

3.9
3.9 Override Selector (ORSel)
The parameters of the Override Selector control algorithm are listed below in alphabetical
$AUXUNIT (F) CTRLINIT MODNUM OPLOPR (F) RCASOPT

ALENBST (F) CV NAME OPLOTP (F) RCASSHED
ARWNET CVEUHI NMODATTR OPMCHLM REDTAG (F)
ARWOP CVEULO NMODE OPRATRFL RINITREQ
ASSOCDSP ESWAUTO NOCINPTS OPROCLM RINITVAL
AUTMODFL ESWCAS NOCOPTS $OPTOL SAFEOP
BADCTLFL ESWENBST NODENUM OROFFSET SELXINP
BADCTLOP ESWMAN NODETYP OROPT SHEDMODE
BADCTLPR (F) EUDESC NTWKNUM OVERVAL (F) SHEDTIME
BYPASS EXTSWOPT OP PERIOD SHUTDOWN
BYPASSX1 HIGHAL (F) OPALDB (F) PNTFORM SLOTNUM
BYPASSX2 HIGHALPR (F) OPEU PNTMODTY STDBYMAN
BYPASSX3 INITMAN OPHAFL (F) PNTNODTY STSMSG
BYPASSX4 KEYWORD OPHIFL PNTSTATE UNIT
CASREQ LOCALMAN OPHILM PNTTYPE USERID
CIDSTN M OPHIPR (F) PRIMMOD (F) X1
CISRC MANMODFL OPHITP (F) PTDESC X2
CODSTN MODE OPLAFL (F) PTEXECST X3
CONTCUT (F) MODEAPPL OPLOFL PTINAL X4
CTALGID MODATTR OPLOLM PTORST XEUHI
CTLEQN MODEPERM RARWSTS XEULO

3.10
3.10 Pid
The parameters of the Pid control algorithm are listed below in alphabetical order. (F)
$AUXUNIT (F) DEVHITP (F) NLGAIN PTEXECST RARWSTS

ADVDEVFL DEVLOFL NMODATTR PTINAL RATIO
ADVDEVPR (F) DEVLOPR (F) NMODE PTORST RBOPT
ADVDEVTP (F) DEVLOTP (F) NOCINPTS PV RCASOPT
ADVSP (F) ESWAUTO NOCOPTS PVALDB (F) RCASSHED
ADVSPP (F) ESWCAS NODENUM PVALDBEU (F) REDTAG (F)
ALENBST (F) ESWENBST NODETYP PVAUTO RINITREQ
ARWNET ESWMAN NTWKNUM PVAUTOST RINITVAL
ARWOP EUDESC OP PVEUHI RTHILM
ASPPROC (F) EXTSWOPT OPCMD PVEULO RTLOLM
ASSOCDSP GAINOPT OPALDB (F) PVFORMAT SAFEOP
AUTMODFL GAPHI OPEU PVHHFL SAFOPCMD
BADCTLFL GAPLO OPHAFL (F) PVHHPR (F) SHEDMODE
BADCTLOP HIGHAL (F) OPHIFL PVHHTP (F) SHEDTIME
BADCTLPR (F) HIGHALPR (F) OPHILM PVHIFL SHUTDOWN
BADPVFL (F) INITMAN OPHIPR (F) PVHIPR (F) SLOTNUM
BADPVPR (F) K OPHISRC PVHITPID SP
BIAS KEXT OPHITP (F) PVLLFL SPEUHI
BSHILM KEYWORD OPLAFL (F) PVLLPR (F) SPEULO
BSLOLM KGAP OPLOFL PVLLTP (F) SPFORMAT
CASREQ KLIN OPLOLM PVLOFL SPHIFL
CIDSTN KNL OPLOPR (F) PVLOTP (F) SPHILM
CISRC LASTPV OPLOSRC PVLOPR (F) SPLOFL
CODSTN LMSRC OPLOTP (F) PVP SPLOLM
CONTCUT (F) LOCALMAN OPMCHLM PVROCNFL SPOPT
CTLACTN MANMODFL OPRATRFL PVROCNPR (F) SPP
CTLALGID MANOPCMD OPROCLM PVROCNTP (F) $SPTOL
CTLEQN MANOPTIME $OPTOL PVROCPFL SPTV
CTRLINIT MAXPULSE OVERVAL (F) PVROCPPR (F) SPTVP
CV MODATTR PERIOD PVROCPTP (F) STDBYMAN
CVEUHI MODE PIDFORM PVSGCHTP (F) STSMSG
CVEULO MODEAPPL PNTFORM PVSOURCE (F) T1
DELCV MODEPERM PNTMODTY PVSRCOPT (F) T2
DEV MODNUM PNTNODTY PVSTS TVPROC
DEVHIFL NAME PNTSTATE PVTRACK UNIT
DEVHIPR (F) NLFM PNTTYPE RAMPTIME USERID
PTDESC

3.11
3.11 Pid with External Reset Feedback (PidErfb)
The parameters of the Pid with External Reset Feedback control algorithm are listed
below in alphabetical order. (F) indicates that the parameter is applicable when the
PNTFORM = Full.
$AUXUNIT (F) DEVHIPR (F) NMODATTR PV RBOPT

ADVDEVFL DEVHITP (F) NMODE PVALDB (F) RCASOPT
ADVDEVPR (F) DEVLOFL NOCINPTS PVALDBEU (F) RCASSHED
ADVDEVTP (F) DEVLOPR (F) NOCOPTS PVAUTO REDTAG (F)
ADVSP (F) DEVLOTP (F) NODENUM PVAUTOST RFB
ADVSPP (F) ESWAUTO NODETYP PVEUHI RINITREQ
ALENBST (F) ESWCAS NTWKNUM PVEULO RINITVAL
ARWNET ESWENBST OP PVFORMAT RTHILM
ARWOP ESWMAN OPALDB (F) PVHHFL RTLOLM
ASPPROC (F) EUDESC OPEU PVHHTP (F) S1
ASSOCDSP EXTSWOPT OPHAFL (F) PVHHPR (F) SAFEOP
AUTMODFL GAINOPT OPHIFL PVHIFL SHEDMODE
BADCTFL GAPHI OPHILM PVHIPR (F) SHEDTIME
BADCTLOP GAPLO OPHIPR (F) PVHITP (F) SHUTDOWN
BADCTLPR (F) HIGHAL (F) OPHITP (F) PVLLFL SLOTNUM
BADPVFL (F) HIGHALPR (F) OPLAFL (F) PVLLPR (F) SP
BADPVPR (F) INITMAN OPLOFL PVLLTP (F) SPEUHI
BIAS K OPLOLM PVLOFL SPEULO
BSHILM K1 OPLOPR (F) PVLOTP (F) SPFORMAT
BSLOLM KEXT OPLOTP (F) PVLOPR (F) SPHIFL
CASREQ KEYWORD OPMCHLM PVP SPHILM
CIDSTN KGAP OPRATRFL PVROCNFL SPLOFL
CISRC KLIN OPROCLM PVROCNPR (F) SPLOLM
CODSTN KNL $OPTOL PVROCNTP (F) SPOPT
CONTCUT (F) LASTPV OVERVAL (F) PVROCPFL SPP
CTLACTN LOCALMAN PERIOD PVROCPPR (F) $SPTOL
CTLALGID MANMODFL PIDFORM PVROCPTP (F) SPTV
CTLEQN MODATTR PNTFORM PVSGCHTP (F) SPTVP
CTRLINIT MODE PNTMODTY PVSOURCE (F) STSMSG
CV MODEAPPL PNTNODTY PVSRCOPT (F) STDBYMAN
CVEUHI MODEPERM PNTSTATE PVSTS T1
CVEULO MODNUM PNTTYPE PVTRACK T2
DELCV NAME PTDESC RAMPTIME TRFB
DEV NLFM PTEXECST RARWSTS TVPROC
DEVHIFL NLGAIN PTINAL RATIO UNIT
PTORST USERID

3.12
3.12 Pid with Feed Forward (PidFf)
The parameters of the Pid with Feed Forward control algorithm are listed below in
Full.
$AUXUNIT (F) DEVHIPR (F) NLGAIN PTORST RARWSTS

ADVDEVFL DEVHITP (F) NMODATTR PV RATIO
ADVDEVPR (F) DEVLOFL NMODE PVALDB (F) RBOPT
ADVDEVTP DEVLOPR (F) NOCINPTS PVALDBEU (F) RCASOPT
ADVSP (F) DEVLOTP (F) NOCOPTS PVAUTO RCASSHED
ADVSPP (F) ESWAUTO NODENUM PVAUTOST REDTAG (F)
ALENBST (F) ESWCAS NODETYP PVEUHI RINITREQ
ARWNET ESWENBST NTWKNUM PVEULO RINITVAL
ARWOP ESWMAN OP PVFORMAT RTHILM
ASPPROC (F) EUDESC OPALDB (F) PVHHFL RTLOLM
ASSOCDSP EXTSWOPT OPEU PVHHPR (F) SAFEOP
AUTMODFL FF OPHAFL (F) PVHHTP (F) SHEDMODE
BADCTLFL FFOPT OPHIFL PVHIFL SHEDTIME
BADCTLOP GAINOPT OPHILM PVHIPR (F) SHUTDOWN
BADCTLPR (F) GAPHI OPHIPR (F) PVHITP (F) SLOTNUM
BADPVFL (F) GAPLO OPHITP (F) PVLLFL SP
BADPVPR (F) HIGHAL (F) OPLAFL (F) PVLLPR (F) SPEUHI
BFF HIGHALPR (F) OPLOFL PVLLTP (F) SPEULO
BIAS INITMAN OPLOLM PVLOFL SPFORMAT
BSHILM K OPLOPR (F) PVLOTP (F) SPHIFL
BSLOLM KEXT OPLOTP (F) PVLOPR (F) SPHILM
CASREQ KEYWORD OPMCHLM PVP SPLOFL
CIDSTN KFF OPRATRFL PVROCNFL SPLOLM
CISRC KGAP OPROCLM PVROCNPR (F) SPOPT
CODSTN KLIN $OPTOL PVROCNTP (F) SPP
CONTCUT (F) KNL OVERVAL (F) PVROCPFL $SPTOL
CTLACTN LASTPV PERIOD PVROCPPR (F) SPTV
CTLALGID LOCALMAN PIDFORM PVROCPTP (F) SPTVP
CTLEQN MANMODFL PNTFORM PVSGCHTP (F) STDBYMAN
CTRLINIT MODATTR PNTMODTY PVSOURCE (F) STSMSG
CV MODE PNTNODTY PVSRCOPT (F) T1
CVEUHI MODEAPPL PNTSTATE PVSTS T2
CVEULO MODEPERM PNTTYPE PVTRACK TVPROC
DELCV MODNUM PTDESC RAMPTIME UNIT
DEV NAME PTEXECST USERID
DEVHIFL NLFM PTINAL

3.13
3.13 PID with Position Proportional (PidPosPr)
The parameters of the PID Position Proportional control algorithm are listed below in
alphabetical order.
$AUXUNIT (F) DEVHIPR (F) MODATTR PVALDBEU (F) RATIO

ADVDEVFL DEVHITP (F) MODE PVAUTO RBOPT
ADVDEVPR (F) DEVLOFL MODEAPPL PVAUTOST RCASOPT
ADVDEVTP (F) DEVLOPR (F) MODEPERM PVEUHI RCASSHED
ADVSP (F) DEVLOTP (F) MODNUM PVEULO REDTAG (F)
ADVSPP (F) ESWAUTO NAME PVFORMAT RINITREQ
ALENBST (F) ESWCAS NLFM PVHHFL RINITVAL
ARWNET ESWENBST NLGAIN PVHHPR (F) RP
ARWOP ESWMAN NMODATTR PVHHTP (F) RT
ASPPROC (F) EUDESC NMODE PVHIFL RTHILM
ASSOCDSP EXTSWOPT NOCINPTS PVHIPR (F) RTLOLM
AUTMODFL GAINOPT NOCOPTS PVHITP (F) SAFEOPCMD
BADCTLFL GAPHI NODENUM PVLLFL SHEDMODE
BADCTLOP GAPLO NODETYP PVLLPR (F) SHEDTIME
BADCTLPR (F) HIGHAL (F) NTWKNUM PVLLTP (F) SHUTDOWN
BADPVFL (F) HIGHALPR (F) OPCMD PVLOFL SLOTNUM
BADPVPR (F) INITMAN OPHIFL PVLOPR (F) SP
BADPVR (F) K OPHISRC PVLOTP (F) SPEUHI
BIAS K1 OPLOFL PVP SPEULO
BSHILM KEXT OPLOSRC PVROCNFL SPFORMAT
BSLOLM KEYWORD OVERVAL (F) PVROCNPR (F) SPHIFL
CASREQ KGAP PERIOD PVROCNTP (F) SPHILM
CIDSTN KLIN PIDFORM PVROCPFL SPLOFL
CISRC KNL PNTFORM PVROCPPR (F) SPLOLM
CODSTN LASTPV PNTMODTY PVROCPTP (F) SPOPT
CONTCUT (F) LMSRC PNTNODTY PVSGCHTP (F) SPP
CTLACTN LOCALMAN PNTSTATE PVSOURCE (F) $SPTOL
CTLALGID LOWERTIM PNTTYPE PVSRCOPT (F) SPTV
CTLEQN LOWRDSTN PRIMMOD (F) PVSTS SPTVP
CTRLINIT LOWRRATE PTDESC PVTRACK STDBYMAN
CYCLETIM MANMODFL PTEXECST RAISDSTN STSMSG
DEADBAND MANOPCMD PTINAL RAISETIM T1
DEADTIME MANOPTIM PTORST RAISRATE T2
DELCV MAXPULSE PV RAMPTIME TVPROC
DEV MINPULSE PVALDB (F) RARWSTS UNIT
DEVHIFL USERID

3.14
3.14 Position Proportional (PosProp)
The parameters of the Position Proportional control algorithm are listed below in
Full.
$AUXUNIT (F) DEVHITP (F) MODNUM PVAUTOST RAMPTIME

ADVDEVFL DEVLOFL NAME PVEUHI RARWSTS
ADVDEVPR (F) DEVLOPR (F) NMODATTR PVEULO RCASOPT
ADVDEVTP (F) DEVLOTP (F) NMODE PVFORMAT RCASSHED
ADVSP (F) ESWAUTO NOCINPTS PVHHFL REDTAG (F)
ADVSPP (F) ESWCAS NOCOPTS PVHHPR (F) RINITREQ
ALENBST (F) ESWENBST NODENUM PVHHTP (F) RINITVAL
ARWNET ESWMAN NODETYP PVHIFL RP
ARWOP EUDESC NTWKNUM PVHIPR (F) RT
ASPPROC (F) EXTSWOPT OPCMD PVHITP (F) SAFOPCMD
ASSOCDSP HIGHAL (F) OPHIFL PVLLFL SHEDMODE
AUTMODFL HIGHALPR (F) OPHISRC PVLLPR (F) SHEDTIME
BADCTLFL INITMAN OPLOFL PVLLTP (F) SHUTDOWN
BADCTLOP KEYWORD OPLOSRC PVLOFL SLOTNUM
BADCTLPR (F) LASTPV OVERVAL (F) PVLOPR (F) SP
BADPVFL (F) LMSRC PERIOD PVLOTP (F) SPEUHI
BADPVR (F) LOCALMAN PNTFORM PVP SPEULO
CASREQ LOWERTIM PNTMODTY PVROCNFL SPFORMAT
CIDSTN LOWRDSTN PNTNODTY PVROCNPR (F) SPHIFL
CISRC LOWRRATE PNTSTATE PVROCNTP (F) SPHILM
CODSTN LTIMHILM PNTTYPE PVROCPFL SPLOFL
CONTCUT (F) MANMODFL PRIMMOD (F) PVROCPPR (F) SPLOLM
CTLALGID MANOPCMD PTDESC PVROCPTP (F) SPOPT
CTRLINIT MANOPTIM PTEXECST PVSGCHTP (F) SPP
CYCLETIM MAXPULSE PTINAL PVSOURCE (F) $SPTOL
DEADBAND MINPULSE PTORST PVSRCOPT (F) SPTV
DEADTIME MODATTR PV PVSTS SPTVP
DEV MODE PVALDB (F) RAISDSTN STDBYMAN
DEVHIFL MODEAPPL PVALDBEU (F) RAISETIM STSMSG
DEVHIPR (F) MODEPERM PVAUTO RAISRATE TVPROC
UNIT
USERID

3.15
3.15 Ramp Soak (RampSoak)
The parameters of the Ramp Soak control algorithm are listed below in alphabetical
$AUXUNIT (F) DEVLOPR (F) NTWKNUM RARWSTS SOAKT3

ADVDEVFL DEVLOTP (F) NXTSOAKV RATE1 SOAKT4
ADVDEVPR (F) ESWAUTO OP RATE2 SOAKT5
ADVDEVTP (F) ESWCAS OPEU RATE3 SOAKT6
ADVSP (F) ESWENBST OPHIFL RATE4 SOAKT7
ADVSPP (F) ESWMAN OPHILM RATE5 SOAKT8
ALENBST (F) EUDESC OPLOFL RATE6 SOAKT9
ARWNET EXTSWOPT OPLOLM RATE7 SOAKT10
ARWOP HIGHAL (F) OPMCHLM RATE8 SOAKT11
ASPPROC (F) HIGHALPR (F) OPRATRFL RATE9 SOAKT12
ASSOCDSP HOLDCMD OPROCLM RATE10 SOAKV1
AUTMODFL INITMAN $OPTOL RATE11 SOAKV2
BADCTLFL KEYWORD OVERVAL (F) RATE12 SOAKV3
BADCTLPR (F) LASTPV PERIOD REDTAG (F) SOAKV4
CASREQ LOCALMAN PNTFORM REMSOAKT SOAKV5
CIDSTN MANMODFL PNTMODTY RINITREQ SOAKV6
CISRC MODATTR PNTNODTY RINITVAL SOAKV7
CODSTN MODE PNTSTATE S1 SOAKV8
CONTCUT (F) MODEAPPL PNTTYPE S1BGNTIM SOAKV9
CTLALGID MODEPERM PRIMMOD S1ENDTIM SOAKV10
CTRLINIT MODNUM PTDESC S1SEGID SOAKV11
CURSEGID MXRMPDEV‘ PTEXECST S2 SOAKV12
CV MXSOKDEV PTINAL S2BGNTIM SP
CVEUHI NAME PTORST S2ENDTIM SPP
CVEULO NMODATTR PV S2SEGID STDBYMAN
CYCLEOPT NMODE PVEUHI SAFEOP STSMSG
DEV NOCINPTS PVEULO SEGTYPE TVPROC
DEVHIPR (F) NOCOPTS PVFORMAT SHUTDOWN UNIT
DEVHIFL NODENUM PVP SLOTNUM
DEVHITP (F) NODETYP PVSTS SOAKT1
DEVLOFL NORSSEQ RAMPTIME SOAKT2

3.16
3.16 Ratio Control (RatioCtl)
The parameters of the Ratio-Control control algorithm are listed below in alphabetical
$AUXUNIT (F) DEVHITP (F) NTWKNUM PV RAMPTIME

ADVDEVFL DEVLOFL OP PVALDB (F) RARWSTS
ADVDEVPR (F) DEVLOPR (F) OPALDB (F) PVALDBEU (F) RCASOPT
ADVDEVTP (F) DEVLOTP (F) OPEU PVAUTO RCASSHED
ADVSP (F) ESWAUTO OPHAFL (F) PVAUTOST REDTAG (F)
ADVSPP (F) ESWCAS OPHIFL PVEUHI RINITREQ
ALENBST (F) ESWENBST OPHILM PVEULO RINITVAL
ARWNET ESWMAN OPHIPR (F) PVFORMAT SAFEOP
ARWOP EUDESC OPHITP (F) PVHHFL SHEDMODE
ASPPROC (F) EXTSWOPT OPLAFL (F) PVHHPR (F) SHEDTIME
ASSOCDSP HIGHAL (F) OPLOFL PVHHTP (F) SHUTDOWN
AUTMODFL HIGHALPR (F) OPLOLM PVHIFL SLOTNUM
B INITMAN OPLOPR (F) PVHIPR (F) SP
B0 K1 OPLOTP (F) PVHITP (F) SPEUHI
B1 K2 OPMCHLM PVLLFL SPEULO
B2 KEYWORD OPRATRFL PVLLPR (F) SPFORMAT
BADCTLFL LASTPV OPROCLM PVLLTP (F) SPHIFL
BADCTLPR (F) LOCALMAN $OPTOL PVLOFL SPHILM
BADPVFL (F) MANMODFL OVERVAL (F) PVLOPR (F) SPLOFL
BADPVPR (F) MODATTR PERIOD PVLOTP (F) SPLOLM
CASREQ MODE PNTFORM PVP SPOPT
CIDSTN MODEAPPL PNTMODTY PVROCNFL SPP
CISRC MODEPERM PNTNODTY PVROCNPR (F) $SPTOL
CODSTN MODNUM PNTSTATE PVROCNTP (F) SPTV
CONTCUT (F) NAME PNTTYPE PVROCPFL SPTVP
CTLALGID NMODATTR PRIMMOD (F) PVROCPPR (F) STDBYMAN
CTRLINIT NMODE PTDESC PVROCPTP (F) STSMSG
CV NOCINPTS PTEXECST PVSGCHTP (F) TVPROC
CVEUHI NOCOPTS PTINAL PVSOURCE (F) UNIT
CVEULO NODENUM PTORST PVSRCOPT (F) USERID
DEV NODETYP PVSTS X2
DEVHIFL
DEVHIPR

3.17
3.17 Summer
The parameters of the Summer PV algorithm are listed below in alphabetical order. (F)
$AUXUNIT (F) MODNUM PERIOD PVCLAMP PVLOPR (F)

ALENBST (F) NAME PISRC PVEQN PVLOTP (F)
ASSOCDSP NODENUM PIDSTN PVEULO PVP
BADPVFL (F) NODETYP PNTFORM PVEUHI PVROCNFL
BADPVPR (F) NOPINPTS PNTMODTY PVEXEUHI PVROCNPR (F)
C NTWKNUM PNTNODTY PVEXEULO PVROCNTP (F)
C1 OVERVAL (F) PNTSTATE PVEXHIFL PVROCPFL
C2 P1 PNTTYPE PVEXLOFL PVROCPPR (F)
C3 P1STS PRIMMOD (F) PVFORMAT PVROCPTP (F)
C4 P2 PTDESC PVHHFL PVSGCHTP (F)
C5 P2STS PTEXECST PVHHPR (F) PVSOURCE (F)
C6 P3 PTINAL PVHHTP (F) PVSRCOPT (F)
CONTCUT P3STS PV PVHIFL PVSTS
D P4 PVALDB (F) PVHIPR (F) PVTV (F)
EUDESC P4STS PVALDBEU (F) PVHITP (F) PVTVP (F)
HIGHAL (F) P5 PVALGID PVINIT SLOTNUM
HIGHALPR (F) P5STS PVAUTO PVLLFL STSMSG
KEYWORD P6 PVAUTOST PVLLPR (F) TF
LASTPV P6STS PVCALC PVLLTP (F) UNIT
N PVLOFL USERID
3.18 Switch
The parameters of the Switch control algorithm are listed below in alphabetical order. (F)
$AUXUNIT (F) ESWCAS NOCINPTS OPROCLM S2

ALENBST (F) ESWENBST NOCOPTS $OPTOL S3
ARWNET ESWMAN NODENUM OVERVAL (F) S4
ARWOP EUDESC NODETYP PERIOD SAFEOP
ASSOCDSP EXTSWOPT NTWKNUM PNTFORM SELXINP
AUTMODFL HIGHAL (F) OP PNTMODTY SHEDMODE
BADCTFL HIGHALPR (F) OPALDB (F) PNTNODTY SHEDTIME
BADCTLOP INITMAN OPEU PNTSTATE SHUTDOWN
BADCTLPR (F) KEYWORD OPHAFL (F) PNTTYPE SLOTNUM
CASREQ LOCALMAN OPHIFL PRIMMOD (F) STDBYMAN
CIDSTN M OPHILM PTDESC STSMSG
CISRC MANMODFL OPHIPR (F) PTEXECST TRACKING
CODSTN MODATTR OPHITP (F) PTINAL UNIT
CONTCUT (F) MODE OPLAFL (F) PTORST USERID
CTLALGID MODEAPPL OPLOFL RARWSTS X1
CTLEQN MODEPERM OPLOLM RCASOPT X2
CTRLINIT MODNUM OPLOPR (F) RCASSHED X3
CV NAME OPLOTP (F) REDTAG (F) X4
CVEUHI NMODATTR OPMCHLM RINITREQ XEUHI
CVEULO NMODE OPRATRFL RINITVAL XEULO
ESWAUTO S1

3.19
3.19 Totalizer (Totalizr)
The parameters of the Totalizer PV algorithm are listed below in alphabetical order. (F)
$AUXUNIT (F) LASTPV PNTTYPE PVEXLOFL PVROCPFL

ACCTYPE MODNUM PRIMMOD (F) PVFORMAT PVROCPPR (F)
ALENBST (F) NAME PTDESC PVHHFL PVROCPTP (F)
ASSOCDSP NODENUM PTEXECST PVHHPR (F) PVSGCHTP (F)
AVDEV1FL NODETYP PTINAL PVHHTP (F) PVSOURCE (F)
AVDEV1TP NOPINPTS PV PVHIFL PVSRCOPT (F)
AVDEV2FL NTWKNUM PVALDB (F) PVHIPR (F) PVSTS
AVDEV2TP OLDAV PVALDBEU (F) PVHITP (F) PVTV (F)
AVTV OVERVAL (F) PVALGID PVINIT PVTVP (F)
AVTVFL P1 PVAUTO PVLLFL RESETFL
BADPVFL (F) P1STS PVAUTOST PVLLPR (F) RESETVAL
BADPVPR (F) P2 PVCALC PVLLTP (F) SLOTNUM
C P2STS PVCLAMP PVLOFL STARTFL
COMMAND PERIOD PVEQN PVLOPR (F) STATE
CONTCUT (F) PIDSTN PVEUHI PVLOTP (F) STOPFL
CUTOFFLM PISRC PVEULO PVP STSMSG
EUDESC PNTFORM PVEXEUHI PVROCNFL TF
HIGHAL (F) PNTMODTY PVEXEULO PVROCNPR (F) TIMEBASE
HIGHALPR (F) PNTNODTY PVEXHIFL PVROCNTP (F) UNIT
KEYWORD PNTSTATE USERID
3.20 Variable Dead Time with Lead/Lag (VdtLdLag)
The parameters of the Variable Dead Time with Lead/Lag PV algorithm are listed below
in alphabetical order. (F) indicates that the parameter is applicable when the PNTFORM
= Full.
$AUXUNIT (F) NAME PRIMMOD (F) PVEXLOFL PVROCNTP (F)

ALENBST (F) NLOC PTDESC PVFORMAT PVROCPFL
ASSOCDSP NODENUM PTEXECST PVHHFL PVROCPPR (F)
BADPVFL (F) NODETYP PTINAL PVHHPR (F) PVROCPTP (F)
BADPVPR (F) NOPINPTS PV PVHHTP (F) PVSGCHTP (F)
C NTWKNUM PVALDB (F) PVHIFL PVSOURCE (F)
C1 OVERVAL (F) PVALDBEU (F) PVHIPR (F) PVSRCOPT (F)
C2 P1 PVALGID PVHITP (F) PVSTS
CONTCUT (F) P1STS PVAUTO PVINIT PVTV (F)
CUTOFFLM P2 PVAUTOST PVLLFL PVTVP (F)
D P2STS PVCALC PVLLPR (F) SLOTNUM
D1 PERIOD PVCLAMP PVLLTP (F) STSMSG
D2 PIDSTN PVEQN PVLOFL TD
EUDESC PISRC PVEUHI PVLOPR (F) TF
HIGHAL (F) PNTFORM PVEULO PVLOTP (F) TLD
HIGHALPR (F) PNTMODTY PVEXEUHI PVP TLG1
KEYWORD PNTNODTY PVEXEULO PVROCNFL TLG2
LASTPV PNTSTATE PVEXHIFL PVROCNPR (F) UNIT
MODNUM PNTTYPE USERID

$ADD
-$-
$ADD (Array)
Type: Logical Add Point Last Parameter Indicator—The last parameter sent to the APM
Lock: PtBld during point build of an array point.
Default: On
PtRes: APM
Range: Off
On
Helpful Hint: Do not remove $ADD from an exception build file or the point will not load
properly.
$AUXUNIT
Type: E:UNIT Auxiliary Unit—The Auxiliary Unit of an alarmable process point. If an
Lock: Oper Auxiliary Unit ID is specified, alarms from this point go to the Auxiliary Unit
Default: Null instead of the Primary Unit. If the $AUXUNIT parameter is set to null (- -),
PtRes: NIM alarms go to the Primary Unit. Available in Release 520 and later software.
Range: A-Z, 0-9 and Null - (Any valid unit ID as configured in the NCF)
Helpful Hint: A Network configuration option sets the keylevel required to change $AUXUNIT.
$DBVALID (APM Box)

Type: E:$ACCSRC APM Database Valid
Lock: Eng
Default: DBInvalid
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-DB_Valid (An IOP database is valid and the IOP can be started)
1-DBInvalid (An IOP database is not valid and the IOP will not start)
$IOMPADD(1)–(168)
Type: Integer IOP Address—Returns the physical address of the IOP with (soft address)
Lock: View (File-1)*16 + card + 127
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 0, 129 - 255
APM Parameter Reference Dictionary $-1 2/99

$OPTOL
$OPTOL (RegCtl, AO)
Type: Real (in Output Tolerance Parameter Definition—Tolerance limit for a manually
Percent) entered OP. The difference between a new OP and a current OP is compared
Lock: Engineer against $OPTOL. If the tolerance is violated in either a positive or negative
Default: 0.0 direction from the current value of the OP, operator confirmation is required
PtRes: APM before the value is stored. A value of 0.0 disables this check. An NaN or a
negative value is not allowed.
Range: 0.0 to 106.9
$SPTOL (RegCtl)
Type: Real (in Setpoint Tolerance Parameter Definition—Tolerance limit for a manually
Engineering entered SP. The difference between a new SP and a current SP is compared
Units) against $SPTOL. If the tolerance is violated in either a positive or negative
Lock: Engineer direction from the current value of the SP, operator confirmation is required
Default: 0.0 before the value is stored. A value of 0.0 disables this check. An NaN or a
PtRes: APM negative value is not allowed.
Range: >= 0.0
$UCNLSB(1)–(50)
Type: Real Local UCN Communications Statistics
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM
Range:
$UCNLSB(45) (NIM)
Type: Real Local Statistics Block—The number of auto reconnects.
Lock: View
Default: 0
PtRes: APM, NIM
Range: ≤0
APM Parameter Reference Dictionary $-2 2/99

AB_DATA1
-A-
AB_DATA1 (SI - Array)
Type: Real Auxiliary A-B Data 1—Specifies the Allen-Bradley PLC family type: 2.0, 3.0,
Lock: Eng or 5.0. Refer to the APM/HPM Serial Interface Options manual when
Default: NaN configuring for diagnostics.
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
Helpful Hint: Use of this parameter is only required to configure Serial Interface mapping
to/from an Allen-Bradley programmable logic controller device. This parameter
should be set to NAN if it is not being used.

Type: Real Auxiliary A-B Data 2—Specifies the Allen-Bradley PLC File Number (in
Lock: Eng decimal) from which data is read into the Array point for PLC-3 or PLC-5
Default: NaN controllers. Must be NaN for PLC-2.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 - 999, NaN

Type: Real Auxiliary A-B Data 3—Specifies the data type for Allen-Bradley PLC-2 or
Lock: Eng PLC-5 controllers or section ID for PLC-3 controllers. Refer to the APM/HPM
Default: NaN Serial Interface Options manual for additional information.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 - 13

Type: Real Auxiliary A-B Data 4—Specifies the Allen-Bradley PLC scan frequency: 0
Lock: Eng indicates that the point is to be scanned as fast as possible. 1–255 indicates the
Default: NaN number of seconds for the polling period; 256 = scan once. Note that the report
PtRes: APM by exception feature can work with any scan rate selection. Refer to the
APM/HPM Serial Interface Options manual for more information.
Range: 0 - 256
APM Parameter Reference Dictionary A-1 2/99

ABHEMSD
ABHEMSD (ProcMod)
Type: Logical Abnormal Handler Emergency Shutdown Enable Flag—Indicates if the
Lock: View Emergency Shutdown abnormal handler sequence is currently enabled.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: On (Emergency Shutdown abnormal handler is enabled)
Off (Emergency Shutdown abnormal handler not enabled)
ABHHOLD (ProcMod)
Type: Logical Abnormal Handler Hold Enable Flag—Indicates if the Hold abnormal handler
Lock: View sequence is currently enabled.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: On (Hold abnormal handler is enabled)
Off (Hold abnormal handler not enabled)
ABHRSTR (ProcMod)
Type: Logical Abnormal Handler Restart Enable Flag—Indicates if the Restart abnormal
Lock: View handler sequence is currently enabled.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: On (Restart abnormal handler is enabled)
Off (Restart abnormal handler not enabled)
ABHSHDN (ProcMod)
Type: Logical Abnormal Handler Shutdown Enable Flag—Indicates if the Shutdown
Lock: View abnormal handler sequence is currently enabled.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: On (Shutdown abnormal handler is enabled)
Off (Shutdown abnormal handler not enabled)
ACCELTIM (DevCtl)
Type: Time Acceleration Time—The amount of time the SECVAR parameter exceeded the
(Duration) SVHITP parameter while not in State0. This parameter resets to zero each time
Lock: View the state transitions to State0.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 4000 days (With a resolution of 1 second)
ACCTYPE (Totalizer)
Type: E:$ACCTYPE Accumulator Operation Mode—Specifies the type of input.
Lock: Eng/PB
Default: Analog
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Pulse Pulse input
1-Analog Analog input

ACP
ACP (ProcMod)
Type: Ent_Id Advanced Control Point ID—Defines the name of the point in the CG or CM to
Lock: PtBld which this process module is assigned. The NIM notifies the advanced control
Default: Null point when the process module sends a special sequence message.
PtRes: NIM
Range: Tag name can be up to 16 characters, and the
permissible character set is as follows:
Alphabetics A-Z (uppercase only)
Numerics 0-9 (an all numeric tag name is not allowed)
Underscore (_) cannot be used as the first character
or the last character, and consecutive
underscores are not allowed.
Embedded space characters are not allowed.
ACTPRIM(1)–(40) (APM Box)

Type: E:$ACTPRIM Acting Primary I/O module—
Lock: View Specifies the acting primary I/O module.
Default: nn = 1–40 corresponds to the 40 logical
PtRes: APM I/O modules.
Applies to primary IOP only.
Range: 0-IOM_A (The A module is the acting primary)
1-IOM_B (The B module is the acting primary)
ADVDEVFL
Type: Logical Advisory Deviation Alarm Flag—Indicates whether an advisory alarm has been
Lock: View detected.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (Alarm has not been detected)
On (Alarm has been detected. PV - ADVSP is greater than ADVDEVTP)
Helpful Hint: ADVDEVFL is never On unless SPOPT = Asp.
ADVDEVPR
Type: E:ALPRIOR Advisory Deviation Alarm Priority—Determines the priority of the advisory
Lock: Engr deviation alarm.
Default: Low
PtRes: NIM
Range: JnlPrint (Alarm is historized and reported to the printer but not annunciated)
Printer (Alarm is reported to the printer but not historized and not annunciated)
Emergncy (Alarm is historized, annunciated, and reported to all alarm summary displays)
High (Alarm is historized, reported to Area Alarm Summary Display and Unit Alarm Summary
Display)
Low (Alarm is historized, reported to the Unit Alarm Summary Display, and annunciated)
Journal (Alarm is historized but not reported to Universal Stations and not annunciated)
NoAction (Alarm is not reported to the system and not annunciated)
Helpful Hint: ADVDEVPR configuration requires SPOPT = Asp.

ADVDEVTP
ADVDEVTP
Type: Real Advisory Deviation Alarm Trip Point—An alarm will be generated when the
Lock: Supr difference between PV and ADVSP exceeds the value in this parameter.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: > 0.0
NaN
Helpful Hint: 1. ADVDEVTP change requires SPOPT = Asp .

2. Alarm generation requires ASPPROC = Enable and
abs(PV - ADVSP) > ADVDEVTP.
When abs(PV - ADVSP) < ADVDEVTP * .9 alarm returns to normal.
ADVSP
Type: Real Advisory Setpoint in Engineering Units
Lock: Supr
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: SPLOLM to SPHILM
Helpful Hint: ADVSP change requires (SPOPT = Asp) + (ASPPROC = Enable).

Alarm generation requires ASPPROC = Enable and
abs(PV - ADVSP) > ADVDEVTP.
When abs(PV - ADVSP) < ADVDEVTP * .9 alarm returns to normal.
ADVSPP
Type: Real Advisory Setpoint in Percent
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
Helpful Hint: ADVSPP cannot be viewed unless SPOPT = Asp.

ALENBST
ALENBST
Type: E:ALENBST Alarm Enable Status—Defines the alarm reporting function that is to be used
Lock: Oper when an alarm condition is detected in this data point. Note that even when
Default: Enable alarms are disabled, the alarm indicators still appear on the Group and Detail
PtRes: NIM displays. With Release 510 and later software, the word DIS appears in half
height text above the tag name on the Point Detail or Group Display for a point
with ALENBEST set to Disable.
Range: Displayed Logged Reported to EIP

Enable Yes Yes Yes
Disable No Yes Yes
Inhibit No No No
Helpful Hint: ALENBST should not be set to Disable or Inhibit for points critical to safe
operations. For Box Flag points, this parameter applies to only slots 1
through 128.
Reference: See Engineer’s Reference Manual, SW09-605, Section 8, Alarm Management,

for more information on what should happen under different possible alarm
actions.
NOTE
The access lock for the ALENBST parameter is configurable through System-Wide Values.
ALMOPT (DigIn)
Type: E:$ALMOPT Alarming Option—Defines the alarming option for a digital input point whose
Lock: Eng/PB DITYPE is Status.
Default: None
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-None (No alarms are to be detected.)
1-Offnorml (Off Normal; alarm if current PV state is not the PVNORMAL state. PVNORMAL
is defined by the STATETXT(0) or STATETXT(1) descriptor, as configured by the user.
2-ChngofSt (An alarm is generated when the digital input changes state in either direction. Note
that IOP firmware must support Change of State Reporting.)
Helpful Hint: ALMOPT configuration requires DITYPE = Status.

ALPRIOR
ALPRIOR (ProcMod)
Type: E:ALPRIOR Alarm Priority—Defines the alarm priority for Process Module points. Note
Lock: Engr that even when the alarm priority is Journal, the alarm indicators still appear on
Default: Low the Group and Detail displays.
PtRes: NIM
Range: Emergncy (Alarm is historized, annunciated, and reported to all alarm summary displays)
Display)
JnlPrint (Alarm is historized and reported to the printer but not annunciated)
Helpful Hint: Access to ALPRIOR is by schematic or CL. ALPRIOR is retained in R600 for
compatibility with earlier software. Use SEQPR for new points.

actions.
ALPRIOR (DigIn, DigCmp, FL)

Type: E:ALPRIOR Composite Alarm Priority—When read, returns a value equal to the highest
Lock: Engr configured priority among all alarm parameters for the point. When written, sets
Default: Low all of the point’s alarm priority parameters equal to the value being stored. Note
PtRes: NIM that individual parameters such as BADPVPR, etc. can be stored individually.
If a point’s separate alarm priorities are all set to the same priority, ALPRIOR is
compatible with R400 and earlier software.
Display)
Helpful Hint: Access to ALPRIOR is by schematic or CL. No value is actually read from
ALPRIOR on a read and no value is actually stored to ALPRIOR on a write.
Values are copied to and from the separate alarm priorities.

actions.
ANAME(1)–(3) (ProcMod)
Type: String_8 Abnormal Sequence Name—Indicates the name of the abnormal handler
Lock: View currently being executed by the process module. A value of " " means that an
Default: Spaces abnormal handler is not executing. ANAME(1) returns the abnormal handler
PtRes: APM name, while both ANAME(2) and ANAME(3) return the names of the two
abnormal subroutine levels being executed.
Range: N/A

AOCALIB
AOCALIB(1)–(168)
Type: Logical AO Calibration In Progress Flag—Shows which AO modules are in the process
Lock: Eng/PB of calibration.
Default:
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (No calibration in progress)
On (Calibration in progress)
ARWNET (RegCtl)
Type: E:WINDUP Windup Status of the Input—Indicates the windup status for the SP or another
Lock: View initializable input.
Default: Normal
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Normal (Free to move in either direction)
1-Hi (Free to move in the lower direction)
2-Lo (Free to move in the higher direction)
3-HiLo (Not free to move in any direction)
ARWOP (RegCtl)
Type: E:WINDUP Windup Status of the Output—Indicates the output (OP) windup status.
Lock: View
Default: Normal
PtRes: APM
1-Hi (Free to move in the lower direction)
2-Lo (Free to move in the higher direction)
ASSOCDSP
Type: String_8 Associated Display—Specifies a user configured schematic that is associated
Lock: Engr with this point. Available on Release 510 and later software.
Default: Blank
PtRes: NIM
Range: N/A
Helpful Hint: The specified associated display can be called from a Point Detail Display, or
from any summary display or the Group display when the point is selected.
ASPPROC (RegCtl)
Type: E:ASPPROC Advisory SP Processor State
Lock: Supr
Default: Disable
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Disable (Disallow advisory deviation alarming)
1-Enable (Allow advisory deviation alarming)
Helpful Hint: ASPPROC change requires SPOPT = Asp.

ASTEP
ASTEP(1)–(3) (ProcMod)
Type: String_8 Abnormal Step Name—ASTEP(1) indicates the step name of the abnormal
Lock: View handler that is executing in this process module. A value of “ “ means no
Default: Spaces abnormal handler is presently executing. Both ASTEP(2) and ASTEP(3) indicate
PtRes: APM the step names of the first and second level subroutines called from the abnormal
handler.
Range: N/A
ASTMT(1)–(3) (ProcMod)
Type: Integer Abnormal Statement Number—ASTMT(1) indicates the statement number of
Lock: View the abnormal handler that is presently executing in the process module. Both
Default: Blank ASTMT(2) and ASTMT(3) give statement numbers for first and second level
PtRes: APM subroutines executing from an abnormal handler. A value of 0 indicates no
sequence is being executed.
Range: 0 to 255
AUTMODFL (RegCtl)
Type: Logical Automatic Mode Flag—Indicates whether the current mode of the point is
Lock: View Automatic.
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (Current mode is not Automatic)
On (Current mode is Automatic)
AUXDATA1 (SI-Array — Generic Modbus)

Type: Real FTA Driver Auxiliary Data 1—Keep Alive Address for Modbus devices.
Lock: Eng Specifies the address of a coil that is written to every 10 seconds (Force Single
Default: NaN Coil On function). NaN (dashes) = Keep Alive function is inactive.
PtRes: APM
Range: 1 - 9999, NaN
Helpful Hint: AUXDATA1 can be configured separately for each Array point. No two Array
points should write to the same coil address. This parameter should be set to
NAN if it is not being used.

Type: Real FTA Driver Auxiliary Data 2— Specifies the time interval that the FTA waits
Lock: Eng before a message retry to the Modbus is attempted. NaN (dashes) indicates a 1.5
Default: NaN second timeout.
PtRes: APM
Range: .25 - 5 Sec., NaN
Helpful Hint: After three retries, a message timeout error is displayed on the Point Detail
display. AUXDATA2 can be configured separately for each Array point. This
parameter should be set to NAN if it is not being used.

AUXDATA3

Type: Real FTA Driver Auxiliary Data 3—Signaling mode.Modem support (in
Lock: Eng integer/decimal format). Integer = 232 or 485.
Default: NaN (232 = EIA-232, 485 = EIA-485 Multidrop).
PtRes: APM Decimal (EIA-232 only) = .0 or .1 (.0 = no modem control, .1 = modem control).
NaN (dashes) = 232.0 (EIA-232 without modem control).
Range: 232.0, 232.1, or 485.0
Helpful Hint: All array points that are loaded to the same FTA must have the same
AUXDATA3 settings. This parameter should be set to NAN if it is not being
used.

Type: Real FTA Driver Auxiliary Data 4—Baud Rate.Parity (in integer/decimal format).
Lock: Eng Baud Rates = 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, or 19200.
Default: NaN Parity: .0 = no parity, .1 = odd parity, .2 = even parity.
PtRes: APM NaN (dashes) = 9600.1 = (9600 baud, odd parity).
Range: integer = 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, or 19200

decimal = .0, .1, or .2
Helpful Hint: All array points that are loaded to the same FTA must have the same
AUXDATA4 settings. This parameter should be set to NAN if it is not being
used.
AV (DigIn)
Type: Integer Accumulated Value in Engineering Units—Indicates the current value
Lock: Oper accumulated in the accumulator.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0..32767
AVDELTHS (PI)
Type: Integer The Last Half-second’s AV
Lock: View
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: >0
AVDEV1FL (Totalizr)
Type: Logical Accumulated Value; 1st Deviation Flag—Indicates whether PVCALC is
Lock: View greater than AVTV minus AVDEV1TP. (PVCALC > AVTV - AVDEV1TP).
Default: N/A This is the first "slowdown" or "near-target" flag.
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (PVCALC is not > AVTV - AVDEV1TP)
On (PVCALC is > AVTV - AVDEV1TP)

AVDEV1TP
AVDEV1TP (Totalizr)
Type: Real Accumulated Value; 1st Deviation Trip Point (deviation from AVTV)
Lock: Supr
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: > 0.0,
NaN
AVDEV2FL (Totalizr)
Type: Logical Accumulated Value; 2nd Deviation Flag—Indicates whether PVCALC is
Lock: View greater than AVTV minus AVDEV2TP. (PVCALC > AVTV - AVDEV2TP).
Default: N/A This is the second "slowdown" or "near-target" flag.
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (PVCALC is not > AVTV - AVDEV2TP)
On (PVCALC is > AVTV - AVDEV2TP)
AVDEV2TP (Totalizr)
Type: Real Accumulated Value; 2nd Deviation Trip Point (deviation from AVTV)
Lock: Supr
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: > 0.0,
NaN
AVGTF (NIM, APM Box)

Type: Real Average Statistics Single Lag Filter Time Constant—Defines the filter time in
Lock: View the single lag filter used to calculate average values of the performance statistics.
Default: 1.00 Minutes
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
AVSTS (PI)
Type: E:PVVALST Value Status of AV
Lock: View
Default: Bad
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Bad
2-Normal

AVTV
AVTV (DigIn)
Type: Integer Accumulator Target Value—Specifies the target value of the accumulator.
Lock: Oper AVTV appears on a group or detail display as the SP value.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 32767
Helpful Hint: AVTV change requires DITYPE = Accum.
AVTV (Totalizr)
Type: Real Accumulator Target Value—Specifies the target value of the totalizer. AVTV
Lock: Oper appears on a group or detail display as the SP value.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A,
NaN
AVTVFL
Type: Logical Accumulated Value Target Reached Flag—AVTVFL is the accumulated
Lock: View value's "target value reached" flag. It is turned On whenever PVCALC • AVTV.
Default: N/A Parameter AVTV contains the target value last entered by the operator.
PtRes: APM
Range: Off
On

B
-B-
B (Automan, MulDiv, RatioCtl, RegCtl Summer)

Type: Real Overall Bias—Defines the overall bias which consists of BO plus BI. Refer to
Lock: Oper the APM Control Functions and Algorithms manual for a detailed description.
Default: 0.0
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
B0 (AutoMan, MulDiv, RatioCtl, RegCtl Summer)

Type: Real Last Operator-Entered Output Bias
Lock: View
Default: 0.0
PtRes: APM
B1 (RatioCtl)
Type: Real Output Bias Constant—If the Calcultr PV algorithm is being used in
Lock: Supr conjunction with this algorithm, the value of B1 should be the same as C3.
Default: 0.0
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
B2 (RatioCtl)
Type: Real Bias for Input X2—If the Calcultr PV algorithm is being used in conjunction
Lock: Supr with this algorithm, the value of B2 should be the same as C4.
Default: 0.0
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
BADCTLFL
Type: Logical Bad-Control Alarm Flag—Indicates whether a bad control alarm has been
Lock: View detected.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (Bad-control alarm not present)
On (Bad-control alarm present)
APM Parameter Reference Dictionary B-1 2/99

BADCTLOP
BADCTLOP
Type: E:$BADCTLO Bad Control Option—Indicates if the mode sheds to manual when bad PV or
Lock: Engr CV occurs for regulatory control points. It also shows the value of the output.
Default: No_Shed
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-No_Shed (The point holds its output and mode, resuming control after initialization upon
recovery)
1-ShedHold (The mode sheds to manual, the mode attribute goes to operator, while the output is
held and external mode switching is disabled)
2-ShedLow (The mode sheds to manual, the mode attribute goes to operator, while the output
goes to -6.9% and external mode switching is disabled)
3-ShedHigh (The mode sheds to manual, the mode attribute goes to operator, while the output
goes to 106.9% and external mode switching is disabled)
4-ShedSafe (The mode sheds to manual, the mode attribute goes to operator, while the output
goes to SafeOP and external mode switching is disabled. If SafeOP is NaN, the
output is held as if the Bad Control Option is ShedHold.
BADCTLPR
Type: E:ALPRIOR Bad Control Alarm Priority—Defines the priority of the bad control alarm.
Lock: Engr
Default: Low
PtRes: NIM
Display)
BADOCFL (RegCtl)
Type: Logical Bad Output Connection Flag (BADOC) Alarm—ON indicates that the RegCtl
Lock: View point cannot drive at least one Analog Output point (out of 4 possible). The
Default: OFF alarm appears on the Alarm Summary display and in the Real Time Journal as a
PtRes: APM BADOC alarm. If it is the highest level alarm on the point, it appears on the
Point Detail or Group displays as BOC.
Range: Off (Point is not in alarm)

On (Point is in alarm)

BADOC1FL
BADOC1FL
Type: Logical Bad Output Connection Flag 1—ON indicates that the RegCtl point cannot
Lock: View drive Output 1 to an AO point (if configured).
Default: OFF
PtRes: APM
Range: Off
On
BADOC2FL
Default: OFF
PtRes: APM
Range: Off
On
BADOC3FL
Default: OFF
PtRes: APM
Range: Off
On
BADOC4FL
Default: OFF
PtRes: APM
Range: Off
On

BADOCPR
BADOCPR (RegCtl)
Type: E:ALPRIOR Bad Output Connection (BADOC) Alarm Priority—Indicates the priority of
Lock: Engr the Bad Output Connection (BADOC) alarm
Default: Low
PtRes: NIM
Range: NoAction
JnlPrint
Printer
Journal
Low
High
Emergncy
Helpful Hint: The value of this parameter can be changed on the Point Detail display with
Engineering keylevel access.
BADOCOPT (RegCtl)
Type: Logical Bad Output Connection Alarm Option (BADOC)—ON indicates that the Bad
Lock: Eng/Pb Output Connection (BADOC) alarm can be generated (or is permitted).
Default: OFF
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (BADOC alarms are suppressed)
On (BADOC alarms are permitted)
Helpful Hint: The value of this parameter can be changed on the Point Detail display with
Engineering keylevel access.
BADPVFL
Type: Logical Bad PV Flag—Indicates that a bad PV value has been detected at this data point.
Lock: View For an analog input, a bad PV is defined as a PV whose value is NaN (Not a
Default: Off Number).
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (PV is not bad)
On (PV is bad)
BADPVFL (Array)
Type: Logical Serial Interface Database Status Flag—This parameter can be set by either an
Lock: View Array point, a Serial Interface IOP, or a Serial Interface FTA-driver program
when the data in the array is not being updated. An example would be loss of
communications between the SI FTA and the field device. When the
EXTDATA parameter = None, BADPVFL is always Off.
Default: On when
EXTDATA = IO_FL,
IO_NN, IO_STR
Off when
EXTDATA = None
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (Data is not bad)

On (Data is bad)

BADPVFL
BADPVFL (DI)
Type: Logical Bad PV Flag—Indicates that a bad PV value has been detected at this data point.
Lock: View BADPVFL is shown on the detailed display only when PNTFORM = Full.
Default: On
For a Digital Input, the Bad PV Flag is on when:
PtRes: APM
• The PV source is not equal to Manual and DITYPE is set to Accumulator.
• The PV source has just been switched to Substituted but the PV has not
yet been updated.
• The PV source = Substitute or Auto and PTEXECST = Inactive or the
module is not in the RUN state.
• PVSOURCE = Auto and there is no FTA connected or there is a Soft Fail
that is preventing this chanel from working.

On (PV is bad)
BADPVFL (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: Logical Bad PV Flag—For a Digital Composite or Device Control point, the Bad PV
Lock: View Flag is is set to ON when the PV is bad.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
On (PV is bad)
BADPVPR
Type: E:ALPRIOR Bad PV Alarm Priority—Defines the priority of the bad PV alarm.
Lock: Engr
Default: Low
PtRes: NIM
Display)

BADPVTXT
BADPVTXT (DevCtl, DigComp, NIM)

Type: String_8 Bad PV State Descriptor—Defines the state descriptor that is displayed when
Lock: PtBld the digital composite or device control point state is indeterminate or bad. The
Default: BAD bad state can result when the PV input signals from the process are in an
PtRes: NIM inconsistent state (e.g., for a valve, the limit switches indicating open and closed
are on at the same time). This state descriptor is configured on a per point basis
and is valid only when the PVTXTOPT parameter is On.
Range: The permissible character set for the up to eight character descriptor is as follows:
Alphabetics A-Z (upper case only)
Numerics 0-9,
Underscore (_)
BADSVFL (DevCtl)
Type: Logical Bad SV Alarm Flag—Indicates a bad secondary value alarm.
Lock: View
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (Good data being read)
On (SV parameter = BAD or NaN)
BADSVPR (DevCtl)
Type: E:ALPRIOR Bad SV Alarm Priority—Indicates the alarm priority for the secondary value.
Lock: Engr
Default: Low
PtRes: NIM
Display)
BFF (PidFf)
Type: Real Feed Forward Input Bias—Defines the bias value for multiplicative action.
Lock: Supr
Default: 0.0
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
BHALMFL1–BHALMFL7
Type: String_2 Alarm Flags
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: NIM
Range: Hexadecimal characters 00 - FF

BIAS
BIAS (Pid)
Type: Real Bias—Defines the value which is added to the SP.
Lock: Oper
Default: 0.0
PtRes: APM
Range: BSLOLM to BSHILM
BNDRESET (NIM, APM Box)

Type: Logical Bounds (Minimum/Maximum) Statistics Reset Flag—A write of ON resets
Lock: Oper the following maximum/minimum statistics to their default values: APM CPU
Default: Off free percentage events, UCN transaction, UCN parameter statistics and UCN
PtRes: APM average statistics.
Range: Off/On
Helpful Hint: A read of BNDRESET always returns OFF.
BNDRSTIM (NIM, APM Box)

Type: Time Time of Last Bounds (Minimum/Maximum) Statistics Reset.
Lock: View
Default: Time of APM
Startup
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
Helpful Hint: This statistic can be viewed on the Toolkit Displays.
BOXCLR(0)–(2) (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: E:BOXCOLOR Box Color for Digital Displays—Defines the color of the upper, middle, and
Lock: Eng/PB lower boxes that are used to display the current state of the point on the
Group and Detail Displays. The lower box and its default (Red) do not apply
if NOSTATES = 2 for this point.
Default: Green [Upper-
box default (State 1)]
Yellow
[Middle-box default
(State 0)]
Red [Lower-
box default (State 2)]
PtRes: NIM
Range: Red
Green
White
Black
Cyan
Yellow
Blue
Magenta
Helpful Hint: BOXCLR has an access lock of View if PNTFORM = Component.

BOXCLR(0)–(1)
BOXCLR(0)–(1) (DigIn, Flag)

Type: E:BOXCOLOR Box Color for Digital Displays—Defines the color of the upper and lower
Lock: Eng/PB boxes that are used to display the current state of the point on the Group and
Detail Displays. Boxes are applicable when DITYPE is Latched or Status.
Default: Green [Upper
box default color (State
1)]
Yellow [Lower-
box default color(State 0)]
PtRes: NIM
Range: Red
Green
White
Black
Cyan
Yellow
Blue
Magenta
BSHILM
Type: Real Bias High Limit—Defines the upper limit of the bias.
Lock: Supr
Default: 50.0
PtRes: APM
Range: > BSLOLM,
NaN
Helpful Hint: Entering NaN disables the BSHILM function with NaN being stored in the
database.
BSLOLM
Type: Real Bias Low Limit—Defines the lower limit of the bias.
Lock: Supr
Default: -50.0
PtRes: APM
Range: < BSHILM,
NaN
Helpful Hint: Entering NaN disables the BSLOLM function with NaN being stored in the
database.

BYPASS
BYPASS (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: Logical Interlock Bypass—Allows bypassing the permissive and override interlocks
Lock: Oper when ON. The Safety Override Interlock (SI0) is not affected. Only applies if
Default: Off Override Option (OROPT) is selected.
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (Interlocks not bypassed)
On (Interlocks bypassed)
BYPASS (ORSel)
Type: Logical Override Input Bypass Enable—Allows the operator to select the bypass
Lock: Oper function for the X1-X4 inputs.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (Bypass of inputs is not allowed)
On (Bypass of inputs is allowed)
BYPASSX1–BYPASSX4 (ORSel)
Type: Logical Bypass X1–X4 Input—Refer to the APM Control Functions and
Lock: Oper Algorithms manual for a detailed description. BYPASSXn being On
does not bypass
Default: BYPASSX1 = Off X1–X4 unless BYPASS = On.
BYPASSX2–X4 = On
PtRes: APM
Range: Off
On

C
-C-
C (FlowComp, Summer, Totalizer, and VdtLdLg)

Type: Real Scale Factor—Value in C is used in the calculation of PVCALC. Refer to the
Lock: Supr APM Control Functions and Algorithms manual for the equation.
Default: 1.0
PtRes: APM
Range: Anything except NaN
C1–C2 (FlowComp)
Type: Real Correction Constants—Values in C1 and C2 are used in the calculation of
Lock: Supr PVCALC, and serve as factors in compensating for assumed design conditions.
Default: 1.0 Refer to the APM Control Functions and Algorithms manual for a detailed
PtRes: APM description.
Range: C1 > 0.1
C2 > 0.1
C1–C2 (PI)
Type: Real Scaling Constants—Values in C1 and C2 are used in the calculation of
Lock: Supr PVCALC. Refer to the APM Control Functions and Algorithms manual for a
Default: 1.0 detailed description.
PtRes: APM
Range: C1 > 0
C2 > 0
C1–C2 (VdtLdLg)
Type: Real Scaling Constant For Input P1–P2—Values in C1 and C2 are used in the
Lock: Supr calculation of TD (fixed time delay) and TDNEW (calculated new delay time).
Default: 1.0
PtRes: APM
Range: > 0.0
C1–C4 (Calcultr)
Type: Real Intermediate Results of Calculations
Lock: Supr
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
APM Parameter Reference Dictionary C-1 2/99

C1–C6
C1–C6 (Summer)
Type: Real Scaling Constants 1-6—Defines the scaling constants to be used with the
Lock: Supr respective inputs P1-P6.
Default: 1.0
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
C1–C4DESC (Logic)
Type: String_8 Custom Alarm Descriptors—Defines the state for each of the four custom
Lock: Engr alarms.
Default: Blank
PtRes: APM
Range: 8 Character String
C1–C4FL (Logic)
Type: Logical Custom Alarm Flags—Defines the state for each of the four custom alarms.
Lock: Program These flags can be written to if C1–C4SRC=None.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (A custom alarm is not active)
On (A custom alarm is active)
C1–C4PR (Logic)
Type: E:ALPRIOR Custom Alarm Priorities—Defines the alarm priorities for each of the four
Lock: Engr custom alarms.
Default: Low
PtRes: NIM
Display)
C1–C4SRC (Logic)
Type: E:$LGALSRC Custom Alarm Source—Indicates the alarm source for each of the four custom
Lock: PtBld alarms.
Default: None
PtRes: APM
Range: NONE (No source configured for alarms)
L1..L12 (Alarm source is the configured input connection; they can be either On or Off)
SO1..SO24 (Alarm source is the status output (SOn) from another logic block)
FL1..FL12 (Alarm source is a local flag; they can be either On or Off)

CABLESTS
CABLESTS (NIM)
Type: Integer Overall Cable Status for a UCN Node
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: NIM
Range: 0-(Both cables are OK)
1-(Cable A has failed)
2-(Cable B has failed)
3-(Both cables have failed)
CALCEXP (Calcultr)
Type: String_40 Calculator Expression—Allows the user to set up an equation that can be up to
Lock: Eng/PB 40 characters in length, which is to be solved by the Calcultr algorithm. Input
Default: blank values P1-P6 and intermediate results values C1-C4 can be used in the equation.
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
CALIBALL (1)–(168)
Type: Logical Full Calibration Enable Flag
Lock: Eng/PB
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (Card calibration is disabled)
On (Card calibration is enabled)
CALIBRJ (1)–(168)
Type: Logical Reference Junction Calibration Enable Flag
Lock: Eng/PB
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (Disable Reference Junction calibration)
On (Enable Reference Junction calibration)

CASREQ
CASREQ (AnalgOut, RegCtl)

Type: E:CASREQ Remote Cascade Request Flag—Defines whether the remote cascade mode has
Lock: Prog been requested for the data point. The remote cascade mode exists when
Default: NotReq MODE is changed to Cas and RCASOPT is Ddc or DdcRsp. When a request to
PtRes: APM change MODE to Cas is received from a US or a program, MODE does not
immediately change to Cas. Instead, CASREQ is set to Request and a -C
appears to the right of the mode indicator on the Group and Detail displays.
When continuous control in an AM determines that CASREQ contains Request,
it requests the mode to go to Cas, and changes CASREQ to NotReq.
Should the point shed while it is in the remote cascade mode, MODE goes to the
state defined in SHEDMODE, and CASREQ goes back to Request.
Range: 0-NotReq (Remote cascade mode request not made)

1-Request (Remote cascade mode request made; operator or program has requested the
cascade mode)
Helpful Hint: CASREQ does not apply for an AnalgOut point if RCASOPT = None.
CASREQ does not apply for a RegCtl point unless RCASOPT = Spc, Ddc,
or DdcRsp.
If Spc has been entered for the RCASOPT parameter, the AM writes to the
setpoint.
Ddc is the only remote cascade option for an analog output point.
CHPINHWY (UCN)
Type: E:CHPINDAC Automatic Checkpoint Inhibit
Lock: Supr
Default: Enable
PtRes: NIM
Range: 0-Enable (Enable automatic checkpointing of data bases on this UCN)
1-Inhibit (Inhibit automatic checkpointing)
CHPINOPR (APM Box)

Type: E:CHPINDAC Automatic Checkpoint Inhibit Operation—Defines whether automatic
Lock: Supr database saves are to be performed for the devices connected to this NIM.
Default: Enable
PtRes: NIM
Range: Enable (Automatic database saves are enabled)
Inhibit (Automatic database saves are inhibited)

CIDSTN(1)–CIDSTN(4)
CIDSTN(1)–CIDSTN(4) (RegCtl)
Type: Prm_ID Control Input Connection Destination—Defines the parameter name (PV, SP,
Lock: PtBld etc.) in the RegCtl point that is to receive the value fetched using the
Default: Based on "Tagname.Parameter" or the hardware reference address specified in parameter
CTLALGID, CISRC, Control Input Connection Source.
CTLEQN, N
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
Helpful Hint: 1. CIDSTN must contain a legitimate parameter of one to eight characters.
2. Default to PV, SP, or some other parameter depends on parameters
CTLALGID, CTLEQN, and M.
CISRC(1)–CISRC(4) (RegCtl)
Type: Ent.Prm Control Input Connection Source—Defines the "Tagname.Parameter" of the
Lock: PtBld parameter whose value is to be obtained and then stored in one of up to four
Default: null.null RegCtl algorithm inputs. Refer to the APM Control Functions and Algorithms
PtRes: APM manual for a detailed description.
Range: Use Tagname.Parameter for tagged points where Tagname can be up to 16 characters, and the
Underscore (_) cannot be used as the first character or the last character, and consecutive
An * is used to default to this point’s tag name.
Parameter name can be up to eight characters and must be a legitimate parameter name.
CJTACT (STI)
Type: Logical Internal Cold Junction Temperature—Defines whether the smart temperature
Lock: Eng/PtBld transmitter’s internal cold-junction reference is to be used, or an externally-
Default: On provided cold-junction reference is to be used.
PtRes: APM
Range: On (Transmitter’s internal cold-junction temperature is active)
Off (External cold-junction temperature is active)
CLPZMXC (UCN)
Type: Logical Overall Cable Status for UCN Cable A
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes NIM
Range: Off (Cable A status is OK)
On (Cable A status is not OK)

CLPZMXP
CLPZMXP (UCN)
Type: Logical Overall Cable Status for UCN Cable B
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes NIM
Range: Off (Cable B status is OK)
On (Cable B status is not OK)
CMDDISFL (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: Logical Command Disagree Alarm Flag—Indicates whether a field device did not go
Lock: View to the commanded state within the allowed feedback time.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (No command disagree alarm)
On (Command disagree alarm has been detected by this point)
Helpful Hint: A slow-responding field device can cause a premature alarm. If so, adjust the
time in parameter FBTIME.
CMDDISPR (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: E:ALPRIOR Command Disagree Alarm Priority—Defines the alarm priority of command
Lock: Engr disagree, command fail, and uncommanded change alarms.
Default: Low
PtRes: NIM
Range Emergncy (Alarm is historized, annunciated, and reported to all alarm summary displays)
Display)
CMDFALFL (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: Logical Command Fail Alarm Flag—Indicates if the PV failed to move after the output
Lock: View command within the allowed command fail time. Command Fail Alarm priority
Default: Off is determined by CMDDISPR.
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (PV moved after the output command)
On (PV did not move after the output command)

CMDFALTM
CMDFALTM (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: Integer Command Fail Timeout—Sets the amount of time (in seconds)
Lock: Supr if that the point should wait before generating a “command fail”
CMDFALTM alarm, if the PV has not changed after changing the output.
is changed from Command Fail Alarm priority is determined by CMDDISPR.
a non-zero value
to a zero value,
else Eng/PB
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 999 seconds (0 indicates command fail alarming is disabled)
CMDHWREV
Type: String_2 APMM Communications Daughter Card Revision
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM
CNTLLOCK
Type: E:ACCLVL Control Lock—Attempts to write values in the following parameters are
Lock: Engr subject to the access-lock value contained in CNTLLOCK. The check is
Default: OPERATOR bypassed for the exceptions.
PtRes: APM
Parameter Exceptions
PROCMOD New value = START
SEQEXEC None
SEQMODE None
OVERPHAS SEQEXEC = FAIL or ERROR
OVERSTEP SEQEXEC = FAIL or ERROR
OVERSTAT SEQEXEC = FAIL or ERROR
Range: 0-OPERATOR - Operator and higher keylock positions allow store access.
1-SUPERVIS - Supervisor and higher keylock positions allow store access.
2-ENGINEER - Engineer and higher keylock positions allow store access.
3-PROGRAM - Only the program has store access.

CODSTN
CODSTN(1)–CODSTN(4) (RegCtl)
Type: Universal Control Output Connection Destination—Defines up to four different
Ent.Prm "Tagname.Parameter" or hardware reference address destinations to which the
Lock: PtBld output value from RegCtl point is to be written. Refer to the APM Control
Default: null.null Functions and Algorithms manual for a detailed description.
PtRes: APM
Use the hardware reference address !MTmmSss.Parameter for untagged or tagged points where
MT is the IOP type, such as AO (analog output)
mm is the IOP Card number (1-40)
ss is the slot number on the IOP Card (refer to SLOTNUM parameter)
COMCFAVG (APM Box)

Type: Real Average APM Communication CPU Free Percentage—The average
Lock: View percent of time the Communications Processor is not busy.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 - 100
COMCFMAX (APM Box)

Type: Real Maximum APM Communication CPU Free Percentage—The maximum
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 - 100
COMCFMIN (APM Box)

Type: Real Minimum APM Communication CPU Free Percentage—The minimum
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 - 100

COMDAUGH
COMDAUGH
Type: Logical APMM Communications Daughter Card Present Flag.
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (No daughter card present)
On (Daughter card present)
COMDAY
Type: Integer Creation Day of APMM Communications Personality.
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 1 - 31
COMFWREV
Type: String_2 APMM Communications Firmware Revision.
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM
COMHWREV
Type: String_2 APMM Communications Hardware Revision.
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM
COMMAND (DigIn)
Type: E:COMMAND Accumulator Commands—Allow the operator to control the accumulator.
Lock: Oper
Default: None
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-None (No effect on accumulator)
1-Start (Start the accumulator)
2-Stop (Stop the accumulator)
3-Reset (Reset the accumulation to zero)
Helpful Hint: COMMAND applies only when DITYPE = Accum.

COMMAND
COMMAND (STI)
Type: E:COMMAND Command—Allows the user to do database transfers between the STI point and
Lock: Oper the smart transmitter, and to calibrate the transmitter.
Default: None
PtRes: APM
NOTE
During an up-load operation, previously unseen data is read from the transmitter database
and stored in the STI database. If this data is not desired, the data can be restored by using
the checkpoint restore or load IDF functions.
Range: 0-None (A command has not been issued by the STI point)
1-DnLoadDb (Loads the transmitter parameters from the STI point data base into the
transmitter)
2-UpLoadDb (Loads the transmitter data base from the transmitter into the STI point)
3-Set_LRV (Sets the Lower Range Value)
4-Set_URV (Sets the Upper Range Value)
5-Cor_LRV (Corrects the Lower Range Value)
6-Cor_URV (Corrects the Upper Range Value)
7-Cor_Inpt (Corrects the zero point for the PV value)
8-RstCor (Sets all input calibration parameters to their default values)
Helpful Hint: If PV or PV_SV has been entered for the DECONF parameter, the only
command supported is DnLoadDB.
COMMAND (Timer)
Type: E:COMMAND Timer Commands—Allow the operator to control the operation of the timer
Lock: Oper data point.
Default: None
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-None (No effect on the timer)
1-Start (Starts the timer)
2-Stop (Stops the timer)
3-Reset (Resets the timer to zero)
4-RestStrt (Resets the timer, then starts the timer)
COMMAND (Totalizr)
Type: E:COMMAND Totalizer Commands—Allow the operator to control the operation of the
Lock: Oper totalizer.
Default: None
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-None (No effect on totalizer)
1-Start (Starts the totalizer)
2-Stop (Stops the totalizer)
3-Reset (Resets the totalizer to RESETVAL)

COMMONTH
COMMONTH
Type: Integer Creation Month of APMM Communications Personality
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 1 - 12
COMNAME
Type: String_8 APMM Communications Personality Name
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM
Range:
COMPHILM (FlowComp)
Type: Real Compensation Term High Limit—Defines the upper limit of the COMPTERM
Lock: Supr (compensation term) parameter.
Default: 1.25
PtRes: APM
Range: COMPLOLM to 10.0,
NaN
Helpful Hint: Entering NaN disables high-limit checking by forcing its value to the extreme
(10.0).
COMPLOLM (FlowComp)
Type: Real Compensation Term Low Limit—Defines the lower limit of the COMPTERM
Lock: Supr (compensation term) parameter.
Default: 0.8
PtRes: APM
Range: 0.0 to COMPHILM,
NaN
Helpful Hint: Entering NaN disables low-limit checking by forcing its value to the extreme
(0.0).
COMPTERM (FlowComp)
Type: Real Compensation Term—This term differs in each of the five flow compensation
Lock: View equations, A through E. Refer to the APM Control Functions and Algorithms
Default: 1.0 manual for a detailed description.
PtRes: APM
Range: COMPLOLM to COMPHILM

COMREV
COMREV
Type: Integer APMM Communications Software Revision
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM
Range:
COMVERS
Type: Integer APMM Communications Software Version
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM
Range:
COMYEAR
Type: Integer Creation Year of APMM Communications Personality
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 - 99
CONTCUT
Type: Logical Contact Cut Out —Defines whether alarms detected at this data point are to be
Lock: Prog cut out to prevent this data point’s alarms from being reported to the operator.
Default: Off The alarms continue to be reported to the AM or CM through the EIPPCODE
PtRes: APM parameter.
CONTCUT can be used to cutout alarms on a point when the alarms are
generated because of specific conditions at other points which themselves have
alarms. As an example, the user could configure a logic point so that the logic
point would monitor the nuisance alarm conditions and then store the contact
cutout state of this point using an output connection. It can also be stored by the
sequence program in the APM or the AM which could monitor the process
conditions to determine when the alarms have to be suppressed.
Range: Off (Alarms are not cut out)

On (Alarms are cut out)
Helpful Hint: Cutout alarms behave the same as inhibited alarms; that is, when a point’s
contact cutout state is true—
• alarms are not distributed to the US or HM
• return to normal events are not distributed to the US or HM
• EIP events triggered by the alarm condetion are not distributed
For APM Box Flag points, CUTOUT applies to only slots 1–128.

COUNTDWN
COUNTDWN (DigIn)
Type: Logical Accumulator Count Down Flag—Determines whether the accumulator is to
Lock: Eng/PB count down or count up.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (Accumulator is to count up)
On (Accumulator is to count down)
Helpful Hint: COUNTDWN configuration requires DITYPE = Accum.
CPMSGSEC (NIM)
Type: Real Number of Checkpoint Messages—Specifies the Number of Checkpoint
Lock: View Messages per second.
Default: 0
PtRes: NIM
Range: N/A
CPTIMAVG (NIM)
Type: Real Averaage Time to Complete a Checkpoint Request—Specifies the Average
Lock: View Time (in msec.) to Complete a Checkpoint Request.
Default: 0
PtRes: NIM
Range: N/A

CPTIMMAX
CPTIMMAX (NIM)
Type: Real Maximum Time to Complete a Checkpoint Request—Specifies the Maximum
Lock: View Time (in msec.) to Complete a Checkpoint Request.
Default: 0
PtRes: NIM
Range: N/A
CRIOLORN (1)–(4) (APM Box)

Type: Integer Current Hour IOL Fetch/Store Overrun Counter—A counter that
Lock: View accumulates and shows the number of I/O Link fetch/store time outs that have
Default: 0 occurred during the current hour. In arrays 1 through 4, the counter is indexed
PtRes: APM by the cycle. In array 0, the counter is totaled for all cycles.
Range: >0
CRPPXORN (0)–(8) (APM Box)

Type: Integer Current Hour Point Processing Overrun Counter—A counter that
Lock: View accumulates and shows the number of APMM point processing overruns that
Default: 0 have occurred during the current hour. In arrays 1 through 8, the counter is
PtRes: APM indexed by the cycle. In array 0, the counter is totaled for all cycles.
Range: >0
CRUCNORN (APM Box)

Type: Integer Current-Hour UCN Access Overruns—Indicates the number of UCN access
Lock: View overruns that have occurred in the current hour. Refer to the APM Control
Default: 0 Functions and Algorithms manual for a detailed description of overrun handling.
PtRes: APM
Range: >0
CTLACTN
Type: E:POLARITY Control Action—Defines the direct/reverse action of this algorithm’s output.
Lock: Eng/PB
Default: Reverse
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Direct (As PV increases, output increases)
1-Reverse (As PV increases, output decreases)

CTLALGID
CTLALGID (RegCtl)
Type: E:$PMMCTAL Control Algorithm Identifier—Defines the algorithm that is to be used
for this RegCtl point.
Lock: PtBld
Default: Null
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Null (No algorithm selected)
1-Pid (Proportional, Integral, Derivative)
2-PidFf (PID with Feedforward)
3-PidErfb (PID with External Reset Feedback)
7-RatioCtl (Ratio Control)
8-RampSoak (Ramp Soak)
9-AutoMan (Auto Manual Station)
10-IncrSum (Incremental Summer)
11-Switch (Switch)
12-ORSel (Override Selector)
13-PosProp (Position Proportional)
14-PIDPosProp (PID with Position Proportional output)
CTLCFAVG (APM Box)

Type: Real Average APM Control Processor CPU Free Percentage—The average
Lock: View percent of time the APM Control Processor is not busy.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 - 100
Helpful Hint: This statistic can be viewed on the Toolkit Displays
CTLCFMAX (APM Box)

Type: Real Maximum APM Control Processor CPU Free Percentage—The maximum
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 - 100
CTLCFMIN (APM Box)

Type: Real Minimum APM Control Processor CPU Free Percentage—The minimum
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 - 100

CTLDAY
CTLDAY
Type: Integer Creation Day of APMM Control Personality
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 1 - 31
CTLEQN (AutoMan)
Type: E:ALGOEQN Control Equation Type
Lock: Eng/PB
Default: EqA
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-EqA (CV = X1 + B +BI)
1-EqB (CV = X1 + (K*X2) + BI)
CTLEQN (ORSel)
Type: E:ALGOEQN Control Equation Type—Defines whether the highest or the lowest input is
Lock: PtBld to be selected.
Default: EqA
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-EqA (Selects the highest input)
1-EqB (Selects the lowest input)
CTLEQN (Pid)
Type: E:ALGOEQN Control Equation Type—Defines how Proportional (P) or gain, Integral (I)
Lock: PtBld or reset, and Derivative (D) action is applied to a PID-type algorithm’s
Default: EqA calculated Error (PV - SP).
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-EqA (P, I, and D act on Error)
1-EqB (P and I act on Error, D acts on PV)
2-EqC (I acts on Error, P and D act on PV)
3-EqD (Integral-only control)
CTLEQN (Switch)
Type: E:ALGOEQN Control Equation Type—Defines whether the operator, the user-written
Lock: Eng/PB program, or the logic slot controls the selection of one of the four inputs
Default: EqA (X1-X4) as the input to this algorithm.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-EqA (Operator controls switch position)
1-EqB (Program or logic point controls switch position)

CTLFWREV
CTLFWREV
Type: String_2 APMM Control Firmware Revision
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
CTLHWREV
Type: String_2 APMM Control Hardware Revision
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
CTLMONTH
Type: Integer Creation Month of APMM Control Personality
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 1 - 12
CTLNAME
Type: String_8 APMM Control Personality Name
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range:
CTLOPT (APM Box)

Type: Logical APMM Control Processor Option
Lock: PtBld
Default: On
PtRes: APM
Range: On (All point types can be configured)
Off (DigComp, Logic, RegCtl, or RegPV points cannot be configured; only I/O points can be
configured. This usually means that the control processor hardware is missing from the
APM).

CTLREDUN
CTLREDUN
Type: Logical APMM Control Redundancy Present Flag
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM
Range: Off
On
CTLREV
Type: Integer APMM Control Personality Revision
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM
Range:
CTLVERS
Type: Integer APMM Control Personality Version
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM
Range:
CTLYEAR
Type: Integer Creation Year of APMM Control Personality
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 - 99
CTRLINIT (RegCtl)
Type: Logical Control Initialization Request Flag—A user-written program or a logic slot
Lock: Prog can cause a data point to initialize by setting the point’s control initialization-
Default: Off request flag to On.
PtRes: APM
Range: Off
On

CURCOMFL
CURCOMFL
Type: E:$PMMHFST Current APMM Communications Board Failure
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM
Range: Null (Unknown Error)
Pwrdwn (Power Down )
Lr_Par (Parity Error)
Lr_Lram (Local Ram Error)
Lr_Ck (Local Ram Check)
Lr_Exc (Local Ram Exception)
Lr_Hrev (Local Ram Hardware Revision)
Mm_Hrev (Memory Board Hardware Revision)
Lr_Tmr (Local Ram Timer Error)
Lr_Ptrn (Local Ram Pattern Check Error)
Lr_Byte (Local Ram Byte Error)
Lr_Adcd (Local Ram Address Decode Test)
Lr_Addl (Local Ram Additional Check)
Lr_Clrr (Local Ram Scrub Incomplete)
Sr_Par (Shared Ram Parity)
Sr_Ptrn (Shared Ram Pattern Check Error)
Sr_Adcd (Shared Ram Address Decode Test)
Sr_Addl (Shared Ram Additional Checks)
Gr_Par (Global Ram Parity)
Gr_Ptrn (Global Ram Pattern Check Error)
Gr_Byte (Global Ram Byte Error)
Gr_Adcd (Global Ram Address Decode Test)
Gr_Addl (Global Ram Additional Checks)
Gr_Clrr (Global Ram Scrub Incomplete)
31_Nr (IOL Processor, No Response or Failure)
31_Aliv (IOL Processor, Transmitter Not Alive)
31_Iltn (IOL Processor, Illegal Transition)
Nmi_Unk (Unknown NMI Request)
Baducnn (UCN Address Parity or Duplicate Address)
Nr (No Response From Other Processor)
Mrft (Memory Reference Table (Pattern Build Fail)
Nomtos (No MTOS Readout)
Llc_Comm (LLC Communication Fatal Error)
Ucndrv (UCN Driver, Fatal Error)
Rd_Hrev (Redundancy Card Version/Revision Mismatch)
Sw_Error (Software Error)
Md_Hrev (Modem Card Version/Revision Mismatch)
Da_Ptrn (Daughter Card Pattern Test)
Da_Byte (Daughter Card Byte Write Test)
Da_Adcd (Daughter Card Address Decode)
Da_Addl (Daughter Card Additional Test)
Da_Clrr (Daughter Card Scrub Incomplete)
Rd_Snps (Redundancy Card 96 Kw Snapshot Error)
Rd_Bslk (Redundancy Card Bus Lock Fail)

CURCTLFL
CURCTLFL
Type: E:$PMMHFST Current APMM Control Failure
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM
Range: Null (Unknown Error)
Pwrdwn (Power Down )
Lr_Par (Parity Error)
Lr_Lram (Local Ram Error)
Lr_Ck (Local Ram Check)
Lr_Exc (Local Ram Exception )
Lr_Hrev (Local Ram Hardware Revision)
Mm_Hrev (Memory Board Hardware Revision)
Lr_Tmr (Local Ram Timer Error)
Lr_Ptrn (Local Ram Pattern Check Error)
Lr_Byte (Local Ram Byte Error)
Lr_Adcd (Local Ram Address Decode Test)
Lr_Addl (Local Ram Additional Checks)
Lr_Clrr (Local Ram Scrub Incomplete)
Sr_Par (Shared Ram Parity)
Sr_Ptrn (Shared Ram Pattern Check Error)
Sr_Adcd (Shared Ram Address Decode Test)
Sr_Addl (Shared Ram Additional Checks)
Gr_Par (Global Ram Parity)
Gr_Ptrn (Global Ram Pattern Check Error)
Gr_Byte (Global Ram Byte Error)
Gr_Adcd (Global Ram Address Decode Test)
Gr_Addl (Global Ram Additional Checks)
Gr_Clrr (Global Ram Scrub Incomplete)
31_Nr (IOL Processor, No Response or Failure)
31_Aliv (IOL Processor, Transmitter Not Alive)
31_Ilatn (IOL Processor, Illegal Transition)
Nmi_Unk (Unknown NMI Request)
Baducnn (UCN Address Parity or Duplicate Address)
Nr (No Response From Other Processor)
Mrft (Memory Reference Table - Pattern Build Fail)
Nomtos (No MTOS Readout)
Llc_Comm (LLC Communication Fatal Error)
Ucndrv (UCN Driver, Fatal Error)
Rd_Hrev (Redundancy Card Version/Revision Mismatch)
Sw_Error (Software Error)
Md_Hrev (Modem Card Version/Revision Mismatch)
Da_Ptrn (Daughter Card Pattern Test )
Da_Byte (Daughter Card Byte Write Test )
Da_Adcd (Daughter Card Address Decode)
Da_Addl (Daughter Card Additional Tests)
Da_Clrr (Daughter Card Scrub Incomplete)
Rd_Snps (Redundancy Card 96 Kw Snapshot Error)
Rd_Bslk (Redundancy Card Bus Lock Fail)

CURIOLFL
CURIOLFL
Type: E:$IOMHF Current APMM IOL Interface Failure
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM
Range: Unknown - (Unknown Error)
Powerdwn - (Power Is Off)
Invprgex (Invalid Program Execution)
Epromerr (EPROM Error)
Ramcnter (Ram Contents Error)
Ramadrer (Ram Address Error)
Dpaerror (Device Physical Address Error)
Dsaerror (Device Soft Address Error)
Rxbufofl (Receive Buffer Overflow Error)
Ioljaber (IOL Jabber Error; Module saw or talked too much on link)
Badpgjmp (Bad Program Jump)
Adcincmp (A/D Incompatible)
Adoutovf (A/D Overflow)
Adoutudf (A/D Underflow)
Adccaler (A/D Calibration Error)
Baddcltc (Bad DC LTC)
Dmt_tmot (Deadman Time Out)
Mltoutfl (Multiple Output Failure)
Datbusfl (Data Bus Failure)
Baddarng (Bad A/D Range)
Mstrtmot (Master Timeout)
Ctrcktfl (Counter Circuit Failure)
CURPINAM (n)
Type: String_8 Current PI Filename—Defines the personality Image filename that
Lock: View currently resides in this IOP whenre n is the IOP number 1 - 40.
Default: N/A
PtRes: IOP
Range: N/A
CURSEGID (RampSoak)
Type: E:CURSEGID Current Segment ID—Defines the current ramp or soak segment.
Lock: Oper
Default: Ramp1
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Ramp1 1-Soak1
2-Ramp2 3-Soak2
: and :
20-Ramp11 21-Soak11
22-Ramp12 23-Soak12

CUTOFFLM
CUTOFFLM (Totalizr)
Type: Real Zero-Flow Cutoff Limit—Allows the user to specify a cutoff limit such that
Lock: Supr when the value of input parameter P1 falls below the limit specified, its value is
Default: 0.0 replaced by 0.0.
PtRes: APM
Range: > 0.0,
NaN (Cutoff limit is not applicable)
CUTOFFLM (VdtLdLag)
Type: Real Zero-Flow/Belt-Speed Cutoff Limit—Allows the user to specify a cutoff limit
Lock: Supr for equations C and D.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: > 0.0,
NaN (Bypasses the limit check)
CV
Type: Real Calculated Variable—The result (calculated value) of the calculation of the
Lock: Prog control algorithm. The value can be in percent or in engineering units depending
Default: NaN on the control algorithm.
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
CVEUHI
Type: Real Calculated Value's High Limit in Engineering Units
Lock: Engr
Default: 100.0
(GPM,
PPH, etc.)
PtRes: APM
Range: > CVEULO
Helpful Hint: CV ranges track X-input ranges if CTLALGID = AutoMan, ORSel, IncrSum,
or Switch. For CTLALGID = PidErfb and RampSoak, CV ranges are
configurable. For CTLALGID = Pid, Pidff, and RatioCtl, if NOCOPTS = 0,
then the CV ranges are configurable, otherwise, the CV ranges track the ranges
of the secondary output connection.
CVEULO
Type: Real Calculated Value's Low Limit in Engineering Units
Lock: Engr
Default: 0.0 (GPM,
PPH, etc.)
PtRes: APM
Range: < CVEUHI
Helpful Hint: Same as above for CVEUHI.

CYCLEOPT
CYCLEOPT (RampSoak)
Type: E:$CYCLOPT Ramp/Soak Cycle Option—Defines whether the ramp/soak cycle stops
Lock: Oper after a single cycle, or is continuous. For detailed information, refer to the
Default: Cyclic APM Control Functions and Algorithms manual.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Single (Stop after completing one complete cycle)
1-Cyclic (Repeat complete cycles over and over)
Helpful Hint: If Cyclic is entered, repeats complete ramp/soak cycles after Mode is changed
from Man to Auto. If Single is entered, performs one ramp/soak cycle and then
stops.
CYCLETIM (PosProp, PIDPosPr)

Type: Real PosProp Output Cycle Time in Seconds—Determines the rate at which raise
Lock: Supr or lower output pulses are going to be generated. PV - SP determines the width
Default: 10.0 seconds of the output pulse.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0.25 to 1000.0 seconds

D
-D-
D (Summer, VdtLdLag)
Type: Real Overall Bias—Defines the overall bias used in calculating PVCALC.
Lock: Supr
Default: 0.0
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
D1 (VdtLdLag)
Type: Real Fixed Deadtime in Minutes—Bias value for the variable time delay.
Lock: Supr
Default: 0.0 minutes
PtRes: APM
Range: 0.0 to 400.0 minutes
D1, D2 (DigComp, DevCtl)

Type: Logical Digital Input 1 Status and Digital Input 2 Status—Separately indicates
Lock: View whether input 1 and input 2 are on or off.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (No input present)
On (Input is present)
D1_0 (DigComp, DevCtl)

Type: E:$PVSTATS Digital Input 1 Equal to A PV State of 0—Defines the PV state that
Lock: View corresponds to input D1 = Off. D1_0 = true only if INPTDIR = Direct and the
Default: PVState0 field contact feeding D1 is open, or INPTDIR = Reverse and contact is
PtRes: APM cleared.
Range: 0-PVState0 (STATETXT(0) describes D1 = 0)
1-PVState1 (STATETXT(1) describes D1 = 0)
Helpful Hint: Applies only if NODINPTS = 1. D1_0 is always the opposite state of D1_1.
D1_1 (DigComp, DevCtl)

Type: E:$PVSTATS Digital Input 1 Equals A PV State of 1—D1_1 defines the PV state that
Lock: Eng/PB corresponds to D1 (Input 1 status) = On. D1_1 = true only if INPTDIR =
Default: PVState1 Direct and the field contact feeding D1 is closed, or INPDIR = Reverse and
PtRes: APM contact is open.
Range: 0-PVState0 (STATETXT(0) describes D1 = 1)
1-PVState1 (STATETXT(1) describes D1 = 1)
Helpful Hint: D1_1, Digital Input 1 Equal To A PV State Of 1, applies only if NODINPTS =
1. D1_1 is always the opposite state of D1_0 and vice versa.
APM Parameter Reference Dictionary D-1 2/99

D2
D2 (VdtLdLag)
Type: Real Bias for Input P2
Lock: Supr
Default: 0.0
PtRes: APM
Range: > 0.0
D2D1_00 (DigComp, DevCtl)

Type: E:$PVSTATS D2_D1 Zero_Zero PV State—Defines the PV state descriptor that is to be
Lock: Eng/PB used and displayed when inputs D2 and D1 are both Off (00).
Default: MovPV
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-PVState0 (STATETXT(0) descriptor)
1-PVState1 (STATETXT(1) descriptor)
2-BadPV (BADPVTXT descriptor)
3-MovPV (MOVPVTXT descriptor)
Helpful Hint: D2D1_00 configuration requires NODINPTS = 2. Option PVState2 cannot be

selected unless NOSTATES = 3. STATETXT(0–2) is configured for each
DigComp or DevCtl point; BADPVTXT and MOVPVTXT are configured
during Box Data Point configuration for all DigComp or DevCtl points in this
box.

Type: E:$PVSTATS D2D1 Zero_One PV State—Defines the PV state descriptor that is to be used
Lock: Eng/PB and displayed when input D2 is Off and input D1 is On (01).
Default: PVState1
PtRes: APM

specified unless NOSTATES =3. STATETXT(0–2) is configured for each
DigComp or DevCtl tag name; BADPVTXT and MOVPVTXT are configured
during Box Data Point configuration for all DigComp or DevCtl points in the
box.

D2D1_10

Type: E:$PVSTATS D2D1 One_Zero PV State—Defines the PV state descriptor that is to be used
Lock: Eng/PB and displayed when input D2 is On and input D1 is Off (10).
Default: PVState0
PtRes: APM

specified unless NOSTATES = 3. STATETXT(0–2) is configured for each
box.

Type: E:$PVSTATS D2D1 One_One PV State—Defines the PV state descriptor that is to be used
Lock: Eng/PB and displayed when inputs D2 and D1 are both On (11).
Default: BadPV
PtRes: APM

specified unless NOSTATES = 3. STATETXT(0–2) is configured for each
box.

DAMPING
DAMPING (STI)
Type: Real Damping—Defines the first-order PV filtering option for the smart transmitter.
Lock: Supr/View User can also implement PV filtering by using this parameter or the TF
Default: 0.0 parameter; however, DAMPING is the preferred parameter. If DAMPING has
PtRes: APM been configured at the transmitter using the Universal Station, the STI IOP
adjusts the entered value to one of the values in the range shown below for the
appropriate transmitter type. For Multivariable transmitters with SENSRTYP =
SFM the IOP will not adjust the damping value.
Any real number in the range of damping specified by the transmitter user
manual can be used. It can be changed only when the STI point execution state
PTEXECST is Inactive.
Range:
Transmitter Type
Spt Stt Sfm
0.0 0.0 0.0

0.16 0.30 0.5
0.32 0.70 1.0
0.48 1.5 2.0
1.00 3.10 3.0
2.0 6.3 4.0
4.0 12.7 5.0
8.00 25.5 10.0
16.0 51.1 50.0
32.0 102.3 100
NaN NaN NaN
DATE (APM Box)

Type: Time Current Date/Time—Value of the LCN date in the APM.
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
DAY (APM Box)

Type: Integer Current Day—Value of the LCN date in the APM.
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 1 to 31
DB_VALID(1)–(40) (APM Box)

Type: E:$DBVALID Database Valid—Indicates if the database is valid. The IOP cannot be set to
Lock: Engr RUN unless the database is valid.
Default: Invalid
PtRes: APM
Range: Valid (Database is valid)
Invalid (Database is not valid)

DEADBAND
DEADBAND(1)–(24) (Logic)
Type: Real Deadband Value—Defines the value of the deadband for the specified logic
Lock: Supr block within the logic slot.
Default: 1.0
PtRes: APM
Range: > 0.0
Helpful Hint: DEADBAND requires LOGALGID = EQ, NE, GT, GE, LT, or LE.
DEADBAND
Type: Real Deadband in Percent of Full Scale—Defines the error deadband.
Lock: Supr
Default: 5.0 %
PtRes: APM
Range: 0.0 to 100.0 %
DEADTIME
Type: Real Deadtime (in seconds)—Additional pulse time required to overcome the friction
Lock: Supr in the motor when it begins to move or change direction. It is added to the
Default: 0.0 calculated pulse time except when the pulse that was issued in the last cycle time
PtRes: APM was in the same direction (as the pulse this time), and the pulse width was equal
to CYCLETIM.
DEBOUNCE (DigIn)
Type: Integer Contact Debounce Time in Milliseconds—The length of time an input must
Lock: Engr/PB remain in a new state for it to be declared as a valid event by the DISOE IOP.
Default: 10 Refer to the Absolute Delay Across parameter located in the Digital Input
milliseconds Processor table of the APM Specification and Technical Data.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 50 milliseconds
DECONF (STI)
Type: E:$DECONF Digitally Enhanced Configuration Mode—Defines the contents of the data that
Lock: Eng/View will be sent by the smart transmitter to the STI point.
Default: Pv_Sv_Db The use of Pv_Db and Pv_Sv_Db is recommended because they offer database
PtRes: APM mismatch detection and on-process mismatch recovery.
This parameter can be changed only when the STI point execution state
Range: 0-Analog (Not Supported)

1-Pv (Transmits only the PV; 4-byte format)
2-Pv_Sv (Transmits the PV and the secondary variable (SV); 4-byte format)
3-PV_Db (Transmits the PV and the transmitter database; 6-byte format)
4-Pv_Sv_Db (Transmits the PV, SV, and the transmitter database; 6-byte format)
Helpful Hint: For the PV_Db and Pv_Sv_Db selections, one byte of the transmitter database
is transmitted each time the PV is transmitted to the STI IOP.

DELCV
DELCV (IncrSum)
Type: Real Delta CV in Engineering Units—Indicates the calculated change in the CV
Lock: View output value in engineering units.
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
DELCV (Pid)
Type: Real Delta CV in Percent—Indicates the calculated change in the CV output value in
Lock: View percent.
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
DEV (RegCtl)
Type: Real Deviation—Indicates the deviation (PV - SP) in engineering units.
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
DEVADDR (Array)
Type: Real Serial Link Device Address—Indicates the serial link address of the device
Lock: PtBld containing data.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
DEVHIFL (RegCtl)
Type: Logical Deviation High Alarm Flag—Indicates whether the DEVHITP has been
Lock: View exceeded.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (No DEVHI alarm)
On (DEVHITP has been exceeded)

DEVHIPR
DEVHIPR (RegCtl)
Type: E:ALPRIOR Deviation High Alarm Priority—Defines the priority of the deviation high
Lock: Engr alarm.
Default: Low
PtRes: NIM
Display)
DEVHITP (RegCtl)
Type: Real Deviation High Alarm Trip Point—Defines the upper limit for the deviation.
Lock: Supr
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: > 0.0,
NaN
Helpful Hint: Alarm occurs when the PV is higher than SP + DEVHITP.
DEVLOFL (RegCtl)
Type: Logical Deviation Low Alarm Flag—Indicates whether the DEVLOTP has been
Lock: View exceeded.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (DEVLOTP has not been exceeded)
On (DEVLOTP has been exceeded)
DEVLOPR (RegCtl)
Type: E:ALPRIOR Deviation Low Alarm Priority—Defines the priority of the deviation low
Lock: Engr alarm.
Default: Low
PtRes: NIM
Display)

DEVLOTP
DEVLOTP (RegCtl)
Type: Real Deviation Low Alarm Trip Point—Defines the lower limit for the deviation.
Lock: Supr
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: > 0.0,
NaN
Helpful Hint: Alarm occurs when the PV is lower than SP - DEVLOTP.
DHTIMMAX(1) - (5) (NIM)

Type: Real Maximum Time to Complete a Data Handler Request—Specifies the
Lock: View maximum time to complete a Data Handler request in msec.
Default: 0
PtRes: NIM
Range: N/A
DISP_SIM (APM Box)

Type: Logical Simulation Indicator Display Switch—see also SIM_TXT
Lock: Prog
Default: N/A
PtRes: APMM
Range: Off (Simulation indicator is not required to be displayed
On (Simulation indicator is required to be displayed

DISRC(1)–(2)
DISRC(1)–(2) (DigComp, DevCtl)

Type: Universal Digital Composite and Device Control Input-Connection Source—Specify
Ent.Prm the sources whose values are to be fetched and delivered to Digital Composite
Lock: PtBld data point inputs D1 and D2. The source can be specified using the
Default: null.null "Tagname.Parameter" format or the hardware reference address format. Refer to
PtRes: APM the APM Control Functions and Algorithms manual for a detailed description.
Range: Use Tagname.Parameter format for tagged points where Tagname can be up to 16 characters and
the permissible character set is as follows:
Parameter name can be up to eight characters, and must be a legitimate parameter name.
Some possible input-connection sources are

a."DigIn slot Tagname.PVFL"
b."DigOut slot Tagname.SO"
c."Logic slot Tagname.SO(nn)" where nn = 1–24
d."Logic slot Tagname.Fl(nn)" where nn = 1–12
e."ProcMod slot Tagname.Fl(nnn)" where nnn = 1–127
f."Box Flag slot Tagname.PVFL
g."!Box.FL(nnnn)" for a box flag that resides in the same box;
nnnn = 1–16,384
h."$NMhhBxx.FL(nnnn)" for a box flag that resides in a different APM box on the same
UCN; hh is the NIM UCN address, xx is the APM box number, and
nnnn = 1–4095
MT is the IOP type, such as DI (Digital Input)
mm is the IOP Card number (1–40)
The letter "S" is a constant
Parameter name can be up-to-eight characters and must be a legitimate parameter name.
DITYPE
Type: E:$DITYPE Digital Input Type—Defines the type of digital input point.
Lock: PtBld
Default: Status
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Status (Point is to be used for alarming and event reporting)
1-Latched (Point is to be used for event reporting)
2-Accum (Point is to be used for accumulating pulses)

DLYTIME
DLYTIME (DigIn)
Type: Integer Delay Time—For an off-normal alarm, defines the time (in seconds) that a point
Lock: Supr with a previously detected alarm condition is guaranteed to remain in alarm,
Default: 5 seconds even if the condition clears. If an alarm condition exists when the delay timer
PtRes: APM expires, the point is held in alarm.
For a change of state (COS) alarm, if the PV is in the same state when the delay
timer expires, future state changes are immediately alarmed. If the PV is in the
opposite state, a second COS alarm is produced and the delay timer is restarted.
Range: 0 to 60 seconds
DLYTIME(1)–(24) (Logic)
Type: Real Alarm Delay in Seconds for Logic Block
Lock: Supr
Default: 1 second
PtRes: APM
Range: 1–8000 seconds
Helpful Hint: DLYTIME requires LOGALGID = Pulse, MinPulse, MaxPulse,

OnDelay, OffDelay, or Watchdog.

DODSTN
DODSTN(1)–(3) (DigComp, DevCtl)

Type: Universal Digital Composite and Device Control Output-Connection Destination—
Ent.Prm Specifies up to three output connection destinations that are to receive the OP
Lock: PtBld output from this point. The destination can be specified using the
Default: null.null "Tagname.Parameter" format or the hardware reference address format. Refer to
PtRes: APM the APM Control Functions and Algorithms manual for a detailed description.
Range: Use Tagname.Parameter for tagged points where Tagname can be up to 16 characters and the
Some possible output-connection destinations are

a."DigOut slot tagname.ONPULSE or OFFPULSE"
c."Logic slot Tagname.Fl(nn)" where nn = 7–12
d."ProcMod Tagname.Fl(nnn)" where nnn = 1–127
e."Flag slot Tagname.PVFL
f."!Box.FL(nnnn)" for a box flag that resides in the same APM box; nnnn = 1–16,384.
g."$NMhhBxx.FL(nnnn)" for a box flag that resides in a different APM box on the same
nnnn = 1–4095.
MT is the IOP type, such as DO (Digital Output)
The letter "S" is a constant.
DOTYPE (DigOut)
Type: E:$DOTYPE Digital Output Type—Determines the type of digital output point.
Lock: PtBld
Default: Status
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Status (Status output type)
1-Pwm (Pulse Width Modulated output type)
DSA
Type: Integer Device Soft Address—The logical address of an IOP: 1-40 for primary
Lock: View IOPs and 129 - 168 for secondary IOPs.
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 1 - 40 for primary IOPs
129 - 168 for secondary IOPs

EIPPCODE
-E-
EIPPCODE
Type: Ent_Id Event-Initiated Processing Point Identifier—Defines the tag name of the point
Lock: Engr in the AM or CM that is to be notified when an event is detected by this point.
Default: Null
PtRes: NIM
Range: Tag name of the data point can be up to 16 characters and the permissible character set is as
follows:
Helpful Hint: EIPPCODE configuration requires PNTTYPE = DigIn, DigComp, Logic, Flag
or DevCtl and EVTOPT = Eip or Eip_Soe. For APM Box Flag points, this
parameter applies only to slots 1 through 128.
APM Parameter Reference Dictionary E-1 2/99

ERRCODE
ERRCODE (Array)
Type: String_8 Serial Interface/Serial Link Communication Error Code—When the
Lock: View BADPVFL parameter = ON, this parameter provides additional information if
Default: Spaces initialized by the serial interface FTA driver program.
PtRes: APM
SI Array Point Error Code Values
APM
APM Idle—When the APMM status is IDLE, Array point configuration may or
may not be loaded to the SI IOP.
Iop Comm—When the APMM status is RUN, Array point configuration is NOT
loaded to the SI IOP.
SI IOP
No_FTA—Appears when the power adapter panel is not connected to the IOP.
FTA_Comm—Appears when the corresponding FTA is not connected to the
power adapter panel, or when communication between the IOP and FTA has
failed.
CFG_Load—Appears when configuration data is downloaded to the FTA.
Mod_Idle—Appears when configuration data is downloaded to the FTA and the
IOP is in IDLE mode, or when the IOP operating state is switched from RUN to
IDLE.
SI IOP FTA Common
Dev Addr—The device address has a configuration error

Data Type—The data type has a configuration error
Startidx—The start index has a configuration error
# Elemnt—A number of elements configuration error has occurred
Config—An application-specific configuration error has occurred
Inv Resp—An invalid field device response has occurred
Parity, Checksum, MsgTmout, ChrTmout—A field device communication
error has occurred
Ex or xx—An exception or other field device error has occurred. The “xx” error
code is specific to the field device
Fac Test—A factory test is in progress
OK—No errors exist
Range: N/A

ESWAUTO
ESWAUTO (RegCtl)
Type: Logical External Switching Flag for Automatic Mode—When On, means that this
Lock: Prog point’s operating mode has been switched from some mode other than automatic
Default: Off to the automatic mode by an external source.
PtRes: APM
Range: Off
On
ESWCAS (RegCtl)
Type: Logical Eternal Switching Flag for Cascade Mode—When On, means that this point’s
Lock: Prog operating mode has been switched from some mode other than cascade to
Default: Off cascade mode, by an external source.
PtRes: APM
Range: Off
On
ESWENBST (RegCtl)
Type: E:ENBLSTAT External Mode Switching Enable State—Defines whether external mode
Lock: Oper switching is permitted for this point.
Default: Disable
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Disable (Does not allow external switching of point’s mode)
1-Enable (Allows external switching of point’s mode)
Helpful Hint: ESWENBST cannot be changed if parameter SHUTDOWN is On or if

parameter REDTAG is On.
ESWMAN (RegCtl)
Type: Logical External Switching Flag for Manual Mode—When On, means that this point’s
Lock: Prog operating mode has been switched from some mode other than the manual mode
Default: Off to the manual mode by an external source.
PtRes: APM
Range: Off
On

EUDESC
EUDESC
Type: String_8 Engineering Units Descriptor—An eight-character descriptor that defines the
Lock: PtBld name of the engineering units (EU) that are displayed on the Group and Detail
Default: Blank Displays for this point as shown in Figure N-1 (see NAME). In this figure,
PtRes: NIM LBS/SEC is the engineering unit descriptor.
Range: Permissible character set consists of all characters on the Engineer’ s Keyboard. Basically this set
consists of alphabetics A-Z, numerics 0-9, and the following special characters: space ! % & ’
( ) * + - / : ; > < = ? _ , . $
EUNDESC (1)–(168)
Type: String_72 IOP Generic Descriptor—Used as additional display text to help the operator
Lock: View diagnose potential problems with the IOP. It is primarily used with diagnostic
Default: Blanks displays.
PtRes: APM
Range: nn = 1-40 specifies one of the 40 acting primaries.
nn = 129-168 specifies one of the 40 acting secondaries.
EVRCINPG
Type: Logical NIM Event Recovery in Progress Flag
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM
Range: Off
On
EVTOPT (DigComp)
Type: E:$EVTOPT Event Reporting Option—If EVTOPT = Eip and the PV changes or a PV
Lock: PtBld alarm is generated, the AM or CM data point named EIPPCODE is notified and
Default: None a "process special" on that data point takes place.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-None (Event-Initiated Processing is not allowed)
1-Eip (Process special is triggered in AM/CM)
Helpful Hint: EVTOPT configuration requires NODINPTS > 0.

EVTOPT
EVTOPT (DevCtl, DigIn)

Type: E:$EVTOPT Event Reporting Option—If EVTOPT = Eip and the PV changes, the AM or
Lock: PtBld CM data point named EIPPCODE is notified and a "process special" on that
Default: None data takes place. If EVTOPT = Soe and a PV change occurs, Sequence Of
PtRes: APM Events Processing is notified. If EVTOPT = EipSoe, the actions in both apply.
Range: 0-None (Neither Eip nor Soe is allowed)

1-Eip (Process special is triggered in AM/CM)
2-Eip_Soe (Eip and Soe are both allowed)
3-Soe (Point notifies Sequence of Events Processing)
Helpful Hint: EVTOPT configuration requires DITYPE = Status or Latched. If DITYPE =

Latched, EVTOPT cannot = EIPSOE or SOE.
EXTDATA (Array)
Type:E:$EXTDATA External Data Option—Indicates if either the Array point flags, numerics, or
Lock: PtBld strings are mapped from a serial interface.
Default: None
PtRes: APM
Range: None (None of the flags, numerics, or strings are mapped from a serial interface)
IO_FL (IO flags are mapped from a serial interface)
IO_NN (IO numerics are mapped from a serial interface)
IO_STR (IO strings are mapped from a serial interface)
UCN_FL (Reserved for future use)
UCN_NN (Reserved for future use)
UCN_STR (Reserved for future use)
Helpful Hint: You can map either flags, numerics, or strings from the Serial
Interface to a single Array point.
EXTSWOPT
Type: E:EXTSWOPT External Mode Switching Option—External mode switching is typically
Lock: Eng/PB used to establish mode interlocks, or under certain process conditions, to
Default: None restrict the use of a mode that invokes a higher level of control. Refer to the
PtRes: APM APM Control Functions and Algorithms manual for a detailed description of
external mode switching.
Range: 0-None (No external mode switching is allowed)

1-Ems (External source can change point’s mode)
2-Emp (Not implemented)

F
-F-
F (FlowComp)
Type: Real Flow Input—Indicates the value of the uncompensated flow input. This input is
Lock: View a square-rooted, differential pressure input.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
FAILCODE
Type: E:IOMHF I/O Processor Hard Fail Status—
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: IOP
Range: 0-Unknown (Unknown status)

1-PowerDwn(This IOP Powered Down)
2-InvPrgEx(Invalid Program Execution)
3-EpromErr(EPROM Checksum Error)
4-RamCntEr(RAM Contents Error)
5-RamAdrEr(RAM Addressing Error)
6-DpaError(Device Physical Address Error)
7-DsaError(Device Soft Address Error)
8-RxBufOfl(I/O Link Receive Buffer Overflow)
9-IOLJaber(I/O Link Jaber Circuit Failure)
10-
11-BadPgJmp(Illegal Value of Case Control)
12-AdCIncmp(A to D Conversion Incomplete)
13-AdOutOvf(A to D Output Value Overflow)
14-AdOutUdf(A to D Output is less than Zero)
15-AdCCalEr(A to D Calibration is incorrect)
16-BadDcLtc(Bad DC LTC)
17-Dmt_Tmot(Dead Man Timer Timeout)
18-MLtOutFl(Multiple Output Failure)
20-BadDaRng(Bad D to A Range)
21-MstrTmot(Master 68K Timeout)
22-
23-
24-
FAILOPT(1)–(168) (IOP)
Type: E:$FAILOPT Failure Option for Outputs—Defines the state which an AO or DO IOP goes
Lock: Eng/PB into if the IOP itself, or the APMM fails. If the IOP failure is due to power loss,
Default: Unpower outputs go to unpowered regardless of the FAILOPT value. When power is
PtRes: APM restored to the module, outputs are reset regardless of the FAILOPT values.
Range: 0-Hold (Hold output at last good value)

1-Unpower (Remove power from the output)
APM Parameter Reference Dictionary F-1 2/99

FBTIME
FBTIME (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: Integer Feedback Time—Sets the amount of time (in seconds) that the point should
Lock: Supr if wait before generating a "command disagree" alarm after the operator has issued
CMDFALTM a start/stop-type command to a field device.
is changed from
a non-zero value
to a zero value,
else Eng/PB
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 1000 seconds (0 indicates that command disagree alarming is disabled)
Helpful Hint: FBTIME can be increased to compensate for a slow-responding field device
that does not respond to the operator’s command in time to prevent a
command-disagree alarm.
FF (PidFf)
Type: Real Feed Forward Algorithm Input—FF is the feedforward input signal value that
Lock: View is added to (FFOPT = Add) or multiplied by (FFOPT = Multiply) the PidFf
Default: N/A algorithm’s incremental output, before the full-value output is accumulated. FF
PtRes: APM is normally a parameter with a percentage value.
Range: N/A
FFOPT (PidFf)
Type: E:FFOPT Feed Forward Type—Determines whether a PidFf algorithm’s feedforward
Lock: Eng/PB input signal (FF) is added to or multiplied by the incremental output, before the
Default: Multiply full-value output is accumulated.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Add (Scaled Feedforward + Feedback)
1-Multiply (Feedback x Scaled, Biased Feedforward)
FL(i) (Array)
Type: Logical Array Point Flag Variables—The flags are mapped from either the APM
Lock: Determined by box (defined by FLSTIX and NFLAG parameters), or from a serial
SPLOCK interface IOP-connected device (when EXTDATA=IO_FL, mapping is
parameter defined by IOPNUM, FTANUM, DEVADDR, FLSTIX, and NFLAG
Default: N/A parameters).
PtRes: APM
Range: 1 ≤ I ≤ Array parameter NFLAG

FL
FL(1)–(12) (DevCtl, Logic)

Type: Logical Logic Slot Flags—Twelve flags, FL(1) to FL(12), are provided for each
Lock: View; FL1-FL5 logic slot. The states of flags FL(1) to FL(6) are controlled by the APM
Prog; FL6 and cannot be changed by the user. FL(7)-FL(12) are assigned by the user
Oper; FL7- for controlling the path of the logic in the respective logic slot. Refer to
FL12 the APM Control Functions and Algorithms manual for a detailed
Default: FL2 = On, description
Rest = Off
These flags are local to the logic slot and are different than the 127 flags
PtRes: APM
provided with each process module, and the 1023 flags provided in each
APM box.
Range: Off (Flag is off)
On (Flag is set)
FL(1)–(127) (ProcMod)
Type: Logical Local Flag Variables—Each process module in the APM has 127 local
Lock: Determined flags that can be used for implementing batch operations. These flags are
by SPLOCK local to the process module and are different than the 12 logic-slot flags,
parameter and the 1023 flags provided in each APM box.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
On (Flag is set)
FL(1)–(16,384) (APM Box)

Type: Logical Box Flag Variables—Each APM box has a set of 16,384 local flag variables
Lock: Oper that can be used by process modules in this APM to implement batch operations.
Default: Off The first 2047 box flags are taggable. These flags are local to the APM box and
PtRes: APM are different than the 12 logic-slot flags, and the 127 flags provided in each
process module. The LCN index limit is 4095; there is no index limit for the
UCN. Array points can be used to address flags with an index greater than 4095.
On (Flag is set)
Helpful Hint: For the first 128 flags, the On state is alarmed.
FLDESC (Array)
Type: String_64 FL Array Descriptor—Describes FL data for the Array point.
Lock: PtBld
Default: Spaces
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A

FLSTIX
FLSTIX (Array)
Type: Real Flag Array Start Index—Defines the flag array start index in Box FL variables
Lock: PtBld or serial interface-connected devices.
Default: 0.0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 99,999 (When EXTDATA = IO_FL, 0 can be a valid device index)
0 to 16,384 (When EXTDATA • IO_FL, 0 indicates that no flags are configured)
FORCE (HiLoAvg)
Type: Logical Forced Input Request Flag—Defines whether the operator, a user-written
Lock: Oper program, or an input connection has requested that an input be used as the forced
Default: Off input for this algorithm.
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (No request to force an input)
On (Request has been made to force an input)
Helpful Hint: FORCE change requires FRCPERM = On.
FRCPERM (HiLoAvg)
Type: Logical Forced Input Permissive—Defines whether an operator or a user-written
Lock: Eng/PB program can force-select an input. FRCPERM must be On before the operator
Default: Off or a program can select an input to be used as a forced input to this algorithm.
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (Forced-selection function is disabled)
On (Forced- selection function is enabled)
FREQ6050(1)–(168)
Type: E:FRQ6050 Frequency 60/50Hz—Defines the 60/50 Hz frequency configuration needed for
Lock: Eng/PB a Low Level AI Mux or STI Temperature Transmitter. For the STI, if a
Default: 60Hz mismatch occurs between this parameter and the transmitter’s internal 60 Hz/50
PtRes: APM Hz frequency parameter, a database download from the STI IOP to the
Range: 0-60 Hz transmitter will clear this condition.
1-50 Hz
FRQUTAVG (NIM, APM Box)

Type: Real Average UCN Fetch Request Trip Time—The average time in milliseconds
Lock: View it takes to receive a response to this node’s UCN fetch requests.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A

FRQUTMAX
FRQUTMAX (NIM, APM Box)

Type: Real Maximum UCN Fetch Request Trip Time—The maximum time in
Lock: View milliseconds it takes to receive a response to this node’s UCN fetch requests.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
FRSPTAVG (NIM, APM Box)

Type: Real Average UCN Fetch Response Trip Time—The average time in
Lock: View milliseconds for this node to respond to fetch requests from other UCN nodes.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
FRSPTMAX (NIM, APM Box)

Type: Real Maximum UCN Fetch Response Trip Time—The maximum time in
Lock: View milliseconds for this node to respond to fetch requests from other UCN nodes.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
FSELIN (HiLoAvg)
Type: E:PINP Force Selected Input—Defines the one of six inputs to be used as the forced
Lock: Oper/PB input to this algorithm.
Default: SelectP1
PtRes: APM
Range: 1-SelectP1 (Input P1 is the forced input)
2-SelectP2 (Input P2 is the forced input)
Helpful Hint: FSELIN change by an operator requires FRCPERM = On.

FSTS
FSTS (FlowComp)
Type: E:PVVALST Flow Input Value Status—Indicates the current status of flow input F.
Lock: View
Default: Bad
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Bad (Value is bad and replaced with NaN)
1-Uncertn (Status of the value is uncertain)
2-Normal (Value is good)
FTA1TYPE, FTA2TYPE (APM Box)

Type: E:$FTATYPE Type of FTA Connected to the LLMUX IOP or RHMUX IOP—The FTA
Lock: View type applies to both FTA positions (1 and 2). The FTA supplies 16 points per
Default: None FTA for a total of 32 points.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-None
1-TC
2-RTD
FTACONN(1)–(168) (APM Box)

Type: E:$FTACON FTA connection to I/O module file. Indicates which FTA connector is
Lock: View connected to this module. It is primarily used with the diagnostic displays.
Default: CONN_A nn = 1–40 specifies FTA connection for one of the 40 acting primaries. nn =
PtRes: APM 129–168 specifies FTA connection for one of the 40 acting secondaries.
Range: 0-CONN_A (Module is connected to FTA connector A)
1-CONN_B (Module is connected to FTA connector B)
FTANUM (Array)
Type: Integer IOP FTA Number—Indicates the FTA number of the serial interface IOP.
Lock: PtBld
Default: 1
PtRes: APM
Range: 1 to 10
Helpful Hint: Only FTA Numbers 1 and 2 are presently applicable.
FTAPRES(1)–(168)
Type: Logical IOP FTA Present Flag—For primary and secondary IOPs.
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (FTA Missing)
On (FTA Present)

G
-G-
G (FlowComp)
Type: Real Specific Gravity Input—Indicates the value of the measured or calculated
Lock: View specific gravity or molecular weight.
Default: 1.0
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
GAINOPT (Pid)
Type: E:GAINOPT Gain (K) Option
Lock: Eng/PB
Default: Lin
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Lin (Applies linear gain, with overall gain (K) = KLIN)
1-Gap (Reduces the sensitivity of control action when the PV is within a narrow band around the
setpoint. If the PV is outside the gap, overall gain (K) = KLIN. If (SP - GAPLO) < PV <
(SP + GAPHI), K = KLIN times KGAP)
2-Nonlin (Makes control action proportional to the error (PV - SP) squared with overall gain (K)
=KLIN times KNL, where KNL = NLFM plus (NLGAIN times PV - SP)/100)
3-Ext (Applies external gain. Overall gain (K) = KLIN times KEXT, where KEXT is the
positive external gain modifier)
GAPHI (Pid)
Type: Real Gap High Limit—Defines the upper limit of the gap in the same engineering
Lock: Supr units as the PV.
Default: 0.0
PtRes: APM
Range: > 0.0
GAPLO (Pid)
Type: Real Gap Low Limit—Defines the bottom limit of the gap in the same engineering
Lock: Supr units as the PV.
Default: 0.0
PtRes: APM
Range: > 0.0
APM Parameter Reference Dictionary G-1 2/99

GENDESC
GENDESC (1)–(12)
Type: String_8 Generic Descriptors—Define up to 12 generic descriptors that can be assigned
Lock: PtBld to logic-slot parameters. As an example, six descriptors could be assigned to six
Default: Blanks logic-slot inputs, two descriptors to the logic block flags which will describe the
PtRes: NIM current state of the logic slot based on the inputs, and two descriptors to the SO
outputs from the logic slot. Refer to the description of the PRMDESC
parameter, and to the APM Control Functions and Algorithms manual for a
detailed description.
Range: Permissible character set for the eight-character generic descriptors consists of all characters on
the Engineer’ s Keyboard. Basically this set consists of alphabetics A-Z, numerics 0-9, and the
following special characters: space ! " % & ’ ( ) * + - / : ; > < = ? _ , . $
Helpful Hint: Example: GENDESC(7) is the descriptor for parameter PRMDESC(7), etc.
GENDESC(nn)
Type: String_72 Generic Descriptor—Used as additional display text to help the operator
Lock: View diagnose potential problems with the IOP. It is primarily used with diagnostic
Default: Blanks displays.
PtRes: APM nn = 1–40 specifies one of the 40 acting primaries.
nn = 129–168 specifies one of the 40 acting secondaries.
GSTS
Type: E:PVVALST Gravity Input Value Status—Indicates the status of the gravity input value.
Lock: View
Default: Normal
PtRes: APM
APM Parameter Reference Dictionary G-2 2/99

HIGHAL
-H-
HIGHAL (AnalgIn, RegCtl, RegPV)

Type: E:ALMTYPE Highest Alarm Detected—Indicates the highest alarm currently detected at
Lock: View the data point. This parameter is used by the system to ensure that when two
Default: NoAlarm or more different types of alarms occur on a point at the same time, the most
PtRes: NIM important or highest level alarm appears on the point’s Group, Detail, and
Alarm Summary displays. For example, if both the PV High High and PV Hi
alarm priorities are set to Emergency, and both are in alarm, HIGHAL
contains the PVHH value.
Range: NoAlarm (No alarm exists—lowest level alarm)
AdvDev (Advisory Deviation)
DevHi (Deviation High)
DevLo (Deviation Low)
PVRocN (PV Rate Of Change Negative)
PVRocP (PV Rate Of Change Positive)
PVHi (PV High)
PVHH (PV High High)
PVLo (PV Low)
PVLL (PV Low Low)
BadCtl (Bad Control)
BadPV (Bad PV—highest level alarm)
BOC (Bad Output Alarm)
HIGHAL (DevCtl, DigComp, DigIn, Flag, Logic)

Type: E:ALMTYPE Highest Alarm Detected—Indicates the highest alarm currently detected at
Lock: View the data point. This parameter is used by the system to ensure that when two
Default: NoAlarm or more different types of alarms occur on a point at the same time, the most
PtRes: NIM important or highest level alarm appears on the point’s Group, Detail, and
Alarm Summary displays.
Range: NoAlarm (No alarm has been detected)
OffNorm (Current PV state is not the configured PVNORMAL state. For a flag point, the
off-normal state (STATE1) is the alarmed state.)
UnCEvt (Uncertain event was detected. Does not apply to a flag point.)
CmdDis (Command Disagree; field device did not respond to commanded output state. Does not
apply to a flag point.)
BadPV (PV is bad)
C1 - C4ALM (1 to 4 custom logic alarms)
Chngofst (State has changed)
Cmdfail (PV failed to change after OP changed)
SVHI (SECVAR>SVHITP)
SVHH (SECVAR>SVHHTP)
BadSV (SECVAR is Bad)
OVRDI2 (Override Interlock I2)
OVRDSI0 (Safety Override Interlock)
BadCtl (Bad Control) (DevCtl and DigComp only)
APM Parameter Reference Dictionary H-1 2/99

HIGHALPR
HIGHALPR
Type: E:ALPRIOR Highest Level Alarm's Priority—Defines the priority of the highest alarm
Lock: View currently detected at the data point. Associated with HIGHAL
Default: NoAction
PtRes: NIM
Display)
HISVPEAK (DevCtl)
Type: Real Highest Peak SECVAR Value—The highest peak value of the SECVAR
Lock: View parameter since the most recent reset of maintenance statistics.
Default: 0.0
PtRes: APM
Range: ≥0
HLCALIB(1)–(168)
Type: Logical HLAI in Calibration Flag—Shows which HLAIs are presently in calibration
Lock: Eng/Pb
Default:
PtRes: APM
Range: Off - Calibration is not in progress
On - Calibration is in progress
HOLDCMD (RampSoak)
Type: Logical Hold Command Flag—If On, allows users to hold the ramp or soak segment at
Lock: Prog its current position to customize the guaranteed ramp and soak function.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off
On
HWYCTLST (UCN)
Type: E:$NODFSTA UCN Network Functional State
Lock: Supr
Default: Basic
PtRes: NIM
Range: Full (All LCN devices can do read/write operations to this UCN)
Basic (AM and CM cannot write to this UCN)
APM Parameter Reference Dictionary H-2 2/99

I0–2
-I-
I0–2 (DevCtl, DigComp)
Type: Logical Override Interlocks for Output States 0-2—Override interlocks force the
Lock: Engr commanded output to a specific state regardless of the condition of the
Default: Off permissive interlocks or the previous point state. The operator and user program
PtRes: APM cannot change the output state when any override interlock is On. An override
interlock is provided for each of the three states. Refer to the APM Control
Functions and Algorithms manual for a detailed description.
Range: Off (Override interlock has no effect on the point state)
On (Override interlock sets the point to the respective state)
Helpful Hint: 1. When I0 is On, forces the output to STATE0, regardless of the permissives
or any other overrides.
2. When I1 is On and I0 is Off, forces the output to a STATE1, regardless
of the permissives or any other overrides.
3. When I2 is On and I0 and I1 are both Off, forces the output to STATE2
regardless of the permissives or any other overrides.
4. I0-I2 change by the engineer, requires PTEXECST = InActive
or PNTSTATE = Idle for each interlock.
I0CONF (DigComp,DevCtl)
Type: Logical Override Interlock 0 Alarm Confirmation Flag—Indicates that the Override
Lock: Oper Interlock 0 Alarm needs to be confirmed.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
I0DESC-I2DESC (DigComp)
Type: String_8 I0-I2 Alarm Descriptor—The override Interlock for States 0, 1, or 2 indicating
Lock: Engr which text should be copied into the OVRDDESC parameter when an override
Default: Blank alarm occurs. The text appears in the Alarm Display and can be configured to
PtRes: APM indicate the cause for the alarm.
I1CONF(DigComp, DevCtl)
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
I2CONF (DigComp,DevCtl)
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
APM Parameter Reference Dictionary I-1 2/99

IN0-12
IN0–12 (GenLin)
Type: Real Input Coordinates 0–12—Define the input value at the respective coordinate.
Lock: Supr IN0 <IN1 <IN2 ......., <IN12
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: > prev. coord.
< next coord.
INITMAN
Type: Logical Initialization Manual Flag—When On, indicates that this point is in
Lock: View Initialization Manual. The mode of the point does not change; however, INIT
Default: Off appears on the point’s detail or group display to indicate that the point is in
PtRes: APM Initialization Manual. While the point is in Initialization Manual, an operator,
supervisor, or engineer cannot change the point’s output. The output is
indisposable because initialization is being requested from downstream. Upon
leaving Initialization Manual, the point’s output is initialized from the point’s
secondary as determined by the point’s output connection.
Range: Off (Mode • Initialization Manual)

On (Mode = Initialization Manual)
Helpful Hint: OP changes with Operator, Supervisor, or Engineer access level, requires MODE
= Man and INITMAN = Off. SP changes with Operator, Supervisor, or
Engineer access level, for non-PID algorithms requires MODE = Auto and
INITMAN = Off, while for PID algorithms requires that MODE = Auto, and
also that INITMAN = Off and PTEXECST = Active if PVTRACK = Track.
INITMAN (DigComp, DevCtl, RegCtl)

Type: Logical Initialization Manual Flag—On, indicates that an output is storing to a DO
Lock: View point that has its INITREQ flag set and the point is forced into initialization.
Default: On When the DO point becomes available, the initialization state is cleared.
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (Mode • Initialization Manual)
On (Mode = Initialization Manual)
INITREQ(1)–(4) (RegCtl)
Type: Logical Initialization Request Flags (1–4)—Indicates whether an initialization request
Lock: View has been made. Each flag represents a request to the primary point pushing to
Default: Off the corresponding input to be initialized as follows:
PtRes: APM Flag 1: SP or X1
Flag 2: RATIO or X2
Flag 3: X3
Flag 4: X4
Range: Off (No initialization request)
On (Initialization request)

INITREQ
INITREQ (Array)
Type: Logical Initialization Request Flag—Indicates whether a Serial Interface-connected
Lock: View device can be written to, where OFF = yes, or ON = no. The flag is always OFF
if EXTDATA = None.
Default: On when
EXTDATA = IO_FL,
IO_NN, or IO_STR
Off when
EXTDATA = None
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (EXTDATA=None, or Serial interface-connected device can be written to)
On (Serial interface-connected device cannot be written to)
INITREQ (AO, DO)

Type: Logical Initialization Request Flag—When On, indicates that control strategies in the
Lock: View APM cannot manipulate the output to the field. It is set to ON when:
Default: On
PtRes: APM • the PWM type output is configured
• the point is inactive
• the module is idle
• there is a soft failure such that the channel is not working
• The output is connected to standby-manual device
Range: Off (No initialization request)

On (Initialization request)
INITREQ(0)–(2) (DigComp, DevCtl)

Type: Logical Initialization Request Flag—When On, indicates that CL programs or logic can
Lock: View not change the output to State(i), where i = 0, 1, or 2.
Default: On
PtRes: APM
Range: Off
On
INITVAL
Type: Real Initialization Value—Indicates the value to which the primary point is to be
Lock: View initialized.
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A

INPTDIR
INPTDIR (AnalgIn)
Type: E:POLARITY Analog Input Direction—Specifies direct or reverse action for the PV input
Lock: Eng/PB at this data point. Direct means PVCALC increases as PVRAW increases.
Default: Direct Reverse means PVCALC decreases as PVRAW increases.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Direct (Highest energy from sensor = 100% PV)
1-Reverse (Highest energy from sensor = 0% PV)
Helpful Hint: INPTDIR configuration applies only if PVCHAR = Linear or Sqrroot.
STATE 1
BOX
(Upper)
STATETXT (1)
STATE 0
BOX
(Lower)
STATETXT (0)
PVRAW INPTDIR = INPTDIR =

State Direct Reverse
PV = ON. PV = OFF.
State 1 Box is State 0 Box is
ON lighted. lighted.
extinguished. extinguished.
PV = OFF. PV = ON.
OFF lighted. lighted.
extinguished. extinguished.
Figure I -1 — INPTDIR vs. Display Indicators 2065

INPTDIR
INPTDIR (DigIn)
Type: E:POLARITY Digital Input Direction—Defines the contact conditions required to light the
Lock: Eng/PB upper or lower boxes on a Group or Detail Display for a digital input point.
Default: Direct See Figure I-1.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Direct
State 0 (lower) box lighted =>PVRAW = Off
State 1 (upper) box lighted =>PVRAW = On
1-Reverse
State 0 (lower) box lighted =>PVRAW = On
State 1 (upper) box lighted =>PVRAW = Off
IOLASTS (APM Box)

Type: Logical I/O Link Cable A Status
Lock: View
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (I/O Link cable A not in error)
On (I/O Link cable A in error)
IOLBSTS (APM Box)

Type: Logical I/O Link Cable B Status
Lock: View
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (I/O Link cable B not in error)
On (I/O Link cable B in error)
IOLCHAER (APM Box)

Type: Integer I/O Link Channel A Error Count
Lock: View
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: >0

IOLCHASL
IOLCHASL (APM Box)

Type: Integer I/O Link Channel A Silence Count
Lock: View
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: >0
IOLCHBER (APM Box)

Type: Integer I/O Link Channel B Error Count
Lock: View
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: >0
IOLCHBSL (APM Box)

Type: Integer I/O Link Channel B Silence Count
Lock: View
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: >0
IOLCHERT (APM Box)

Type: Integer I/O Link Channel Error Threshold—Defines the acceptable number of I/O
Lock: EngOnly Link channel errors per minute before disabling the periodic I/O Link channel
Default: 10 swap.
PtRes: APM
Range: >0
IOLCMD (APM Box)

Type: E:$IOLCMD I/O Link Command
Lock: EngOnly
Default: None
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-None (No effect)
1-SelChnA (Select I/O Link Channel A)
2-SelChnB (Select I/O Link Channel B)
3-EnbPerSw (Enable periodic swapping of IOL cables)
4-DisPerSw (Disable periodic swapping of IOL cables)
5-RsIoLCom (Reset IOL communication error count to 0)

IOLPERSW
IOLPERSW (APM Box)

Type: E:ENBLSTAT I/O Link Periodic Cable Swap
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Disable (Swapping of I/O Link cables A & B is disabled)
1-Enable (Swapping of I/O Link cables A & B is enabled)
IOMACTYP(1)–(168)
Type: E:$PMMDTY IOP Actual Type — Actual type of IOP at module address.
Lock: View This should match the configured type.
Default: None
PtRes: APM
Range: None (Not Configured)
LLAI (Low Level Analog Input)
HLAI (High Level Analog Input)
DI (Digital Input)
DO (Digital Output)
AO (Analog Output
APMM (APM Module)
LLMUX (Low Level Analog Input Multiplexer) Also includes RHMUX (Remote Hardened
Analog Multiplexer).
STIM (Smart Transmitter Interface Module)
PI (Pulse Input)
IOMCARD(1)–(168) (APM Box)

Type: Integer I/O module card position for the acting primary/secondary (used for
Lock: View diagnostic displays).
Default: N/A nn = 1 - 40 correspond to card positions of the 40 acting primaries
PtRes: APM nn = 129 - 168 correspond to card positions of the 40 acting secondaries
Range: 1-15
IOMCARDA(1)–(40) (APM Box)

Type: Integer I/O module A card position. 1–40 specifies one of the 40 logical I/O
Lock: PtBld modules. The corresponding IOP must be connected to FTA connector
Default: 0 in IOP A. Applies to the primary IOP only.
database;
per PKGOPT
on GDF
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 - 15 (0 specifies Not Connected)

IOMCARDB
IOMCARDB(1)–(40) (APM Box)

Type: Integer I/O module B card position. 1-40 specifies one of the 40 logical I/O
Default: 0 in IOP B. Applies to primary IOP only.
database;
None on GDF
PtRes: APM
IOMCHAER(1)–(168)
Type: Integer IOP Channel A Error Count—for a specific IOP
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 - 255
IOMCHASL(1)–(168)
Type: Integer IOP Channel A Silence Count—for a specific IOP
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 - 255
IOMCHBER(1)–(168)
Type: Integer IOP Channel B Error Count—for a specific IOP
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 - 255
IOMCHBSL(1)–(168)
Type: Integer IOP Channel B Silence Count—for a specific IOP
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 - 255

IOMCMD
IOMCMD (APM Box)
Type: E:$IOMCMD IOP Module Command—Indicates IO module state, or whether to swap
Lock: Oper redundant pairs.
Default: None
PtRes: APM
Range: None
Run
Idle
Swap
IOMCOMER(1)–(168)
Type: E$:IOMCOM IOP Communications Error Status—for a specific IOP
MIOP
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: None - No error
Invalert - Invalid alert; message bit problem
Invdest - Invalid destination
Invchcnt - Invalid character count; message corrupted
Invsourc - Invalid source
Invcmd - Invalid command
Checksum - Checksum error
No_resp - No response
Chtimout - Channel time out
Msgovrun- Message overrun
Gaperror - Gap error; message gap too long
Lpbckerr - Loopback error
Nth_0 - Next token holder equals zero
Tknrecov - Token recovery in progress
Rplbufov - Reply buffer overflow
IOMFILE(1)–(168) (APM Box)

Type: Integer I/O Module File Position for the Acting Primary/Secondary
Lock: View (used for diagnostic displays).
Default: N/A nn = 1 - 40 are file positions of the 40 acting primaries.
PtRes: APM nn = 129 - 168 are file positions of the 40 acting secondaries.
IOMFILEA(1)–(40) (APM Box)

Type: Integer I/O Module A File Position—1-40 specifies one of the 40 logical I/O
Default: 0 in IOP A. Applies to the primary IOP only.
data base;
Per PKGOPT
on GDF
PtRes: APM

IOMFILEB(1)–(40)
IOMFILEB(1)–(40) (APM Box)

Type: Integer I/O Module B File Position—1-40 specifies one of the 40 logical I/O
Default: 0 in IOP data B. Applies to the primary IOP only.
base;
None on GDF
PtRes: APM
IOMFWREV(1)–(168)
Type: Ascii_2 IOP Card Firmware Revision Status
Lock: View (This is not the same as the external letter code on the card)
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: X.Y X = Version, Y = Revision
(For Release 300, X = 3)
IOMHWREV(1)–(168)
Type: Ascii_2 IOP Card Hardware Revision Status
Lock: View The status of R300 boards appears as $2x, the status of R210
Default: N/A appears as $0x, where x is the version (0=A, 1=B, 2=C, etc.)
PtRes: APM
Range: Hexadecimal characters 00–FF
IOMLHFST(1)–(168)
Type: E:$IOMHF Input/Output Processor Last Hard Fail Status—Refer to the APM Service
Lock: View Manual for a detailed description and the recommended corrective action.
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Unknown (Unknown Status)
1-PowerDwn (This IOP Powered Down)
2-InvPrgEx (Invalid Program Execution)
3-EpromErr (EPROM Checksum Error)
4-RamCntEr (RAM Contents Error)
5-RamAdrEr (RAM Addressing Error)
6-DpaError (Device Physical Address Error)
7-DsaError (Device Soft Address Error)
8-RxBufOfl (I/O-Link Receive Buffer Overflow)
9-IOLJaber (I/O-Link Jabber Circuit Failure)
11-BadPgJmp (Illegal Value of Case Control)
12-AdCIncmp (A-to-D Conversion Incomplete)
13-AdOutOvf (A-to-D Output Value Overflow)
14-AdOutUdf (A-to-D Output is less than Zero)
15-AdCCalEr (A-to-D Calibration is incorrect)
16-BadDcLtc (Bad DC LTC)
17-Dmt_Tmot (Dead Man Timer Timeout)
18-MLtOutFl (Multiple Output Failures)
20-BadDaRng (Bad D-to-A Range)
21-MstrTmot (Master 68 k Timeout)

IOMNUM
IOMNUM
Type: Integer IOP Number—IOMNUM specifies the IOP on the I/O Link that this point
Lock: PtBld references for its process data.
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 1 to 40
IOMOPER(1)–(168) (APM Box, IOP)

Type: E:$PRIMSEC Input/Output Processor In Operation
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Primary (Primary IOP is operating)
1- Secondry (Secondary IOP is operating)
IOMREALT (APM Box)

Type: E:$PMMDTY Actual Input/Output Processor Type
Lock: View
Default: None
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-None (Not Configured)
1-LLAI
2-HLAI (High-Level Analog Input)
3-DI (Digital Input)
4-DO (Digital Output)
5-AO (Analog Output)
7-LLMUX (Low-Level Analog Input Multiplexer) Also includes RHMUX (Remote Hardened
14-STIM (Smart Transmitter Interface Module)
17-PI (Pulse Input)
IOMRECHN(1)–(168) (APM Box)

Type: E:$RECCHN IOP Receive Channel
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: ChannelA
ChannelB

IOMSEVER
IOMSEVER(1)–(168) (APM Box)

Type: E:$SEVERTY Error Severity Based on Input/Output Processor State
Lock: View nn = 1 - 40 specifies the severity of 1 of the 40 acting primaries
Default: N/A nn = 129 - 168 specifies the severity of 1 of the 40 acting secondaries
PtRes: APM
Range: Ok (I/O Processor has no errors and is OK)
Fail (I/O Processor has failed)
Inform (I/O Processor should be calibrated soon)
Warning (I/O Processor is on the verge of failing)
IOMSTS(1)–(168) (APM Box)

Type: E:$IOMSTS Input/Output Module State
Lock: View nn = 1 - 40 specifies the status of 1 of the 40 acting primaries
Default: N/A nn = 129 - 168 specifies the status of 1 of the 40 acting secondaries
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-PowerOn (Transient state when power is turned on)
1-Idle (In the Idle State)
2-OK (Running)
3-NoResp (No Response)
4-IdleSF (In the Idle State and has a Soft Failure)
5-SoftFail (Running and has a Soft Failure)
6-CommErr (Communication Error)
7-ConfgMis (Configuration Mismatch)
8-NotConfg (This IOP is Not Configured)
9-NonExist (This IOP does Not Exist)
UnAvail (Transient state during which status for this IOP is unavailable)
IOMTYPE(1)–(168) (IOP)
Type: E:$PMMDTY Input/Output Processor Type
Lock: View
Default: None
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-None (Not Configured)

1-LLAI (Low Level Analog Input)
2-HLAI (High Level Analog Input, 16 slot)
3-DI (Digital Input, 32 slot)
4-DO (Digital Output, 32 slot)
5-AO (Analog Output, 8 slot)
7-LLMUX (Low Level Analog Input Multiplexer) Also includes RHMUX (Remote Hardened
10-SI (Serial Interface)
16DISOE (Digital Input, Sequence of Events)
17-PI (Pulse Input)
24-AO16 (Analog Output, 16 slot)
25DO32 (Digital Output, 32 slot)

IOMTYPE
IOMTYPE (APM Box)
Type: E:$PMMDTY Configured Input/Output Processor Type
Lock: PtBld
Default: NotConfg
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-NotConfg (Not Configured)
1-LLAI (Low-Level Analog Input)
2-HLAI (High-Level Analog Input)
3-DI (Digital Input)
4-DO (Digital Output)
5-AO (Analog Output)
7-LLMUX (Low Level Analog Input Multiplexer) Also includes RHMUX (Remote Hardened
17-PI (Pulse Input)
IONTOKEN (APM Box)

Type: Integer IOP Next Token Holder
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
NOTE
This parameter is available to the nodes on the LCN, but cannot be accessed on the UCN,
either by APM/CL programs or print connections.
Range: 0, or 128 to 255
IOPDESC(1 - 40)
Type: String_8 IOP Description—Provides an 8-character description of the IOP.
Lock: View
Default: Spaces
PtRes: APM
Helpful Hint: An 8-character string is read from the IOP’s EPROM and stored in the APMM.
The text string appears on the IOP Detail Display. Even if the IOP fails, an
operator can identify the IOP/FTA for maintenance. Not all IOPs have this
feature yet.
Range: 8 characters
IOPNUM (Array)
Type: Integer Serial Interface IOP Module Number—Defines the module number of the
Lock: PtBld serial interface IOP.
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 1 to 127

IOPSTR1
IOPSTR1(1)–(40) (APM Box)

Type: String_64 IOP String for FTA #1—Contains user-defined string data shown in the Box
Lock: View Detail display such as the FTA application name, its revision number, and date.
Default: Spaces NN = 1-40 specifies the Serial Interface IOP module number.
PtRes: SI
Range: N/A
IOPSTR2 (1)–(40) (APM Box)

Type: String_64 IOP String for FTA #2—Contains user-defined string data shown in the Box
Lock: View Detail display such as the FTA application name, its revision number, and date.
Default: Spaces NN = 1-40 specifies the Serial Interface IOP module number.
PtRes: SI
Range: N/A
IORECCHN (APM Box)

Type: E:$RECCHN I/O Link Receive Cable—The cable the I/O module is currently listening on.
Lock: PtBld
Default: None
PtRes: APM
Range: A (I/O module is listening on Cable A)
B (I/O module is listening on Cable B)
IOREDOPT(1)–(40) (APM Box)

Type: E:$REDOPT IOP Redundancy Option—Indicates if an IOP is configured for redundancy
Lock: PtBld
Default: NonRedun
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Redun
1-NonRedun
IOSTKNDR
Type: Integer IOP Token Drop Count
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 32767

K
-K-
K (AutoMan)
Type: Real Gain Constant for X2 Input—Refer to the APM Control Functions and
Lock: Supr Algorithms manual for a detailed description.
Default: 1.0
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
K (Pid)
Type: Real Overall Gain—Value of K depends on the chosen gain option. Refer to the
Lock: Supr APM Control Functions and Algorithms manual for a detailed description.
Default: 1.0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0.0 to 240.0
K (PosProp)
Type: Real Gain Constant
Lock: Supr
Default: 1.0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0.0 to 10.0
K1 (PidErfb)
Type: Real External Reset Feedback Gain
Lock: Supr
Default: 0.0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0.0 to 1.0
K1 (PIDPosPr)
Type: Real Gain Constant
Lock: Supr
Default: 1.0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0.0 to 10.0
APM Parameter Reference Dictionary K-1 2/99

K1–K2
K1–K2 (RatioCtl)
Type: Real K1 = Ratio Scale Factor; K2 = Scale Factor for X2 Input—When used in
Lock: Supr conjunction with the Calcultr algorithm, K1 must be equal to C1, and K2 must be
Default: 1.0 equal to C2.
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
K1–K4 (IncrSum)
Type: Real Gain Constants for X1–X4 Inputs
Lock: Supr
Default: 1.0
PtRes: APM
Range: > 0.0
KEXT(Pid)
Type: Real External Gain Modifier—Defines the external gain modification factor. It can
Lock: Prog be entered by a user-written program, or it can be an input from another data
Default: 1.0 point.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0.0 to 240.0
KEYWORD
Type: String_8 Keyword Descriptor— An eight-character descriptor that is used to describe an
Lock: PtBld important aspect of this particular data point. For example, in Figure N-1 (see
Default: Blank NAME) the keyword for the data point is REFLUX.
PtRes: NIM
Range: Alphabetics A-Z (upper case only).
Numerics 0-9 (an all numeric keyword is not allowed).
Underscore (_) cannot be used as the first character or the last character in a keyword.
Consecutive underscores are not allowed. Do not use quote marks (").
KFF (PidFf)
Type: Real Gain for Feed Forward Input—Scale factor which is used in converting the FF
Lock: Supr input value to percent.
Default: 1.0
PtRes: APM
Range: > 0.0 to < 1.0
KGAP (Pid)
Type: Real Gap Gain Factor—Defines the gain-modification factor.
Lock: Supr
Default: 1.0
PtRes: APM
Range: 00 to 1.0

KLIN (Pid)
KLIN (Pid)
Type: Real Linear Gain Factor—Defines the linear gain in percent per percent.
Lock: Supr
Default: 1.0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0.0 to 240.0
KNL (Pid)
Type: Real Nonlinear Gain Modifier—Indicates the calculated value of the nonlinear gain
Lock: View modifier.
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A

L(1)–(12)
-L-
L(1)–(12) (DevCtl, Logic)

Type: Logical, Real Value of the External Input—L(1)–L(12) are the 12 inputs to a logic slot
Lock: View fetched with input connections from other points. Each input can be a Boolean,
Default: N/A an Integer, or a Real number. Integer input values are converted to real numbers
PtRes: APM before being stored into the database.
Range: Real
Helpful Hint: L, if accessed from the LCN, must be accessed as a Logical data type.
LASTPV (RegCtl, RegCPV)

Type: Real Last PV Value—Indicates the value of the PV before the value became bad
Lock: View (BADPVFL).
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
LCNRECHN (APM Box)

Type: E:$RECCHN LCN Receive Channel—Indicates the LCN channel to which the NIM is
Lock: View listening.
Default: ChanneLA
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-ChanneLA (NIM is listening to LCN channel A)
1-ChanneLB (NIM is listening to LCN channel B)
LDNGNODE (APM Box)

Type: Integer UCN Node Performing Personality Image Load to This Node
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM
Range:
LIBADOPT (DevCtl, Logic)

Type: E:$LIBADOP Logic Bad Input Handling Option—If a Boolean input is not successfully
Lock: PtBld fetched for an input connection to the logic slot, its value is defaulted to one of
Default: Hold the values (Off, On, Hold) selected through this parameter. Refer to the APM
PtRes: APM Control Functions and Algorithms manual for a detailed description.
Range: 0-On (On state is substituted for bad input)
1-Off (Off state is substituted for bad input)
2-Hold (Last good value is substituted for bad input)
APM Parameter Reference Dictionary L-1 2/99

LIBRYNUM
LIBRYNUM
Type: Integer NIM Library Number—Specifies the number of the NIM Library being
Lock: PtBld configured. For PED use only.
Default: 1
PtRes: NIM
Range: 1-3
LIBRYTXT(1)–(1000)
Type: String_8 NIM Library Text
Lock: PtBld
Default: N/A
PtRes: NIM
Range: N/A
LIDESC(1)–(12) (DevCtl)
Type: String_8 Input Descriptor—External input descriptors.
in an Array
(1..12)
Lock: Engr
Default: Blank
PtRes: APM
LINEPERD (1)–(168)
Type: Real Line Period in Microseconds
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 15616.0 to 21759.0

LISRC(1)_(12)
LISRC(1)–(12) (DevCtl, Logic)

Type: Universal Logic Input Connection Source—Define the parameters whose current values
Ent.Prm are to be supplied to one or more of up-to-12 logic slot or Device Control inputs.
Lock: PtBld The parameters can be specified using the "Tagname.Parameter" format or the
Default: null.null hardware reference address format. Refer to the APM Control Functions and
PtRes: APM Algorithms manual for a detailed description.

a. “AnalgIn slot Tagname.PV”
b."DigIn slot Tagname.PVFL"
c."Logic slot Tagname.SO(nn)" where nn = 1–24
d."Logic slot Tagname.Fl(nn)" where nn = 1–12
e.”Logic slot Tagname.NN(nn)” where nn = 1-8
f."ProcMod slot Tagname.Fl(nnn)" where nnn = 1–127
g.”ProcMod slot Tagname.NN(nn)” where nn = 1–80
h.”RegCtl slot Tagname.PV”
i.”RegPV slot Tagname.PV”
j."Box Flag slot Tagname.PVFL
k.”Box Numerics slot Tagname.NN” where nnnnn = 1-16,384
l."!Box.FL(nnnn)" for a box flag that resides in the same box where nnnnn = 1–16,384
m."$NMhhBxx.FL(nnnn)" for a box flag that resides in a different APM box on the same
UCN; hh is the NIM UCN address, xx is the APM box number, and nnnn = 1–4095
(data access limit)
LMREV (DevCtl)
Type: E:POLARITY Local Manual Polarity—Indicates whether point processing inverts the local
Lock: Engr/PB manual input value.
Default: Direct
PtRes: APM
Range: Direct (Value is not inverted)
Reverse (Value is inverted)

LMSRC
LMSRC
Type: Universal Local Manual Source—The input connection for the local manual input.
Ent.Prm Only inputs with logical data types are valid.
Lock: PtBld
Default: Null.null
PtRes: APM

b."Logic slot Tagname.SO(nn)" where nn = 1–24
d."ProcMod slot Tagname.Fl(nnn)" where nnn = 1–127
e."Box Flag slot Tagname.PVFL
f."!Box.FL(nnnn)" for a box flag that resides in the same box where nnnn = 1–16,384
nnnn = 1–4095 (data access limit)
LOADFAIL
Type: Integer Node Load Failure Information
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM
Range:
LOADFLAG
Type: String_2 Load Flag
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM
Range: Hexadecimal characters 00 to FF

LOADPCKT
LOADPCKT
Type: Integer Current Personality Image Packet Being Loaded to This Node
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM
Range:
LOADSCOP (NIM)
Type: E:$LOADSCP Load Scope—Defines the scope of the point-build procedure for NIM and
Lock: PtBld APM configuration. Indicates whether the point information is loaded to both
Default: NIMAndPm the NIM and APM or to the NIM only. A value of NIMONLY is typically
PtRes: NIM used to configure points only in the NIM during installation of a new system
without APMs.
NOTE
When points are built to a NIM and the NIM is restarted with no database, the points need
to be reloaded from checkpoint or the points must be reconfigured. If the database is to
be reconfigured, the APMM must be in Idle, and the point execution state must be Inactive.
This allows the point build operation to override the database that already exists there.
NOTE
To delete active entities from the APM database, the point must be put to the inactive state.
An alternative is to delete the entity in the NIM only by changing the LOADSCOP parameter
for the NIM to NimOnly and deleting the point. Be sure to restore LOADSCOP to NimAndPM
after deleting points.
Range: NimOnly (Configured data is to be loaded into the NIM only)

NimAndPm (Configured data is to be loaded into the NIM and APM)
LOADSTAT
Type: E:LOADSTAT Load Status
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM
Range: Notload
Loaded
Loading
Unlding

LOCALMAN
LOCALMAN (AnalgOut, RegCtl)

Type: Logical Local Manual Flag—Indicates whether the associated hardware output of this
Lock: View point is being controlled by a manually-operated analog display.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (Output is not being controlled by an Analog Display)
On (Output is being controlled by an Analog Display)
LOCALMAN (DigComp, DevCtl)

Type: Logical Local Manual Flag—When On, indicates that the output(s) is being locally
Lock: Prog controlled and not by the APM. When this flag is on, it usually indicates that the
Default: Off "hand/off/auto" switch is not in the "auto" position.
PtRes: APM
Range: Off
On
LOCUTOFF
Type: Real Low Signal Cut Off For Flow Inputs—Defines the low cut-off point for flow
Lock: Eng/PB inputs.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: PVEULO to PVEUHI; > 0
NaN
Helpful Hint: LOCUTOFF configuration applies only if PVCHAR = Linear or Sqrroot.

LODSTN(1)-(12)
LODSTN(1)–(12) (Logic)
Type : Blind Record Logic Output-Connection Destination—Specifies up to 12 destinations to
in an Array which the current values of the logic slot outputs are supplied. The destinations
(1..12) can be specified using the "Tagname.Parameter" format or the hardware
Lock: PtBld reference address format. Refer to the APM Control Functions and Algorithms
Default: null.null manual for a detailed description.
PtRes: APM

f."!Box.FL(nnnn)" for a box flag that resides in the same APM box where nnnn = 1-
16,384.
UCN; hh is the UCN number, xx is the APM box number of the destination
parameter, and nnnn = 1-4095 (data access limit).
MT is the IOP type, such as DO (Digital Output)
mm is the IOP Card number (1-40)

LODSTN(1)–(2)
LODSTN(1)–(2) (DevCtl)
Type: Blind Record Control Output Connection Destination—Specifies up to 2 destinations to
in an Array which the current values of the Device Control slot outputs are supplied. The
(1..2) destinations can be specified using the "Tagname.Parameter" format or the
Lock: PtBld hardware reference address format Refer to the APM Control Functions and
Default: Null Algorithms manual for a detailed description.
PtRes: APM

f."!Box.FL(nnnn)" for a box flag that resides in the same APM box where
nnnn = 1-16,384.
UCN; hh is the UCN number, xx is the APM box number of the destination
parameter, and nnnn = 1-4095 (data access limit).

LOENBL(1)–(2)
LOENBL(1)–(2) (DevCtl)
Type: E:$PMDVPRM Device Control Output Enable—Allows the respective output connection
in an Array defined by LODSTN to write the value of the specified Device Control
(1..2) parameter to the destination. The logic output is allowed when the enable
Lock: PtBld function, selected from the list below, is On. If the FL1 parameter is
Default: FL2 specified and the output data type is logical, output occurs only during
PtRes: APM change (normally, it is continuous).
Range: FL1...FL12 [Local flag; either a 1 (On) or a 0 (Off)]

D1, D2 [Digital PV inputs, either a 1 (On) or a 0 (Off)]
SI0 [Safety interlocks, either a 1 (On) or a 0 (Off)]
I0, I1, I2 [Interlocks, either a 1 (On) or a 0 (Off)]
P0, P1, P2 [Permissives, either a 1 (On) or a 0 (Off)]
PISO1..PISO12 [Primary Input Gate Values (logical)]
SISO1..SISO12 [Secondary Input Gate Values (logical)]
PGSO1..PGSO4 [Primary Gate Output Values (logical)]
SGSO1, SGSO2 [Secondary Gate Output Values (logical])
L1..L12 [Logic input value to device control slot (logical)]
LOENBL(1)–(12) (Logic)
Type: E:$PMMLGPM Logic Output Enable—Allows the respective output connection defined
Lock: PtBld by LODSTN to write the value of the specified logic-slot parameter to the
Default: FL2 destination. The logic output is allowed when the enable function, selected
PtRes: APM from the list below, is On. If the FL1 parameter is specified and the
output data type is logical, output occurs only during change (normally, it is
continuous).

SO1...SO24 [Logic-block output; either a 1 (On) or a 0 (Off]
L1...L12 [Logic input value to logic slot (logical)]

LOGALGID
LOGALGID(1)–(24) (Logic)
Type: E:$PMMLGAL Logic Block Algorithm Identifier—Defines the logic algorithm to be
Lock: PtBld used for a particular logic block. A different logic algorithm can be
Default: NULL specified for each logic block within a logic slot. Refer to the APM
PtRes: APM Control Functions and Algorithms manual for a detailed description of
each logic algorithm.
Range:
Algorithm ID Description Input(s)
0-NULL No logic algorithm is executed ---
1-AND AND Gate *S1, S2, S3
2-OR OR Gate *S1, S2, S3
3-NOT NOT Gate S1
4-NAND NAND Gate *S1, S2, S3
5-NOR NOR Gate *S1, S2, S3
6-XOR XOR Gate S1, S2
7-QOR2 Qualified OR Gate with 2 Inputs On S1, S2, S3, S4
8-QOR3 Qualified OR Gate with 3 inputs On S1, S2, S3, S4
9-SWITCH Switch S1, S2, S3
10-EQ Compare equal with deadband R1, R2, DEADBAND
11-NE Compare not equal with deadband R1, R2, DEADBAND
12-GT Compare > than with deadband R1, R2, DEADBAND
13-GE Compare > than or = with deadband R1, R2, DEADBAND
14-LT Compare < than with deadband R1, R2, DEADBAND
15-LE Compare < than or = with deadband R1, R2, DEADBAND
16-CheckBad Check for Bad R1
17-Pulse Fixed-size Pulse S1, DLYTIME
18-MinPulse Pulse with minimum time limit S1, DLYTIME
19-MaxPulse Pulse with maximum time limit S1, DLYTIME
20-Delay Either Direction S1
21-OnDly Off-On Delay S1, DLYTIME
22-OffDly On-Off Delay S1, DLYTIME
23-WatchDog Watchdog Timer FL6
24-FlipFlop Flip Flop S1, S2, S3
25-ChDetect Change Detect S1, S2 , S3
*Inputs S1–S3 can be inverted as required
LOGICSRC (DigComp, DevCtl)

Type: Ent_Id Logic Source—Specifies the tag name of a point, usually a logic slot, that is
Lock: PtBld controlling the interlock signals.
Default: Null
PtRes: NIM
Range: Tag name can be up to sixteen characters and the permissible character set is as follows:

LOGMIX
LOGMIX (Logic)
Type: E:$LOGMIX Logic Mix—Defines the number of input connections, logic blocks, and output
Lock: PtBld connections this logic slot contains.
Default: 12_24_4
PtRes: APM
Input Connections Number of Output Connections

Range: LISRC(1)-LISRC(12) Logic Blocks LOSRC(1)-LOSRC(12)
12_24_4 12 24 4
12_16_8 12 16 8
12_8_12 12 8 12
LOSRC(1)–(2) (DevCtl)
Type: E:$PMDVPRM Device Control Output Connection Source—Defines the Device Control
in an Array parameter that is to provide its value to the output connection specified by
(1..2) parameter LODSTN(n), Device Control Output Connection Destination.
Lock: PtBld
Default: FL1
PtRes: APM
Range: FL1...FL12 [Local flag; either a 1 (On) or a 0 (Off])
D1, D2 [Digital PV inputs, either a 1 (On) or a 0 (Off)]
SI0 [Safety interlocks, either a 1 (On) or a 0 (Off)]
I0, I1, I2 [Interlocks, either a 1 (On) or a 0 (Off)]
P0, P1, P2 [Permissives, either a 1 (On) or a 0 (Off)]
PISO1..PISO12 [Primary Input Gate Values (logical)]
SISO1..SISO12 [Secondary Input Gate Values (logical)]
PGSO1..PGSO4 [Primary Gate Output Values (logical)]
SGSO1, SGSO2 [Secondary Gate Output Values (logical)]
L1..L12 [Logic input value to device control slot (either logical or real)]
NN1..NN8 [Local numerics (real)]
PINN1..PINN12 [Numeric constant for arithmetic comparisons (real)]
SECVAR [Secondary variable input value (real)]
LOSRC(1)–(12) (Logic)
Type: E:$PMMLGPM Logic Output Connection Source—Defines the logic-slot parameter that
Lock: Eng/PB is to provide its value to the output connection specified by parameter
Default: FL1 LODSTN(n), Logic Output Connection Destination.
PtRes: APM
SO1...SO24 [Logic block output; logical 1 or 0)]
L1...L12 [Input to the logic slot (logical or real value)]
NN1...NN8 [Local numeric; data type of Real]

LOWERTIM
LOWERTIM
Type: Real Lower Output Pulse Time (In Seconds)—Indicates the lower output pulse time
Lock: View in seconds. This value is clamped to MAXPULSE or CYCLETIM, whichever is
Default: N/A lower. If LOWERTIM is smaller than RP*MINPULSE, no pulse is issued.
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
LOWRDSTN
Type: Universal Lower OP Pulse Destination—Defines the destination of the Lower output
Ent.Prm pulse. LOWRDSTN must point to parameter ONPULSE or parameter
Lock: PtBld OFFPULSE of a DigOut point.
Default: Null
PtRes: APM
Range: ONPULSE
OFFPULSE
LOWRRATE
Type: Real Lower OP Stroke Rate in Percent/Second
Lock: Supr
Default: 100.0%/sec.
PtRes: APM
Range: >0.0 percent/second
LRL (STI)
Type: Real Lower Range Limit—Indicates the lower range limit of the PV at the smart
Lock: View transmitter. This limit is fixed and cannot be changed. Refer to description of
Default: NaN the STI_EU parameter for the LRL engineering units.
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A, NaN
LRV (STI)
Type: Real Lower Range Value—Defines the lower end of the operating range for the
Lock: Supr/View PVRAW value. User entry for PVEULO is the user-entered engineering-unit
Default: NaN value that corresponds to LRV. Refer to description of the STI_EU parameter
PtRes: APM for the LRV engineering units.
This parameter can be changed only when the STI point execution state
Range: N/A, NaN

LSEQNUMR
LSEQNUMR
Type: Integer Last Sequence Number—Specifies the sequence number of the last personality
Lock: Eng image file packet received by the IOP.
Default: 0
PtRes: IOP
Range:
LSIOLORN(0)–(4) (APM Box)

Type: Integer Last Hour's I/O Link Fetch/Store Overruns—Indicates the number of I/O
Lock: View Link access overruns that have been detected in the last hour. LSIOLORN is set
Default: 0 equal to the contents of CRIOLORN, every hour on the hour.
PtRes: APM
Range: >0
LSPPXORN(0)–(8) (APM Box)

Type: Integer Last Hour's Point Processing Fetch/Store Overruns—Indicates the number of
Lock: View point processing overruns that have been detected in the last hour. LSPPXORN
Default: 0 is set equal to the contents of parameter CRPPXORN, every hour on the hour.
PtRes: APM
Range: >0
LSUCNORN (APM Box)

Type: Integer Last Hour's UCN Access Overruns—LSUCNORN is set equal to the contents
Lock: View of parameter CRUCNORN, the current hour’s UCN Access Overruns, every
Default: 0 hour on the hour.
PtRes: APM
Range: >0

M
-M-
M (IncrSum, ORSel, Switch)
Type: Integer Number of Inputs
Lock: PtBld
Default: 2
PtRes: APM
Range: 2 to 4
MAINDAT (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: Time Maintenance Reset Statistics Date—The date and time of the reset of
Lock: Engr maintenance statistics that can also be written by the engineer. Statistics can be
Default: Time of Point reset by the operator only when the device is red tagged, while programs can reset
Build them at any time. Resetting is accomplished by setting the RESETFL to ON.
PtRes: APM
Range: Time Stamp (DD MMM YY HH:MM:SS)
Helpful Hint: This parameter is reset when the RESETFL parameter = ON.
MAINTOPT (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: Logical Maintenance Option—Indicates if the maintenance statistics option is used.
Lock: PtBld
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (Maintenance statistics are not available)
On (Maintenance statistics are available)
MANMODFL (RegCtl)
Type: Logical Manual Mode Flag—Indicates whether the current mode of the slot is Manual.
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (Current mode is other than Manual)
On (Current mode is Manual)
APM Parameter Reference Dictionary M-1 2/99

MANOPCMD
MANOPCMD
Type: E:$MANOPCM Manual Output Pulse Command—Defines the output pulse command
Lock: Oper issued by the operator for raising and lowering the output. See also,
Default: None MANOPTIM.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-None (No change)
1-Raise_1 (Raise output by 1 MANOPTIM each keystroke)
2-Lower_1 (Lower output by 1 MANOPTIM each keystroke)
3-Raise_10 (Raise output by 10 MANOPTIMs each keystroke)
4-Lower_10 (Lower output by 10 MANOPTIMs each keystroke)
MANOPTIM
Type: Real Manual Output Pulse Time (in seconds)—Defines the width of the raise or
Lock: Eng/PB lower output pulse that is issued by the operator.
Default: 1.0
PtRes: APM
MASKTIM (DevCtl)
Type: Integer Masktime—The amount of time the SECVAR parameter alarms are masked
Lock: Supr after a change in the output state.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
MAXPULSE
Type: Real Maximum Pulse Time Limit—Defines the maximum pulse time limit. If the
Lock: Supr calculated pulse time is greater than this value then a pulse of length
Default: 60 MAXPULSE is issued.
PtRes: APM
Range: MINPULSE to 60.0 seconds
NaN
MAXSLOTS
Type: Real Maximum Available Slots—Returns the maximum number of slots that can be
Lock: View configured in an IOP.
Default: 0
PtRes: IOP
Range: 0 - 127 slots
Helpful Hint: Applies to the following IOP types: AO16, DI32 and DO32.

MAXTIM0H
MAXTIM0H (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: Real Maximum Time Allowed in State 1—The maximum amount of time (based on
Lock: Supr the PV) in hours allowed for state 1.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A

Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A

Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
MAXTRAN0–2 (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: Time Maximum Number of Transitions into State—This is the maximum number
Lock: Supr of transitions allowed in each state, and is the target value for maintenance
Default: 0.0 statistics.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 (There is no limit)
MDMHWREV (APM Box, NIM)

Type: String_2 Modem Hardware Revision
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM, NIM
Range: Hexadecimal Characters 00 to FF
MEMFWREV
Type: String_2 Memory Firmware Revision
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM

MEMHWREV
MEMHWREV
Type: String_2 Memory Hardware Revision
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM
MINPULSE
Type: Real Minimum Pulse Time Limit—Defines the minimum pulse time limit for the
Lock: Supr Raise pulse. If the calculated pulse time value is smaller than this value, no
Default: 0.0 pulse is issued.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0.0 seconds to MAXPULSE
NaN
MINUTE (APM Box)

Type: Integer Current Minute—Value of the LCN time in the APM.
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 59
MODATTR
Type: E:MODATTR Mode Attribute—Defines whether the operator or the sequence program has
Lock: Oper the authority to change certain parameters of this data point. At the Universal
Default: Operator Station, the mode attribute is displayed next to the mode of the data point. If
PtRes: APM the mode attribute is Program, a -P appears to the left of MODE. If the
attribute is operator, blanks are displayed to the left of mode.
Range: 0-Operator (Operator can set Mode, OP, SP, Ratio, Bias)
1-Program (Program can set Mode, OP, SP, Ratio, Bias)
2-Normal
3-None (No mode attribute)
Helpful Hint: MODATTR change requires SHUTDOWN = Off and REDTAG = Off. When
the "normal mode" button on the Operator’s keyboard is pressed, MODATTR =
NMODATTR unless NMODATTR = None.

MODE
MODE(AnalgOut)
Type: E:MODE Mode—Defines the current mode of the data point. Parameter MODATTR
Lock: Oper determines whether operator or the sequence program provides the output value
Default: Man for this point. If PNTFORM is Component, then MODE parameter is not
PtRes: APM applicable for this data point.
Range: 1-Man (Operator or Program provides the point’s output value (OP))
2-Cas (Data point receives its output value from a primary data point.
If RCASOPT is DDC, data point receives its output value from an AM point.)
5-Normal (Parameter NMODE determines this point’s mode)
Helpful Hint: 1. MODE change by a program requires MODATTR = Program and

REDTAG = Off.
2. MODE change by an operator requires MODATTR = Operator,
MODEPERM = Permit, and REDTAG = Off.
MODE (DigComp, DevCtl)

Type: E:MODE Mode of Digital Composite and Device Control Slot—Defines the current
Lock: Oper mode of the data point. Parameter MODATTR determines whether operator or
Default: Man the sequence program provides the output value for this point. If PNTFORM is
PtRes: APM Component, then MODE parameter is not applicable for this data point.
Range: 1-Man (Operator or Program controls slot’s output (OP))
5-Normal (Parameter NMODE contains slot’s mode)
Helpful Hint: 1. MODE change by a program requires MODATTR = Program,

SHUTDOWN = Off, and REDTAG = Off.
MODEPERM = Permit, SHUTDOWN = Off, and REDTAG = Off.
MODE (RegCtl)
Type: E:MODE Mode of Regulatory Control Slot—Defines the mode of the RegCtl point.
Lock: Oper
Default: Man
PtRes: APM
Range: 1-Man (Operator or discontinuous program controls slot’s output (OP), regardless of any
automatic control strategy)
2-Cas (Upstream slot’s OP is this slot’s SP)
3-Auto (OP value is computed by the configured RegCtl algorithm, and the setpoint (SP)
comes from the local setpoint (LSP) location in the RegCtl point. An operator or a
discontinuous program can change the setpoint value.
4-Bcas (Local cascade mode where the RegCtl point receives its setpoint from the OP of a
primary data point, even though the entry for the RCASOPT parameter is Spc,
DdcRsp, or Rsp (where the AM provides the setpoint). In this way, should the AM
or the NIM fail, the control strategy will shed to the local cascade mode.)
5-Normal (Parameter NMODE determines the normal mode of this slot)
Helpful Hint: 1. MODE change by a program requires MODATTR = Program

and REDTAG = Off.
MODEPERM = Permit, and REDTAG = Off.

MODEAPPL(1)-(4)
MODEAPPL(1)–(4) (DevCtl, DigComp, RegCtl)

Type: Logical Mode Applicability—Defines changes for Regulatory Control
Lock: View points:
Default: Man=On MODEAPPL[1] = ON if MAN mode if valid, else it is OFF
MODEAPPL [Auto]=Off MODEAPPL[2] = ON if AUTO mode is valid, else it is OFF
MODEAPPL [Bcas]=Off MODEAPPL[3] = ON if CAS mode is valid, else it is OFF
MODEAPPL[Cas]=Off MODEAPPL[4] = ON if BCAS mode is valid, else it is OFF
Static for DevCtl
and Digcomp points
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
MODEPERM (AO)
Type: E:MODEPERM Mode Permissive—Determines whether the operator can change the
Lock: Eng/PB mode of this data point.
Default: Permit
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Permit (Operator can change this point’s mode)
1-NotPerm (Operator cannot change this point’s mode)
MODEPERM (DevCtl, DigComp,

RegCtl)
Type: E:MODEPERM Mode Permissive—Determines whether the operator can change the
Lock: Eng mode of this data point.
Default: Permit
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Permit (Operator can change this point’s mode)
1-NotPerm (Operator cannot change this point’s mode)
MODNUM
Type: Integer APMM/IOP Module Number—Defines the module number in the APM. The
Lock: PtBld APMM is module number 0; the IOP Cards are module numbers 1–40.
Default: N/A
PtRes: NIM
Range: 0 to 40 (0 is reserved for the APMM)

MOMSTATE
MOMSTATE (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: E:$MOMSTAT Momentary Output States—Defines which of the output states are
Lock: Eng/PB momentary. Refer to the APM Control Functions and Algorithms manual for
Default: None a detailed description.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-None (No momentary output states)
1-Mom_1 (State 1 is momentary if NOSTATES = 2 or 3)
2-Mom_0 (State 0 is momentary if NOSTATES = 2)
3-Mom_2 (State 2 is momentary if NOSTATES = 3)
4-Mom_1_2 (State 1 and State 2 are momentary; valid if NOSTATES = 3)
MONTH (APM Box)

Type: Integer Current Month—The value of the LCN date in the APM.
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 1 to 12 (January to December)
MOVPVFL
Type: Logical Moving PV Flag—Indicates whether the PV is moving from one state to another
Lock: View state.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (PV is not moving)
On (PV is moving)
MOVPVTXT (APM Box, DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: String_8 Moving PV Text Descriptor—Defines the state descriptor that is displayed
Lock: PtBld when the Digital Composite or Device Control point is changing states (moving
Default: MOVING from one state to another), or is in-between states. This descriptor, defined on
PtRes: NIM the APM box point, is displayed for all Digital Composite or Device Control
points in this APM box if PVTXTOP, defined on the Digital Composite or
Device Control point, = OFF. This parameter contains the text for a configured
moving PV on a per point basis if the PVTXTOPT is ON.
Range: The permissible character set for the up to eight character descriptor is as follows:
Numerics 0-9,
Underscore (_)
MSGPEND (ProcMod)
Type: Logical Sequence Message Pending—Indicates that a confirmable sequence message
Lock: View requiring confirmation has been issued to the operator.
Default: None
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A

MSGTXT(10)-(15)
MSGTXT(0)–(15) (NIM)
Type: String_8 in an Status Message Text—Indicates the text for the self-defined enumeration of
Array (0..15) STSMSG. MSGTXT(0) is always NONE, and cannot be configured. Refer to
Lock: PtBld “Status Messages” in the Control Functions and Algorithms Manual for more
Default: Blank information.
PtRes: NIM
Range: 0 to 15
MXRMPDEV (RampSoak)
Type: Real Maximum Ramp Deviation Value—If the PV falls behind the SP during a
Lock: Supr ramp segment by more than the value of MXRMPDEV, the ramping action is
Default: NaN stopped until the PV reaches the SP.
PtRes: APM
Range: > 0.0,
NaN
MXSOKDEV (RampSoak)
Type: Real Maximum Soak Deviation Value—If the PV falls behind the SP during a soak
Lock: Supr segment by more than the value of MXSOKDEV, the soak timer is stopped until
Default: NaN the PV reaches SP.
PtRes: APM
Range: > 0.0,
NaN

N
-N-
N (Calcultr)
Type: Integer Number of Inputs—Defines the number of inputs to this algorithm.
Lock: PtBld
Default: 1
PtRes: APM
Range: 1 to 6
N (HiLoAvg, Summer)
Type: Integer Number of Inputs—Defines the number of inputs to this algorithm.
Lock: PtBld
Default: 2
PtRes: APM
Range: 2 to 6 inputs
NAME
Type: String_16 Point Name—Identifies this point to the system and on displays, reports, and
Lock: PtBld logs. Figure N-1 shows examples of the Group and Detail Displays on which the
Default: N/A point name appears.
PtRes: NIM
Digital Input, Digital Output, Analog Output, Flag, and Numeric-type data points
do not have to be configured by using the point builder (DEB). All other types
of data points have to be configured by using the DEB and require that a point
name be specified during the point build process.
Range: Point name can be up to 16 characters, and the permissible character set is as follows:
Numerics 0-9 (an all numeric point name is not allowed)
NARRSLOT (APM Box)

Type: Integer Number of Array Slots in an APM
Lock: PtBld
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 256
NCTLSLOT (APM Box)

Type: Integer Number of Regulatory Control Slots in an APM—Refer to the APM Control
Lock: PtBld Functions and Algorithms manual for a detailed description of APM processing
Default: 0 capacity.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 160
APM Parameter Reference Dictionary N-1 2/99

GROUP DISPLAY
POINT NAME
F 3HP
FC1ØØT1 E. U. DESCRIPTOR
LBS/SEC
REFLUX KEYWORD
5Ø.7
5Ø.9U
25.9
DETH REFLUX PUMP - A CONTR POINT DESCRIPTOR
DETAIL DISPLAY
POINT NAME POINT DESCRIPTOR UNIT ID
FC1ØØT1 DETH REFLUX PUMP A CONTR UNIT XX

.ØØ% -
75% -
5Ø% -
25% -
Ø% - POINT NAME
F 3HP
FC1ØØT1 E. U. DESCRIPTOR
LBS/SEC
REFLUX KEYWORD
SP 5Ø.7
PV 5Ø.9U
OUT % 25.9
MAN
Figure N-1 — Locations of Terms on Group and Detail Displays 1850

NDCSLOT
NDCSLOT (APM Box)

Type: Integer Number of Digital Composite Slots in an APM—Refer to the APM Control
Lock: PtBld Functions and Algorithms manual for a detailed description of APM processing
Default: 0 capacity.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 512
NDEVSLOT (APM Box)

Type: Integer Number of Device Control Points Configured—The number of Device
Lock: PtBld Control points in an APM Box point. Refer to the APM Control Functions and
Default: 0 Algorithms manual for a detailed description of APM processing capacity.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 160
NEIPRQU (NIM)
Type: Real Number of Event Initiated Processing Requests—The number of Event
Lock: View Initiated Processing requests sent in the last 15 seconds.
Default: 0
PtRes: NIM
Range: N/A
NFASTCTL (APM Box)

Type: Integer Number of Fast Regulatory Control Slots—Fast slots are processed four times
Lock: PtBld per second.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 40, cannot exceed NCTLSLOT
NFASTDC (APM Box)

Type: Integer Number of Fast Digital Composite Slots—Fast slots are processed four times
Lock: PtBld per second.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 400, cannot exceed NDCSLOT

NFASTDEV
NFASTDEV (APM Box)

Type: Integer Number of Fast Device Control Points Configured—The number of fast
Lock: PtBld device control points in an APM Box data point. Fast slots are processed four
Default: 0 times per second.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 40, cannot exceed NDEVSLOT
NFASTLOG (APM Box)

Type: Integer Number of Fast Logic Slots—Fast slots are processed four times per second.
Lock: PtBld
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 40, cannot exceed NLOGSLOT
NFASTPV (APM Box)

Type: Integer Number of Fast Regulatory PV slots—Fast slots are processed four times per
Lock: PtBld second.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 40, cannot exceed NPVSLOT
NFLAG (APM Box)

Type: Integer Number of Flags in APM Box Data Point—The APM always provides 16, 384
Lock: View box flag variables.
Default: 16, 384
PtRes: APM
Range: 16,384
NFLAG (Array)
Type: Integer Number of Flags in Array Point FL Array—Defines the number of mapped
Lock: PtBld flags from either the APM box (EXTDATA• IO_FL) or a serial interface IOP-
Default: 0 connected device (EXTDATA=IO_FL).
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 512 (When EXTDATA = IO_FL)
0 to 1023 (When EXTDATA • IO_FL)

NI0-2
NI0–2 (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: Logical Inverted Interlocks Value—The negative value of the corresponding interlock.
Lock: Engr
Default: On
PtRes: APM
Range: On (Interlock inactive)
Off (Interlock active)
Helpful Hint: This parameter can be changed by the engineer only if the point is inactive
or if the APM is idle.
NIMREV (NIM)
Type: Integer Revision Number of the NIM Personality
Lock: View
Default: 0
PtRes: NIM
Range: N/A
Helpful Hint: This parameter is accessed using $NTWRKuu.NIMREV (where uu = UCN

Network number).
NIMVERS (NIM)
Type: Integer Version Number of the NIM Personality
Lock: View
Default: 0
PtRes: NIM
Range: N/A
Helpful Hint: This parameter is accessed using $NTWRKuu.NIMVERS (where uu = UCN

Network number).
NLFM
Type: Integer Nonlinearity Form—Defines the form of the nonlinear gain.
Lock: Supr
Default: 1
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 or 1
NLGAIN
(Pid)
Type: Real Nonlinear Gain—Defines the value of the nonlinear gain factor KNL.
Lock: Supr
Default: 0.0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0.0 to 240.0

NLOC
NLOC (VdtLdLag)
Type: Integer Number of Locations in Delay Table
Lock: Eng
Default: 30
PtRes: APM
Range: 2 to 30
NLOGSLOT (APM Box)

Type: Integer Number of Logic Slots in the APM—Refer to the APM Control Functions and
Lock: PtBld Algorithms manual for a detailed description of APM processing capacity.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 80
NMIN (HiLoAvg)
Type: Integer Minimum Number of Good Inputs—Defines the minimum number of valid
Lock: Supr inputs (PV status is good or uncertain) to this algorithm.
Default: 1
PtRes: APM
Range: 1 to N (N is the number of inputs selected by N parameter)
NMODATTR (RegCtl)
Type: E:MODATTR Normal Mode Attribute—Defines whether an operator or a program can
Lock: Engr change certain parameters such as the mode, SP, or OP of a data point when
Default: None the point is in the normal mode.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Operator (MODATTR can be set equal to Operator)
1-Program (MODATTR can be set equal to Program)
2-Normal
3-None (MODATTR is not affected by this parameter)
Helpful Hint: If NMODATTR = Operator or Program and the "normal mode" button on the
Operator’s keyboard is pressed, MODATTR = NMODATTR. If NMODATTR
is to be changed, the engineer must change it.
NMODE (AnalgOut)
Type: E:MODE Normal Mode—Allows user to define the normal mode for this data point.
Lock: Engr/PB
Default: None
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-None (No configured "normal" operating mode)
1-Man (Manual is configured "normal" mode)
2-Cas (Cascade is configured "normal" mode)
Helpful Hint: NMODE configuration for the Cas option requires RCASOPT = Ddc.

NMODE
NMODE (DevCtl, DigComp)

Lock: View
Default: Man
PtRes: APM
Range: 1-Man (Manual is the "normal" operating mode)
NMODE (RegCtl)
Lock: Engr
Default: None
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-None (No configured "normal" operating mode)
1-Man (Manual is the "normal" operating mode)
2-Cas (Cascade is the "normal" operating mode)
3-Auto (Automatic is the "normal" operating mode)
4-Bcas (Backup Cascade is the "normal" operating mode)
Helpful Hint: Mode. If NMODATTR = None and the "normal mode" button on the Operator’s
keyboard is pressed, MODE is set to the contents of NMODE.
NMSGTXT (NIM)
Type: Integer Number of Message Text Items—Defines the number of message text items
Lock: PtBld that you can enter. See MSGTXT.
Default: 0
PtRes: NIM
Range: 0 to 15
NN(i) (Array)
Type: Real Array Point Numeric Variables—Numerics are mapped from either the APM
Lock: Determined by box (defined by NNUMERIC and NNSTIX parameters) or from a serial
SPLOCK interface IOP-connected device (when EXTDATA=IO_NN, mapping is defined
Parameter by the IOPNUM, FTANUM, DEVADDR, NNSTIX, and NNUMERIC
Default: N/A parameters).
PtRes: APM
Range: 1 ≤ i ≤ Array
parameter NNUMERIC
NN(1)–(8) (DevCtl, Logic)

Type: Real Numerics 1-8—Eight numerics are provided with each device control and logic
Lock: Supr slot. The numerics can be used as reference values for the comparison logic
Default: NaN algorithms, or they can be used as source parameters for the output connections
PtRes: APM when writing predefined analog constants to other points. The values of the
Range: N/A numerics can be changed from the Universal Station, by other device control
logic slots, or by user-written programs.

NN(1)-(80)
NN(1)–(80) (ProcMod)
Type: Real Numeric Variables—Each process module in the APM has 80 numerics that
Lock: Determined can be used for implementing batch operations.
by SPLOCK
parameter
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
NN(1)–(16,384) (APM Box)

Type: Real Numeric Value—This is an array of up to 16,384 numeric variables. The upper
Lock: Oper bound of this array is determined by the NNUMERIC parameter. Numerics
Default: NaN NN(1) to NN (2047) are taggable. Numerics NN(1) to NN (4095) are accessible
PtRes: APM from the LCN by using hardware form [!Box.NN( )]. Numerics 4096 through
16,384 are accessible only through Array points.
Range: N/A
NNDESC (Array)
Type: String_64 NN Array Descriptor—Describes NN data for the Array point.
Lock: PtBld
Default: Spaces
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
NNINSET(1)–(10) (DevCtl)
Type: Integer Numeric 1 - 10—A set of 10 integers that are used by the primary input gate
in an Array IN_SET algorithm.
(1..10)
Lock: Supr
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 32767
NNSTIX (Array)
Type: Real Numeric Array Start Index—Defines the start index in Box NN variables, or a
Lock: PtBld serial interface-connected device.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 99,999 (When EXTDATA=IO_NN, 0 can be valid device index)
0 to Box parameter NNUMERIC (When EXTDATA•IO_NN, 0 indicates no numerics are
configured)

NNUMERIC
NNUMERIC (APM Box)

Type: Integer Number of Numerics in APM Box Data Point—The number of box numerics
Lock: PtBld is determined in intervals of 16 numerics.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 16,384
NNUMERIC (Array)
Type: Integer Number of Numerics in Array Point NN Array—Defines the number of
Lock: PtBld numerics mapped from either the HPM box (EXTDATA• IO_NN), or a serial
Default: 0 interface IOP-connected device (EXTDATA=IO_NN). For external data, the
PtRes: APM valid range depeneds on how numeric data is organized in the device.
Range: 0 - 16 (Floats), 0 - 32 (Integers), 0 ≠ 64 (Byte Integers) When EXTDATA = IO_NN

0 to 240 When EXTDATA ≠ IO_NN
NOCINPTS (RegCtl)
Type: Integer Number of Control Input Connections—Defines the number of control input
Lock: PtBld connections for this algorithm.
Default: Based on
CTLALGID,
CTLEQN, M
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 4
NOCOPTS (RegCtl)
Type: Integer Number of Control Output Connections—Defines the number of control
Lock: PtBld output connections from this RegCtl point.
Default: 1
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 4
Helpful Hint: Control output engineering ranges (CVEULO, CVEUHI) must be entered
for CTLALGID = PidErfb and Rampsoak, and must be entered for
CTLALGID = Pid, PidFf, and RatioCtl when NOCOPTS = 0. For
CTLALGID = Pid, PidFf, and RatioCtl, with NOCOPTS > 0, the CV
ranges are obtained from a secondary output connection.

NODEASSN
NODEASSN (APM Box)

Type: E:$NODEASN Node Assignment—Defines whether this NIM or another NIM is the
Lock: PtBld primary NIM for this UCN.
Default: ThisNIM
PtRes: NIM
Range: ThisNIM (The NIM being configured is responsible for parameter fetch/stores, alarming,
AM control strategy and checkpointing on this UCN.)
RemotNIM(Another NIM is connected to this UCN. The Remote NIM is on a separate

“logical” UCN and must be used when configuring, checkpointing, and restoring the database
through that UCN.)
Helpful Hint: NODEASSN configuration requires NODETYP = NIM or APM (or HPM or
LM).
NODECMD (APM Box)

Type: E: $PMCMD Node Command
Lock: Eng
Default: None
PtRes: APMM
Range: 0 None (No request made to the APM)
1 Run (APM requested to goto the run state)
2 Idle (APM requested to goto the idle state)
3 Warmstrt (APM requested)
4 Coldstrt (APM requested)
5 Pause (APM requested to goto the Simul_Pause state)
6 Resume (APM requested to goto the Simul_Run state)
NODECONF (APM Box)

Type: E:$PMCONF Node Configuration for the APM—Currently not used. This parameter must
Lock: View always be set to manual.
Default: Manual
PtRes: APM
Range: Manual
Auto

NODENUM
NODENUM (NIM)
Type: Integer Node Number—Defines the address of the NIM on the UCN.
Lock: PtBld
Default: N/A
PtRes: NIM
Range: 1 to 64
NOTE
The node number assigned to the NIM should be the lowest node number on the UCN (see
TIMESYNC).
NODENUM (APM Box)

Type: Integer Node Number—Defines the address of the APMs on the UCN. NODENUM
Lock: PtBld assigned for any APM must be odd whether PKGOPT equals
Default: N/A Option 1 (nonredundant) or Option 2 (redundant). Because of this restriction
PtRes: NIM and because the NIM takes up one odd address and the next even address, the
Range: 1 to 64 maximum number of APM’s that can be on the UCN is 31. The primary APMM
is assigned an odd address, the associated secondary (redundant) APMM is
assigned the next (even) address.
NODEOPER
Type: E:$PRIMSEC Node Operating Mode
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: NIM
Range: Primary (APM/NIM is the acting primary node)
Secndry (APM/NIM is the acting secondary)
NODESC (Logic)
Type: Integer Number of Generic Descriptors—Defines the number of user-defined generic
Lock: PTBLD descriptors that are to be used on this logic slot. For each descriptor, the
Default: 0 parameter in the logic slot to which the generic descriptor is attached is defined
PtRes: NIM by the PRMDESC(n) parameter, and the corresponding descriptors are defined
Range: 0 to 12 by the GENDESC(n) parameters. This allows the user to customize the
descriptors used for displaying the logic slot on the Universal Station displays.

NODESTS
NODESTS (NIM)
Type: E: $DSPSTAT NIM Node Summary Status—Indicates the current overall status of the NIM.
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: NIM
Range: OffNet (NIM cannot communicate with APMM)
OK (NIM is performing normally)
NODESTS (NIM, APM Box)

Type: E: $DSPSTAT Node Summary Status
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APMM
Range: 0 OK (APM is performing normally)
1 IOIDL (At least one IOP has entered the idle state)
2 Idle
3 PF_IOIDL (Partial failure in one or more idle IOPs)
4 PF_IDLE (Partial failure in APMM that is in idle state)
5 PartFail (Partial failure in APMM that is in run state)
6 Failed (APMM has sent a “Failed” message to the NIM)
7 Alive (No events reports or point processing)
8 Loading (APMM ‘s personality or data base is loading)
9 PowerOn (Transitional state when Power is applied to APMM)
10 Offnet (NIM cannot communicate with APM)
11 NoSynch
12 NotConfg (APMM cannot be found on the UCN)
13 ConfgMis (IOP mismatch in NIM box point)
20 S_OK (OK in IOSM)
21 S_IOIDL (IOIDL in IOSM)
22 S_IDLE (IDLE in IOSM)
23 S_PFIOIL (PF_IOIDL in IOSM)
24 S_PFIDLE (PF_IDLE in IOSM)
25 S_PTFail (PartFail in IOSM)
26 S_Pause (APM is in the Simulation Pause state)
Helpful Hint: Loading the APMM's operating personality requires NODESTS = Alive.
NODESTAT (NIM)
Type: E:$NODESTA NIM’s Node Status
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: NIM
Range: OffNet (NIM is not running on UCN)
OK (NIM is configured and running)

NODESTAT
NODESTAT (APM)
Type: E:$NODESTA APM Node Status
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: OffNet (APM is not running on UCN)
ConfgMis (APM has a configuration mismatch)
OK (APM is configured and running)
NODETYP (NIM)
Type: E:$UCNNDTY UCN Node Type—Defines the node type of this UCN node.
Lock: PtBld
Default: NIM
PtRes: NIM
Range: NIM (Network Interface Module)
NODETYP (APM Box)

Type: E:$UCNNDTY UCN Node Type—Defines the node type of this UCN node.
Lock: PtBld
Default: APM
PtRes: NIM
Range: APM (Advanced Process Manager)
NODETYP (APM Points)

Type: E:$UCNNDTY UCN Node Type—Defines which node type supports this point.
Lock: PtBld
Default: APM
PtRes: NIM
Range: APM (Advanced Process Manager)
NODFSTAT (APM Box)

Type: E:$NODFSTA Node's Functional Status—Defines the status of the UCN node.
Lock: Supr
Default: Basic
PtRes: NIM
Range: Full (All LCN devices can read/write from/to this node)
Basic (AM and CM cannot write to this node)

NODINPTS
NODINPTS (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: Integer Number of Digital Inputs—Defines the number of digital input connections to
Lock: PtBld this data point.
Default: 1
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 (No inputs)
1 (One input)
2 (Two inputs)
NODOPTS (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: Integer Number of Digital Outputs—Defines the number of digital output connections
Lock: PtBld from this data point.
Default: 1
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 (No outputs)
1 (One output)
2 (Two outputs)
3 (Three outputs)
NOLINPTS (DevCtl, Logic)

Type: Integer Number of Logic Inputs—Indicates the number of logic inputs to this logic or
Lock: View (Logic), Device Control slot.
PtBld (DevCtl)
Default: 12 (Logic)
0 (DevCtl)
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 12
NOLOGBLK (Logic)
Type: Integer Number of Logic Blocks—Indicates the number of logic blocks that have been
Lock: View configured for a particular logic slot.
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 24
NOLOPTS (DevCtl, Logic)

Type: Integer Number of Logic Output Connections—Indicates the number of output
Lock: View (Logic) connections from this logic slot.
PtBld (DevCtl)
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 12 (Logic), 0 to 2 (DevCtl)

NOPGATE
NOPGATE (DevCtl)
Type: Integer Number of Primary Gates—Indicates the number of primary gates configured
Lock: PtBld for a particular Device Control slot.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 4
Helpful Hint: All configured primary gates must have at least one input.
NOPINPTS (RegPV)
Type: Integer Number of PV Input Connections—Defines the number of PV input
Lock: View connections to this algorithm.
Default: Based on
PVALGID,
PVEQN, N
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 6
NORQUAVG (NIM, APM Box)

Type: Real Average number of Nodes to which UCN Requests are made—Indicates
Lock: View the average number of UCN nodes per second that this node is requesting
Default: 0 communications with.
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
NORQUMAX (NIM, APM Box)

Type: Real Maximum number of Nodes to which UCN Requests are made—Indicates
Lock: View the maximum number of UCN nodes per second that this node is requesting
Default: 0 communications with.
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
NORSPAVG (NIM, APM Box)

Type: Real Average number of Nodes to which UCN Responses are made—Indicates
Lock: View the average number of UCN nodes per second that this node is responding to.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A

NORSPMAX
NORSPMAX (NIM, APM Box)

Type: Real Maximum number of Nodes to which UCN Responses are made—
Lock: View Indicates the maximum number of UCN nodes per second that this node is
Default: 0 responding to.
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
NORSSEQ (RampSoak)
Type: Integer Number of Ramp/Soak Pairs in the Sequence
Lock: Eng/PB
Default: 2
PtRes: APM
Range: 2 to 12
NOSGATE (DevCtl)
Type: Integer Number of Secondary Gates—Indicates the number of secondary gates
Lock: PtBld configured for a particular Device Control slot.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 2
Helpful Hint: All configured secondary gates must have at least one input.
NOTRAAVG (NIM, APM Box)

Type: Real Average number of Nodes to which UCN Transactions are made. This
Lock: View value indicates the average number of UCN nodes (per second) that this node
Default: 0 is communicating with (both requests and responses).
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
NOTRAMAX (NIM, APM Box)

Type: Real Maximum number of Nodes to which UCN Transactions are made. This
Lock: View value indicates the maximum number of UCN nodes (per second) that this
Default: 0 node is communicating with (both requests and responses).
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A

NOSIOVRD
NOSIOVRD (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: Real Number of Safety Interlock Overrides—The number of safety interlock
Lock: View overrides that have accumulated since the most recent reset of maintenance
Default: 0.0 statistics.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 (No limit)
NOSTATES (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: Integer Number of Digital States—Defines the number of states in this point.
Lock: PtBld • State 1 is the first active state
Default: 2 • State 0 is the inactive (middle) state
PtRes: APM • State 2 is the second active state
Refer to the APM Control Functions and Algorithms manual for a detailed
description.
Range: 2 (Two states can be configured: STATE 0 and STATE 1)
3 (Three states can be configured: STATE 0, STATE 1, and STATE 2)
NOTRANS0–2 (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: Real Accumulated Transitions—The number of transitions to each state of the
Lock: View OPFINAL parameter since the most recent reset of maintenance statistics. The
Default: 0.0 MAXTRAN parameter does not limit the number of transactions unless the user
PtRes: APM writes a program to read MAXTRAN, comparing it to NOTRANS, and thereby
causing it to stop.
Range: 0 (No limit)
NPARAVG (NIM, APM Box)

Type: Real Average number of UCN Parameter Accesses per Second—Average
Lock: View number of UCN parameter accesses per second between this node and all other
Default: 0 nodes, including both requests and responses.
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
NPARMAX (NIM, APM Box)

Type: Real Maximum number of UCN Parameter Accesses per Second—Maximum
Lock: View number of UCN parameter accesses per second between this node and all other
Default: 0 nodes, including both requests and responses.
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A

NPMSLOT
NPMSLOT (APM Box)

Type: Integer Number of Process Module Slots—Refer to the APM Control Functions and
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 160
NPRQUAVG(0-64) (NIM, APM Box)

Type: Real Average number of UCN Parameter Requests—Average number of UCN
Lock: View parameter requests per second issued from this node to node n.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
NOTE
The node address (n) is an odd number (1, 3, 5,...63). Using an even number
results in a Parameter_Invalid error. Using n = 0 returns average total number of
parameter requests to all other nodes.
NPRQUMAX(0-64) (NIM, APM Box)

Type: Real Maximum number of UCN Parameter Requests—Maximum number of
Lock: View UCN parameter requests per second issued from this node to node n.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
NOTE
results in a Parameter_Invalid error. Using n = 0 returns maximum total number
of parameter requests to all other nodes.

NPRSPAVG
NPRSPAVG(0-64) (NIM, APM Box)

Type: Real Average number of UCN Parameter Responses—Average number of UCN
Lock: View parameter responses per second issued from this node to node n.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
NOTE
parameter responses to all other nodes.
NPRSPMAX(0-64) (NIM, APM Box)

Type: Real Maximum number of UCN Parameter Responses—Maximum number of
Lock: View UCN parameter responses per second issued from this node to node n.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
NOTE
of parameter responses to all other nodes.
NPVSLOT (APM Box)

Type: Integer Number of Regulatory PV Slots—Refer to the APM Control Functions and
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 80

NSCANITM
NSCANITM (APM Box)

Type: Integer Number of Scan Items in APM Scan Table.
Lock: View
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 - 50
NSI0 (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: Logical Inverted Interlocks Value—The negative value of the corresponding interlock.
Lock: Engr
Default: On
PtRes: APM
Range: On (Safety interlock inactive)
Off (Safety interlock active)
Helpful Hint: This parameter can be changed by the engineer only if the point is inactive, or if
the APM is idle.
NSTRING (APM Box)

Type: Integer Number of Strings in APM Box Data Point
Lock: PtBld
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 16,384
NSTRING (Array)
Type: Integer Number of Strings in Array Point String Array—Defines the number of
Lock: PtBld strings (length specified by the STRLEN parameter) mapped to the Array point
Default: 0 from either the APM box (EXTDATA ≠ IO_STR), or a serial interface IOP-
PtRes: APM connected device (EXTDATA=IO_STR).
Range: 0 to 8 (When EXTDATA=IO_STR)
0 to 240 (When EXTDATA ≠ IO_STR)
Helpful Hint: When EXTDATA ≠ IO_STR, the range for this parameter applies regardless
of the value of the STRLEN parameter (up to 240 strings, either 8, 16, 32, or
64 characters in length can be mapped to the Array point from the APM box).
When EXTDATA=IO_STR, only 64 characters of string data are available
(i.e., one 64-character string, two 32-character strings, four 16-character
strings, or eight 8-character strings).
NTIME (APM Box)

Type: Integer Number of Times in APM Box Data Point
Lock: PtBld
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 4,096

NTIME
NTIME (Array)
Type: Integer Number of Times in Array Point Time Array—Defines the number of Times
Lock: PtBld the Array point has mapped from the APM box.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 240
NTIMER (APM Box)

Type: Integer Number of Timer Points in the APM Box Data Point
Lock: View
Default: 64
PtRes: APM
Range: 64
NTRAAVG (NIM, APM Box)

Type: Real Average number of UCN Transactions —Average number of UCN
Lock: View transactions (requests and responses) per second between this node and all
Default: 0 other nodes.
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
NTRAMAX (NIM, APM Box)

Type: Real Maximum number of UCN Transactions —Maximum number of UCN
Lock: View transactions (requests and responses) per second between this node and all
Default: 0 other nodes.
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A

NTRQUAVG
NTRQUAVG(0-64) (NIM, APM Box)

Type: Real Average number of UCN Transaction Requests—Average number of UCN
Lock: View transaction requests per second issued from this node to node n.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
NOTE
The node address (n) is typically an odd number (1, 3, 5,...63). Using an even
number results in a Parameter_Invalid error. Using n = 0 returns average total
number of transaction requests to all other nodes.
NTRQUMAX(0-64) (NIM, APM Box)

Type: Real Maximum number of UCN Transaction Requests—Maximum number of
Lock: View UCN transaction requests per second issued from this node to node n.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
NOTE
of transaction requests to all other nodes.
NTRSPAVG(0-64) (NIM, APM Box)

Type: Real Average number of UCN Transaction Responses—Average number of
Lock: View UCN transaction responses per second issued from this node to node n.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
NOTE
transaction responses to all other nodes.

NTRSPMAX
NTRSPMAX(0-64) (NIM, APM Box)

Type: Real Maximum number of UCN Transaction Responses—Maximum number of
Lock: View UCN transaction responses per second issued from this node to node n.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
NOTE
of transaction responses to all other nodes.
NTWKNUM
Type: Integer Network Number—Defines on which UCN the NIM and APMs reside.
Lock: PtBld
Default: N/A`
PtRes: NIM
Range: 1 to 20
NXTPINAM (N)
Type: String_8 Next PI File to be loaded—Defines the personality image file that will be
Lock: Eng loaded on the next personality load request for this IOP.
Default: N/A
PtRes: IOP
Range: N/A
NXTSOAKV (RampSoak)
Type: Real Next Soak Value
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: > 0.0

OFFNRMFL
-O-
OFFNRMFL (DevCtl, DigIn, DigComp)
Type: Logical Off-Normal Alarm Flag—Indicates whether an off-normal alarm has been
Lock: View detected at this data point.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (No alarm)
On (Current PV state is not the same as the configured PVNORMAL state.)
OFFNRMPR (DevCtl, DigComp, DigIn, FL)

Type: E:ALPRIOR Offnormal Alarm Priority—Indicates priority of the off normal or change of
Lock: Engr state alarm.
Default: Low
PtRes: NIM
Range Emergncy (Alarm is historized, annunciated, and reported to all alarm summary displays)
Display)
OFFPULSE (DigOut)
Type: Real Off Pulse Command—Command that sets output SO to Off for the specified
Lock: Oper number of seconds. At the end of the pulse time, SO is set to On. If 0.0 is
Default: N/A entered for OFFPULSE, SO is immediately set to On.
PtRes: APM
Helpful Hint: OFFPULSE can be written to by only those entities that possess the
APMM Cont_Ctl (continuous control) access level. These are Digital
Composite points, Logic points, and Regulatory Control Position
Proportional points.
APM Parameter Reference Dictionary O-1 2/99

OLDAV
OLDAV (DigIn)
Type: Integer Old Accumulated Value—The value of parameter AV (accumulated value) just
Lock: View before the accumulator was reset. This parameter makes the previous
Default: N/A accumulated value available for those functions that need it.
PtRes: APM
Range: ≥0
OLDAV
(Totalizr)
Type: Real Old Accumulated Value—The value of parameter PVCALC (calculated PV) just
Lock: View before it is reset. This parameter makes the previous total available to those
Default: N/A functions that need it.
PtRes: APM
Range: ≥ 0.0
ONPULSE (DigOut)
Type: Real On Pulse Command—Command that sets output SO to On for the specified
Lock: Oper number of seconds. At the end of the pulse time, SO is set to Off. If 0.0 is
Default: N/A entered for ONPULSE, SO is immediately set to Off.
PtRes: APM
Helpful Hint: ONPULSE can be written to by only those entities that possess the APMM
Cont_Ctl (continuous control) access level. These are Digital Composite
points, Logic points, and Regulatory Control Position Proportional points.
OP (AnalgOut)
Type: Real Output in Percent—Defines the output value from this point in percent.
Lock: Oper
Default: -6.9% of full
scale
PtRes: APM
Range: -6.9 to 106.9%
Helpful Hint: To manually change the output value requires MODE = Man and
REDTAG = Off.

OP
OP (DevCtl, DigComp)
Type: E:SD- ENM:STATETXT Digital State Output—Indicates the last commanded output
Lock: Oper state. See also OPFINAL. For Status Outputs, use SO.
Default: STATETXT(0)
PtRes: APM
Range: STATETXT(0) Descriptor
STATETXT(1) Descriptor
STATETXT(2) Descriptor (internally set to $NULL for two-state devices)
STATETXT(3) None (Not configurable)
Helpful Hint: OP indicates text for the last commanded output state (i.e., On, Run, etc.).
Output state change requires MODE = Man, SHUTDOWN = Off, and
REDTAG = Off.
OP (DigOut)
Type: Real Pulsed Digital Output—OP is the percent on-time for the pulsed output. It can
Lock: Prog be written to by only the controlling slot in the APMM, such as from the
Default: 0.0% PosProp RegCtl algorithm. Output change requires DOTYPE = Pwm. OP
PtRes: APM (DigOut) has the same access-level requirement as OFFPULSE and ONPULSE;
Range: 0.0 to 100.0% the writing entity must have an APMM access level of Cont_Ctrl (continuous
control). For Status Outputs, use SO.
For direct action, pulse-on time is calculated as follows:
Pulse On-Time = OP% * PERIOD

100
For reverse action:
Pulse On-Time = 100% - OP% * PERIOD

100
Refer to PERIOD parameter for length of period.
OP (RegCtl)
Type: Real Regulatory Control Output—OP is derived from CV, the variable
Lock: Oper calculated by the control algorithm. OP is checked for minimum
Default: -6.9% of full scale output change, output rate-of-change, and output high and low limits.
PtRes: APM If any of the limits is exceeded, OP is adjusted or clamped as applicable.
Range: -6.9 to 106.9% OP remains in percent of full scale if it is going to a final control
element through an IOP Card. If OP is going to a secondary data point,
its value is converted to the engineering units of the receiving data
point’s setpoint (SP).
Helpful Hint: OP change requires MODE = Man, SHUTDOWN = Off, and REDTAG = Off.
If the OP is manually set above or below the OP limits and the mode is then
changed to automatic or cascade, a process bump may occur.

OPALDB
OPALDB (RegCtl)
Type: Real Output Alarm Dead Band—The deadband for the Regulatory Control OP
Lock: EngPB alarm. It is used to prevent excessive recurrence of alarms by adjusting
Default: 5 Output Units the range of the output at which the alarm "returns to normal."
PtRes: APM Available on Release 510 and later software.
Range: 0 to 25 Output Units
Helpful Hint: The value of OPALDB must be less than or equal to (OPHITP - OPLOTP)/2.
OPCHAR
Type: Logical Output Characterization Option—Defines whether the output
Lock: PtBld characterization option is to be used for this data point. If this option is
Default: Off to be implemented, the user must supply the values for the input
PtRes: APM coordinates (OPIN 1–4) and output coordinates (OPOUT 1–4). Refer to
the APM Control Functions and Algorithms manual for a detailed
description of output characterization.
Range: On (Output characterization is to be used)
Off (Output characterization is not to be used)
OPCMD (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: Logical Output Command
Lock: Prog
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (Commands the output state to State0)
On (Commands the output state to State1)
Helpful Hint: If state change did not occur, OPCMD has to be set to the current state,
and then to the desired state.
OPCMD
Type: E:$OPCMD Output Command—Indicates the current output command.
Lock: View
Default: NA
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Idle (Output is not being affected by Output Command)
1-Lower (Output is being lowered)
2-Raise (Output is being raised)

OPEU
OPEU
Type: Real Output Value in Engineering Units
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
OPFINAL (AO)
Type: Real Final Percent Output Sent to Control Element—Output value after
Lock: View direct or reverse control action and output characterization have all been
Default: -6.9% of full applied. If output has been configured for direct action (OPTDIR),
scale 0.0% represents 4 mA to the control element and 100% represents 20
PtRes: APM mA. If configured for reverse action, 0.0% represents 20 mA, and
Range: N/A 100% represents 4 mA.
OPFINAL (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: E:SD_ENM:STATETXT
Lock: Oper
Default: Statetxt(0)
PtRes: APM
Range: Statetxt(0) (Self-defining Final Output Sent to Control Element—The output value that was last stored.
enumeration) This value can differ from the OP parameter if a sealin has occurred, state change
Statetxt(1) (Self-defining is active, or the Array/SI read-back check evaluates OPFINAL to be NONE. If
enumeration) LOCALMAN = ON, then OP and OPFINAL follow the PV.
Statetxt(2) (Self-defining
enumeration)—internally set to
$NULL for two-state devices.
Statetxt(3) NONE (not configurable)
OPHAFL(RegCtl)
Type: Logical Output High Alarm Flag—Indicates when a Regulatory Control Output High
Lock: View alarm has been detected at this data point. This flag is set when the output value
Default: Off (OP) exceeds OPHITP and is reset when OP is below OPHITP minus the
PtRes: APM deadband. Available on Release 510 and later software.
Range: Off (OP High Alarm is off)

On (OP High Alarm is on)
Helpful Hint: Refer to the diagram with OPLAFL.

OPHIFL
OPHIFL (RegCtl)
Type: Logical Output High Limit Flag—Indicates whether the OP value has reached its upper
Lock: Prog limit specified by OPHILM. If this parameter is set by a program, it will
Default: Off inhibit “raise” commands.
PtRes: APM
Range: Off
On (OP value has reached its upper limit)
OPHILM
Type: Real Output High Limit in Percent
Lock: Supr
Default: 105.0%
PtRes: APM
Range: OPLOLM to 106.9%,
NaN
Helpful Hint: Entering NaN disables limit checking by forcing OPHILM to its extreme value
(106.9%).
OPHIPR (RegCtl)
Type: E:Alprior Output High Alarm Priority—Specifies the priority of the Regulatory Control
Lock: EngPB Output High alarm. Available on Release 510 and later software.
Default: Low
PtRes: NIM
Display)

OPHISRC
OPHISRC
Type: Universal Output High Flag Input Source—Defines the input connection that fetches the
Ent.Prm OPHIFL parameter to determine windup state.
Lock: PtBld
Default: Null
PtRes: APM

f."!Box.FL(nnnn)" for a box flag that resides in the same box where nnnn = 1–16, 384
nnnn = 1–4095 (Data access limit)
OPHITP (RegCtl)
Type: Real Output High Alarm Trip Point—The Regulatory Control Output High alarm is
Lock: Supr set when the output value (OP) exceeds the high alarm limit specified by
Default: NaN OPHITP. The alarm is removed when OP returns to normal. A suitable dead
PtRes: APM band is provided by OPALDB. See also OPHIPR and the drawing with
OPLAFL. Available on Release 510 and later software.
Range: OPLOTP to OPHILM, NaN
Helpful Hint: The Regulatory Control Output High alarm is only available for points
configured as full. The alarm is disabled if OPHITP is not configured.

OPINO
OPIN0
Type: Real Input Coordinate Number 0 in Percent—Defines the OPIN0 coordinate when
Lock: View output characterization has been selected (OPCHAR is On). This coordinate is
Default: -6.9% fixed at -6.9%.
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
OPIN1–4
Type: Real Input Coordinate Number 1, 2, 3, or 4 in Percent—Define the OPIN1–OPIN4
Lock: Supr coordinates when output characterization has been selected (OPCHAR is On).
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: • previous coordinate
• next coordinate
OPIN5
Type: Real Input Coordinate Number 5 in Percent—Defines the OPIN5 coordinate when
Lock: View output characterization has been selected (OPCHAR is On). This coordinate is
Default: 106.9% fixed at 106.9%.
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
OPLAFL (RegCtl)
Type: Logical Output Low Alarm Flag—Indicates if a Regulatory Control Output Low alarm
Lock: View has been detected at this data point. This flag is set when the output value (OP)
Default: Off is less than OPLOTP and is reset when OP is above OPLOTP plus the
PtRes: HPM deadband. Available on Release 510 and later software.
Range: Off (OP Low alarm is off).

On (OP Low alarm is on).
The drawing below illustrates the relationship of the output high/low alarm flags,
the low alarm trip point OPLOTP, and the deadband OPALDB.
OP
OPHITP
OPHAFL is turned off
if OP is below this point
OPALDB
OPLAFL is turned off

if OP is above this point
OPHITP - OPALDB
OPLOTP + OPALDB OPALDB

OPLOTP
0

OPLOFL
OPLOFL
Type: Logical Output Low Limit Flag—Indicates whether the output value OP has reached
Lock: Prog the low limit. This parameter must be set by a program or logic point. It will
Default: Off inhibit "raise" commands.
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (OP is above the low limit)
On (OP has reached the low limit)
OPLOLM
Type: Real Output Low Limit in Percent
Lock: Supr
Default: -5.0%
PtRes: APM
Range: -6.9% to OPHILM,
NaN
Helpful Hint: Entering NaN disables limit checking by forcing OPLOLM to its extreme
value (-6.9%).
OPLOPR (RegCtl)
Type: E:Alprior Output Low Alarm Priority—Specifies the priority of the Regulatory Control
Lock: EngPB Output Low alarm. Available on Release 510 and later software.
Default: Low
PtRes: NIM
Display)

OPLOSRC
OPLOSRC
Type: Universal Output Low Flag Input Source—Indicates which input connection fetches the
Ent.Prm OPLOFL parameter to determine the windup state.
Lock: APM
Default: PtBld
PtRes: Null

f."!Box.FL(nnnn)" for a box flag that resides in the same box where nnnn = 1–4095
nnnn = 1–4095 (Data access limit)
OPLOTP
(RegCtl)
Type: Real Output Low Alarm Trip Point—The Regulatory Control Output Low alarm is
Lock: Supr set when the output value (OP) drops below the low alarm limit specified by
Default: NaN OPLOTP. The alarm is removed when OP returns to normal. A suitable dead
PtRes: APM band is provided by OPALDB. See also OPLOPR. Available on Release 510
and later software.
Range: OPLOLM to OPHITP, NaN
Helpful Hint: The Regulatory Control Output Low alarm is only available for points
configured as full. The alarm is disabled if OPLOTP is not configured.

OPMCHLM
OPMCHLM
Type: Real Output Minimum Change in Percent
Lock: Supr
Default: 0.0
PtRes: APM
Range: > 0.0,
NaN
Helpful Hint: OP changes only if new output % - old output % is greater than the percentage
in parameter OPMCHLM. Entering NaN disables limit checking by forcing
OPMCHLM to its extreme value (0.0).
OPOUT0
Type: Real Output Coordinate Number 0 in Percent—Defines the OPOUT0 coordinate when
Lock: View output characterization has been selected. (OPCHAR = On) This coordinate is
Default: -6.9% fixed at a value of -6.9%.
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
OPOUT1–4
Type: Real Output Coordinates Number 1, 2, 3, or 4 in Percent—Define the OPOUT1–
Lock: Supr OPOUT4 coordinates when output characterization has been selected (OPCHAR
Default: N/A is On).
PtRes: APM
Range: • previous coordinate
• next coordinate
OPOUT5
Type: Real Output Coordinate Number 5 in Percent—Defines the OPOUT5 coordinate when
Lock: View output characterization has been selected. (OPCHAR = On) This coordinate is
Default: 106.9% fixed at a value of 106.9%.
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
OPRATRFL
Type: Logical Operator Mode Attribute Flag—Indicates whether the current mode attribute is
Lock: View Operator.
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (Current mode attribute is Program or None)
On (Current mode attribute is Operator)

OPRINPUT
OPRINPUT (ProcMod)
Type: Real Operator Input—Defines the value entered by the operator in response to the last
Lock: Oper sequence message.
Default: 0.0
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
OPROCLM
Type: Real Output Rate of Change Limit in Percent Per Minute
Lock: Supr
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: > 0.1
NaN
Helpful Hint: Entering NaN disables limit checking.
OPTDIR (AnalgOut)
Type: E:POLARITY Analog Output Direct/Reverse Action—Defines the output action of the
Lock: Eng/PB OPFINAL value of the data point.
Default: Direct
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Direct (For final OP: 0% = 4 mA; 100% = 20 mA)
1-Reverse (For final OP: 0% = 20 mA; 100% = 4 mA)
OPTDIR (DigOut)
Type: E:POLARITY Output Direction—Defines the direct/reverse action of the PWM digital
Lock: Eng/PB output.
Default: Direct
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Direct (OP is the % On time)
1-Reverse (OP is the % Off time)
OROFFSET (ORSel)
Type: Logical Override Offset—When OROFFSET is On, override initialization of Pid-type
Lock: Eng/PB algorithm points connected to this ORSel algorithm applies an override offset
Default: On equal to Gain times Error (PV - SP).
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (No override offset is applied)
On (Offset of Gain times Error is applied)

OROPT
OROPT (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: Logical Override Option—Allows the operator to bypass permissive and override
Lock: Eng/PB interlocks by setting BYPASS On.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: On (Override option enabled)
Off (Override option disabled)
OROPT (ORSel)
Type: Logical Override Option—Defines whether the operator can put the point in a bypass
Lock: Eng/PB state where any of the X1-X4 inputs can be bypassed. Also, when on, the
Default: Off feedback value is propagated to nonselected primaries of the override selector
PtRes: APM algorithm. Refer to the APM Control Functions and Algorithms manual for a
detailed description.
Range: Off (No override)
On (Inputs can be overridden)
OUT0–12 (GenLin)
Type: Real Output Coordinates 0 -12—Define the output value at the respective coordinates.
Lock: Supr
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: Any value but NaN
OVERFLOW
Type: Logical Accumulation Overflow Flag—Indicates whether the accumulated value has
Lock: View overflowed.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (No overflow)
On (Overflow)
OVERLAP (Array)
Type: Integer Overlapping Array Slot Number—Indicates the Array slot number containing the
Lock: View data being referenced by the slot currently being built.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 through the number of Array slots (NARRSLOT)

OVERPHAS
OVERPHAS (ProcMod)
Type: E:JUMPDIR Override Current Phase—Allows the operator to override the current phase of
Lock: ONPROC and the sequence by skipping forward to the next phase, or backward to the previous
CNTLLOCK phase. A phase can be overridden in this manner only when the sequence
parameters execution state is PAUSE, FAIL, or ERROR.
Default: Blank
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Forward (Skip to next phase)
1-Backward (Go back to previous phase)
OVERSTAT (ProcMod)
Type: E:JUMPDIR Override Current Statement—Allows the operator to override the current
Lock: ONPROC and statement of the sequence by skipping forward to the next statement, or backward
CNTLLOCK to the previous statement. A statement can be overridden in this manner only
parameters when the sequence execution state is PAUSE, FAIL, or ERROR.
Default: Blank
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Forward (Skip to next statement)
1-Backward (Go back to previous statement)
OVERSTEP (ProcMod)
Type: E:JUMPDIR Override Current Step—Allows the operator to override the current step of the
Lock: ONPROC sequence by skipping forward to the next step, or backward to the previous step.
Default: Blank A step can be overridden in this manner only when the sequence execution state
PtRes: APM is PAUSE, FAIL, or ERROR.
Range: 0-Forward (Skip to next step)
1-Backward (Go back to previous step)

OVERVAL
OVERVAL
Type: Integer Overview Value in Percent—Defines the amount of deviation (PV - SP, in
Lock: Eng/PB percent) that causes the PV to reach the overview limit. For digital points, the
Default: 25 display shows the current state of the point.
PtRes: NIM As shown in Figure O-1, The baseline shows the normal operating value for this
PV.
Range: 0 to 100 (Entering a 0 suppresses the value; value is not shown on the display)
OVERVIEW LIMIT
DEVIATION TO REACH
OVERVIEW LIMIT
BASELINE
(Normal Value)
Figure O-1 — Overview Limit1302
OVRCTIM (DevCtl)
Type: Time Time Over High Trip Limit—The amount of time the SECVAR parameter is
Lock: View continuously greater than the SECVAR high trip limit.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: Duration (0 to 9999 days, with a resolution to 1 second)
OVRDALOP (DevCtl,DigComp)
Type: E:$OVRALOP Override Alarm Option—The override alarm option for I0, I1, and I2
Lock: Eng/PB parameters.
Default: None
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-None (No override alarming)
1-Auto_Rtn (Return to normal when override is cleared)
2-Cnfm_Rqd (Confirm to clear, after interlock is cleared)

OVRDALPR
OVRDALPR (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: E:ALPRIOR Override Alarm Priority—Defines the priority of an override alarm.
Lock: Engr
Default: Low
PtRes: APM
Display)
OVRDCONF (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: Logical Override Confirmation Flag—Indicates one of the four override alarms
Lock: Oper SI0CONF or I0CONF-I2CONF has not yet been confirmed. This flag is also
Default: Off used to confirm the alarm.
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (An alarm is not waiting for confirmation)
On (An alarm is waiting for confirmation)
OVRDDESC (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: String_8 Override Alarm Descriptor—Input connections and logic gating are examined in
Lock: View order to determine which input was the source of change for the interlock. For
Default: Blank the Device Control point, descriptor text for this parameter is taken from
PtRes: APM LIDESC (1-12). Descriptive text for the Digital Composite point is taken from
SI0 DESC or I0-I2 DESC parameters.
Range: SI0 Desc (Current interlock or input descriptor)

I0 - I2 Desc (Current interlock or input descriptor)
L1 - L12 Desc (Current interlock or input descriptor, Device Control only)
OVRDI0FL, OVRDI1FL, OVRDI2FL, OVRDSIFL

(DevCtl, DigComp)
Type: Logical Override and Safety Override Alarm Flag—Indicates that an override is active,
Lock: View or that a confirmable override was cleared, but not yet confirmed.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (Override flag is not active)
On (Override flag is active)

P
-P-
P (FlowComp)
Type: Real Pressure Input—Indicates the measured actual gage pressure.
Lock: View
Default: 1.0
PtRes: APM
Range: ≥ 0.0
P0
(FlowComp)
Type: Real Zero Reference for Pressure—P0 is the zero reference pressure input and is in the
Lock: Supr same engineering units as the P input. P0 is typically 14.696 if P is in psig or
Default: 0.0 101.325 if P is in kiloPascals. Enter the absolute value of the number.
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
P0–P2 (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: Logical Permissive Interlocks for Output States 0, 1, & 2—Permissive interlocks are
Lock: Engr controlled by logic slot outputs, and each interlock determines whether the
Default: On operator and user program are allowed to use the respective state, or are locked
PtRes: APM out from that state. A permissive interlock (P0-P2) is provided for each state
(STATE0-STATE2). The permissive interlocks themselves never cause the
outputs to change. P0-P2 can be changed by a logic block or a program when
the point is active and the mode attribute is Program. Refer to the APM
Control Functions and Algorithms manual for a detailed description.
Range: Off (Respective state is locked out)

On (Respective state is permitted to be used)
Helpful Hint: P0–P2 configuration requires PTEXECST = InActive or PNTSTATE = Idle.
P1–P6 (RegPV)
Type: Real PV Inputs 1-6—Indicates the current values at the inputs to the RegPV
Lock: View algorithm. For Totalizers, P2 is the floating point input of AV.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A,
NaN
P1STS–P6STS
Type: E:PVVALST P1–P6 Status—Indicate the status of the up to six inputs at the RegPV
Lock: View algorithm.
Default: Bad
PtRes: APM
PAUSETIM
APM Parameter Reference Dictionary P-1 2/99

PAUSETIM (DevCtl, DigComp)
Type: Integer State 0 Pause Time—The amount of time to pause in State 0 on an OP state
Lock: Supr change, if the STCHGOPT parameter equals STATE0.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
PERIOD (ProcMod, Timer)

Type: Real Period—Defines the processing period in seconds.
Lock: View
Default: 1 seconds
PtRes: APM
Range: 1 seconds
PERIOD (DevCtl, DigComp, Logic, RegCtl, RegPV)

Type: Real Period—Defines the processing period in seconds.
Lock: View
Default: 1 second
PtRes: APM
Range: 0.25, 0.5, or 1.0 seconds
PERIOD (DigOut)
Type: Real Period—Defines length of period for an SO output from DigOut point that has
Lock: Eng/PB been configured for a PWM output.
Default: 10.0 seconds
PtRes: APM
PGALGID(1)–(4) (DevCtl)
Type: E:$GTALGID Primary Gate Algorithm ID—Defines the algorithm IDs for primary gates.
in an Array (1..4) The Boolean logic gates beginning with “P” have a user-defined pulse size.
Lock: PtBld
Default: Null
PtRes: APM
Range: NULL (No algorithm)
AND (And Gate algorithm)
OR (Or Gate algorithm)
NAND (Nand Gate algorithm)
NOR (Nor Gate algorithm)
XOR (Exclusive Or Gate algorithm)
PAND (Pulse Nand Gate algorithm)
POR (Pulse Or Gate algorithm)
PNAND (Pulse Nand Gate algorithm)
PNOR (Pulse Nor Gate algorithm)
PXOR (Pulse Exclusive-Or Gate algorithm)

PGDSTN(1)–(4)
PGDSTN(1)–(4) (DevCtl)
Type: E:$GATDSTN Primary Gate Destination—Defines the output destination of the primary gate.
in an Array (1..4)
Lock: PtBld
Default: None
PtRes: APM
Range: None (No destination)
SI0 (Output goes to Safety Interlock)
I0, I1, I2 (Output goes to Interlock)
P0, P1, P2 (Output goes to Permissives)
SOCMD0, SOCMD1, SOCMD2 (Output is commanded to go to SOCMD0, 1 or 2)
OPCMD (Output is commanded to go to OPCMD parameter)
SG1, SG2 (Output goes to Secondary gates 1 or 2)
PGPLSWTH(1)–(4) (DevCtl)
Type: Integer Primary Gate Pulse Width—Indicates the pulse width for primary gates whose
in an Array (1..4) algorithm starts with a “P”.
Lock: Supr
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
PGSO(1)–(4) (DevCtl)
Type: Logical Primary Gate Status Output—Indicates the output value of the primary
in an Array (1..4) gate.
Lock: View
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off
On
PHASE (ProcMod)
Type: String_8 Phase Name—Indicates the current phase of the sequence executing in the
Lock: View process module.
Default: Spaces
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
PHASEAL (ProcMod)
Type: Logical Phase Alarm—Indicates whether the current phase of the sequence has been
Lock: View completed within the specified time.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: On (Phase has not been completed in the specified time)
Off (No phase alarm)

PHASETIM
PHASETIM (ProcMod)
Type: Integer Phase Time —Indicates the time remaining in minutes in the current phase
Lock: View before a phase alarm is generated. The maximum time allowed for the phase is
Default: 0 seconds defined by the phase statement.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 9999 minutes
PHREMTIM (ProcMod)
Type: Time Phase Time Remaining—Indicates the time remaining in time duration before a
Lock: View phase alarm is generated. This value is displayed in the APM Detail display.
Default: 0 seconds
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
PIALGID (1)–(12) (DevCtl)

Type: E:$I1ALGID Primary Input Gate Algorithm ID—The XX algorithms compare this input to
in an Array (1..12) the PINN (1)-(12) parameter, and the IN_SET algorithm compares it to the range
Lock: PtBld of 10 values in the NNINSET (1)-(10) parameter. The XX2 algorithms compare
Default: Null this input defined by the PISRC(1)-(12) parameter.
PtRes: APM
INVERT (Invert Logical algorithm)
GT (Greater Than algorithm)
GE (Greater Than or Equal To algorithm)
LT (Less Than algorithm)
LE (Less Than or Equal To algorithm)
EQ (Equal To algorithm)
NE (Not Equal To algorithm)
GT2 (Greater Than algorithm)
GE2 (Greater Than or Equal To algorithm)
LT2 (Less Than algorithm)
LE2 (Less Than or Equal To algorithm)
EQ2 (Equal To algorithm)
NE2 (Not Equal To algorithm)
IN_SET (Compares the input to values in the INSET array)
PIDEADBD(1)–(12) (DevCtl)
Type: Real Primary Input Gate Deadband—The deadband for primary input gates that is
in an Array (1..12) configured for an arithmetic algorithm.
Lock: Supr
Default: 1.0
PtRes: APM
Range: >0

PIDFORM
PIDFORM
Type: E:PIDFORM PID Controller Form—Defines the type of Pid controller form. Refer to the
Lock: Eng/PB APM Control Functions and Algorithms manual for a detailed description.
Default: Interact
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Interact [(Proportional + Integral) x Derivative]
1-Ideal (Proportional + Integral + Derivative)
PIDSTN(1)-(6)
Type: Ent.Prm PV Input Connection Destination—Defines the parameter in the data point that
Lock: View is to receive the value provided by the respective input connection. There can be
Default: Based on up to six input-connection destinations for a RegPV point.
PVALGID,
PVEQN, & N
PtRes: APM
Range: 1–8 character valid parameter name
PINN (1)–(12) (DevCtl)

Type: Real Primary Input Constants Numeric—The numeric constant for arithmetic
Lock: Supr comparisons of primary input gates using XX algorithms.
Default: 0.0
PtRes: APM
Range: <> NaN
PISO (1)–(12) (DevCtl)

Type: Logical Primary Input Gate Output Value—Indicates the output value of the primary input
in an Array (1..12) gate.
Lock: View
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off
On
PISRC(1)–(12) (DevCtl)
Type: E:$GATESRC Primary Input Source—The source for the second input of primary input gates for
in an Array (1..12) arithmetic comparison algorithms that use a second external input (i.e., XX2
Lock: PtBld algorithms).
Default: Null
PtRes: APM
Range: NULL (No source for input)
L1..L12 (These values correspond with the LISRC(1)—(12) parameter)

PISRC(1)-(6)
PISRC(1)–PISRC(6)
Type: Ent.Prm PV Input Connection Source—Define the parameters whose current values are to
Lock: PtBld be fetched and then written to the up to six RegPV algorithm inputs. The
Default: null.null source parameter name can be specified using the "Tagname.Parameter" format.
PtRes: APM Refer to the APM Control Functions and Algorithms manual for a detailed
description.
Range: Use Tagname.Parameter for tagged points where Tag name can be up to 16 characters and the
PIUOTDCF (STI, LLMUX, RHMUX)

Type: Logical Open Thermocouple Detection Enable—Defines whether the point is to detect an
Lock: Eng/View open thermocouple condition. This parameter is configurable for each STI point
Default: On that is connected to a smart temperature transmitter and for each LLMUX point.
PtRes: APM NOTE: There is no special point type for RHMUX. The LLMUX point type
also applies to the RHMUX IOP.
This parameter is a view-only parameter when the point execution state

PTEXECST is Active.
Range: On (Detect an open thermocouple condition)

Off (Do not detect an open thermocouple)
PIUOTDCF(1)–(168) (LLAI)
Type: Logical LLAI Open Sensor Detection Enable—Defines whether an
Lock: Supr open-sensor condition is to be detected for all eight LLAI points.
Default: On
PtRes: APM
Range: On (Detect open-sensor conditions)
Off (Do not detect open-sensor conditions)

PKGOPT
PKGOPT (APM Box)

Type: E:$PKGOPT APMM Hardware Packaging Option. The tables below show the default
Lock: PtBld hardware location for each choice.
Default: REDUN
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-NONREDUN (APMM is not redundant; can have up to 40 I/O Modules)
1-REDUN (Redundant APMMs in the same file; can have up to 40 I/O Modules)
2-REDUN_2F (Redundant APMMs in two separate files; can have up to 40 I/O Modules)
3-REDUN_IO(Redundant APMMs/two separate files/can have full redundant IOPs)
4-NODEFALT (Sets file/card positions of IOPs to 0). On download to the APM,
changes to NONREDUN, REDUN, or REDUN_2F based on actual hardware.
Helpful Hints: Parameter NODENUM must be equal to an odd number no matter

which option is selected for PKGOPT.
During Node Specific configuration, if you choose Nonredund or Redun_IO, you must type in
file and card numbers for the I/O cards. Refer to the tables below or the APM Node Specific
Configuration Form if necessary.
NONREDUN REDUN
Hardware File Card Slot Hardware File Card Slot
APMM 1 1-5 APMM’s 1 1 – 10
IOM-A 1 – 10 1 6 - 15 IOM-A 1 - 5 1 11 – 15
IOM-A 11 – 25 2 1 - 15 IOM-A 6 - 20 2 1 – 15
IOM-A 26 – 40 3 1 - 15 IOM-A 21 - 35 3 1 – 15
IOM-A 36 - 40 4 1–5
REDUN_2F REDUN_I/O
Hardware File Card Slot Hardware File Card Slot
Primary APMM 1 1-5 Primary APMM 1 1-5
Secondary APMM 2 1-5 Secondary APMM 2 1-5
IOM-A 1 – 10 1 6 - 15 IOM-A 1 - 10 1 6 - 15
IOM-A 11 – 20 2 6 - 15 IOM-A 11 - 25 3 1 - 15
IOM-A 21 – 35 3 1 - 15 IOM-A 26 - 40 5 1 - 15
IOM-A 36 – 40 4 1-5 IOM -B 1 - 10 2 6 - 15
IOM -B 11 - 25 4 1 - 15
IOM -B 26 - 40 6 1 - 15

PMEVOVFL
PMEVOVFL
Type: Logical APMM Event Overflow Flag
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (No overflow)
On (Overflow has occurred)
PMMCHAER (APM Box)

Type: Integer APMM I/O Link Channel A Error Count
Lock: View
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: >0
PMMCHASL (APM Box)

Type: Integer APMM I/O Link Channel A Silence Count
Lock: View
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: >0
PMMCHBER (APM Box)

Type: Integer APMM I/O Link Channel B Error Count
Lock: View
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: >0
PMMCHBSL (APM Box)

Type: Integer APMM I/O Link Channel B Silence Count
Lock: View
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: >0

PMMCMD
PMMCMD (APM Box)

Type: E:$PMMCMD APMM Command
Lock: OnProc
Default: None
PtRes: APM
NOTE
When points are built to a NIM and the NIM is restarted with no database, the points need
to be reloaded from checkpoint or the points must be reconfigured. If the database is to
be reconfigured, the APMM must be in Idle, and the point execution state must be Inactive.
This allows the point build operation to override the database that already exists there.
Range: 0-None (No command request has been issued)

1-Run (To "Run" state for processing points)
2-Idle (To "Idle" state for reloading the database)
3-RsIoLCom (Reset I/O Link communication error count = 0)
4-ShutDown (To "Alive" state for reloading personality)
5-RsUcnLsb (Reset the Local Statistics Block to zeroes)
6-SelChnA (Select Input/Output Link Channel A)
7-SelChnB (Select Input/Output Link Channel B)
8-Warmstrt (Warm Start)
9-Coldstrt (Cold Start)
10-SwapPri (Switchover to the redundant APMM)
PMMCOMER (APM Box)

Type: E:$IOMCOMM APMM I/O Link Communication Error Status
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-None (No communication errors)
1-InvAlert (Invalid Alert—message bit problem)
2-InvDest (Invalid Destination)
3-InvChCnt (Invalid Character Count)
4-InvSourc (Invalid Source)
5-InvCmd (Invalid Command)
6-Checksum (Data record Checksum Error)
7-No_Resp (No Response)
8-ChTimOut (Channel Time Out)
9-MsgOvRun (Message Overrun)
10-GapError (Message gap is too long)
11-LpBckErr (Loop Back Error)
12-NTH_0 (Next Token Holder equals zero)
13-TknRecov (Token Recovery in progress)
14-RplBufOv (Reply Buffer Overflow)

PMMCTLST
PMMCTLST (APM Box)
Type: Logical APMM Control Processor Status
Lock: View
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (Control processor has not failed)
On (Control processor has failed)
PMMIOLST (APM Box)

Type: E:$IOMSTS
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM
Range: Notconfg (IOP not configured)
Confgmis (Configuration mismatch detected)
OK (Module is running with no soft fail errors)
Idle (Module is idle with no soft fail errors)
Softfail (Module is running with soft fail error(s) present)
Idlesf (Module is idle with soft failure error(s) present)
Nonexist (Module does not exist at this address)
Noresp (No response from module)
Poweron (Module state is Power On)
Commerr (Communication error to IOP)
Unavail (Module is unavailable for communication)
PMMOPER (APM Box)

Type: E:$OPERATE Process Manager Module Operation—Indicates the type of APMM.
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-NonRedun (This APMM has no redundant APMM to back it up)
1-Primary (This APMM is the primary point processor)
2-Secondry (This APMM is the secondary APMM that backs up the primary APMM)
PMMRECCH (APM Box)

Type: E:$RECCHN APMM I/O Link Current Receive Channel
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-ChannelA (Channel A is channel currently receiving)
1-ChannelB (Channel B is channel currently receiving)
PMMRECHN
Type: E:$RECCHN APMM Active Receive Channel
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: ChannelA
ChannelB

PMMSFST
PMMSFST(1)–(96)
Type: Logical APMM Soft Failure
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM
Range: Off
On
PMMSTS (APM Box)

Type: E:$NODESTA APMM Primary Status
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-OffNet (NIM cannot communicate with the APMM)
1-ConfgMs (Configuration mismatch detected)
2-Idle (Event reports but no point processing)
3-IdleSF (Soft failure occurred in Idle state)
4-OK (APMM is operating normally)
5-SoftFail (Soft failure while APMM is running)
6-Fail (APMM can be accessed but CPU is halted; box hard failure has been detected )
10-Alive (No event reports or point processing)
11-AliveSF (Soft failure during Idle state)
12-Test (APMM is in the test mode)
13-TestSF (Soft failure has been detected while the APMM is in the test mode)
15-Loading (Personality or data base is loading)
16 S_Idle (Idle in IOSM)
17 S_Idle SF (IdleSF in IOSM)
18 S_OK (OK in IOSM)
19 S_SFFail (SoftFail in IOSM)
20 S_Pause (HPM is in the Simulation Pause state)
Helpful Hint: Loading the APMM’s operating personality software requires PMMSTS = Alive.
Loading the APMM’s database requires PMMSTS = Idle. Use parameter
PMMCMD’s "Shutdown" and "Idle" command requests, respectively.

PNTFORM
PNTFORM
Type: E:$PNTFORM Point Form—Defines the form of the data point that is implemented. Refer
Lock: View/PB to the APM Control Functions and Algorithms manual for a detailed
Default: Full description of this function.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Full (Point is fully displayed and alarmed)
1-Componnt (Point is partially displayed but not alarmed)
Helpful Hint: This parameter is not applicable to DigOut points. For unconfigured DigIn and
AnalogOut points (used for Hardware Reference Addressing; see xPM
Parameter Reference Dictionary), the default value is Component.
PNTMODTY
Type: E:$PMMDTY Point's Module Type—Defines where the data point resides. Control points
Lock: View such as DigComp, RegPV, RegCtl, Logic, Process Module, Array, Box
Default: N/A Flags, Box Numerics, and Box Timers reside in the APMM.
PTRes: NIM
Range: AO (Analog Output)
AO_16 (Analog Output 16 point)
DI (Digital Input)
DO (Digital Output)
DO_32 (Digital Output 32 point)
HLAI (High-Level Analog Input)
LLAI (Low-Level Analog Input)
STIM (Smart Transmitter Interface)
NotConfg (Not Configured)
PI (Pulse Input)
APMM (Advanced Process Manager Module)
LLMUX (Low-Level Analog Input Multiplexer) All references to LLMUX also apply to
RHMUX, except that RHMUX does not support SENSRTYP of RTD.
DISOE (Sequence of Events)
SI (Serial Interface)
PNTNODTY
Type: E:$UCNNDTY Point's Node Type—Defines the type of node on the UCN
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: NIM
Range: NIM (Network Interface Module)
APM (Advanced Process Manager)
NotConfg (Node not configured)
PNTSTATE
Type: E:PNTSTATE Point's Overall State—Defines the state of the data point, which is based on
Lock: View the state of the APMM and the IOP Card in which it resides.
Default: N/A
PtRes: NIM
Range: Failed (NIM cannot communicate with point’s APMM/IOP)
Idle (Point’s APMM or IOP is in the Idle State)
OK (Point’s APMM or IOP is the Run State and is OK)
Uncertn (Point’s APMM or IOP is uncertain)

PNTTYPE
PNTTYPE
Type: E:PNTTYPE Point Type—Defines the type of point in the APM.
Lock: PtBld
Default: Null
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Null (Not configured)
1-AnalgIn (Analog Input)
2-AnalgOut (Analog Output)
4-DigIn (Digital Input)
5-DigOut (Digital Output)
6-DigCom (Digital Composite)
8-RegPV (Regulatory PV)
9-RegCtl (Regulatory Control)
10-Logic (Logic)
11-Array (Array)
12-Flag (Flag)
13-Numeric (Numeric)
14-ProcModl (Process Module)
22-Timer (Timer)
28-DevCtl (Device Control)
Helpful Hint: PNTTYPE of DigOut has a restriction that PNTFORM cannot be = Full.
POSITION (APM Box)

Type: E:$POSITIN APMM File Position
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Right (APMM cards are in card file slots 6–10)
1-Left (APMM cards are in card file slots 1–5)
2-File_1 (APMM cards are in card file 1)
3-File_2 (APMM cards are in card file 2)
4-Pref
5-Non_Pref
6-None
7-Unknown (Not able to determine file position from hardware)
PR2PREFF (APM Box)

Type: Real Peer-to-Peer Communication Efficiency (in percent)—Indicates the rate of
Lock: View successful and on time UCN transactions from this node.
Default: 100
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 - 100
Helpful Hint: This statistic is displayed on the Control Configuration page of the APM
Diagnostic Display.

PRIMMOD
PRIMMOD
Type: Ent_Id Primary Module Identifier—Typically used in Batch Processing, this parameter
Lock: Engr contains the tag name of an APM point to which this data point is assigned.
Default: Null Other points that belong to the Batch Equipment Unit should have their
PtRes: NIM PRIMMOD set to this same point. Primmod is used to collect alarms and
events from this point along with others related to the specified Primary Module
point. Information is collected into a common file, accessible from the Event
History Menu.
Range: Tag name of the process module point can be up to 16 characters, and the permissible character
set is as follows:
Helpful Hint: For Box Flag points, this parameter applies to only slots 1 through 128.
LCN entities that can be stored to PRIMMOD in NIM points are restricted to local NIM points.
PRMDESC(1)–(12) (Logic)
Type: E:$PMMLGPM Parameter Descriptor Assignment—Defines up to 12 logic-slot parameters
Lock: Eng/PB to which custom generic descriptors entered through parameters
Default: N/A GENDESC(1-12) are to be assigned.
PtRes: NIM
Range: L1...L12 (Logic-slot inputs)
FL1...FL12 (Logic-slot flags)
NN1...NN8 (Logic-slot numerics)
SO1...SO24 (Logic-slot outputs)
PROCMOD (ProcMod)
Type: E:PROCMOD Process Module Operating State—Represents the operational condition of
Lock: Determined by a process module. Refer to the APM Control Functions and Algorithms
CNTLLOCK manual for a state diagram.
parameter
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Off (Off)
2-Norm (Normal)
4-Hold (Hold)
5-Shdn (Shutdown)
6-Emsd (Emergency Shutdown)
7-Strt (Start)
8-Stop (Stop)

PRPMMSTS
PRPMMSTS
Type: E:$NODESTA Previous APMM Status
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM
Range: Offnet (APMM is offnet with no communications possible)

Confgmis (APMM is in configuration mismatch)
Idle (APMM is idle)
Idlesf (APMM is idle with soft failure(s))
OK (APMM is running with no errors)
Softfail (APMM is running with soft failure(s))
Fail (APMM has failed)
Poweron (APMM is in Power On state-startup condition from power loss)
Alive (APMM has passed self diagnostics and is ready to accept personality)
Alivesf (APMM diagnostics have soft failure)
Loading (APMM is loading personality)
Notconfg (APMM is not configured on network)
Unavail (APMM is unavailable on network for communications)
Test (APMM is in Test mode)
Testsf (APMM is in Test mode with a soft failure(s))

PRVCOMFL
PRVCOMFL
Type: E:$PMMHFST Previous APMM Communications Board Failure
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM
Range: NULL (Unknown Error)
PWRDWN (Power is Off)
LR_PAR (Local Ram Parity Error)
LR_LRAM (Local Ram Error)
LR_CK (Local Ram Check)
LR_EXC (Local Ram Exception )
LR_HREV (Local Ram Hardware Revision)
MM_HREV (Memory Board Hardware Revision)
LR_TMR (Local Ram Timer Error)
LR_PTRN (Local Ram Pattern Check Error)
LR_BYTE (Local Ram Byte Error)
LR_ADCD (Local Ram Address Decode Test)
LR_ADDL (Local Ram Additional Checks)
LR_CLRR (Local Ram Scrub Incomplete)
SR_PAR (Shared Ram Parity)
SR_PTRN (Shared Ram Pattern)
SR_ADCD (Shared Ram Address Decode Test)
SR_ADDL (Shared Ram Additional Checks)
GR_PAR (Global Ram Parity)
GR_PTRN (Global Ram Pattern Check Error)
GR_BYTE (Global Ram Byte Error)
GR_ADCD (Global Ram Address Decode Test)
GR_ADDL (Global Ram Additional Checks)
GR_CLRR (Global Ram Scrub Incomplete)
31_NR (IOL Processor, No Response or Failure)
31_ALIV (IOL Processor, Transmitter Not Alive)
31_ILTN (IOL Processor, Illegal Transition)
NMI_UNK (Unknown NMI Request)
BADUCNN (UCN Address Parity or Duplicate Address)
NR (No Response From Other Processor)
MRFT (Memory Reference Table - Pattern Build Fail)
NOMTOS (No MTOS Readout)
LLC_COMM (LLC Communication Fatal Error)
UCNDRV (UCN Driver, Fatal Error)
RD_HREV (Redundancy Card Version/Revision Mismatch)
SW_ERROR (Software Error)
MD_HREV (Modem Card Version/Revision Mismatch)
DA_PTRN (Daughter Card Pattern Test)
DA_BYTE (Daughter Card Byte Write Test)
DA_ADCD (Daughter Card Address Decode)
DA_ADDL (Daughter Card Additional Tests)
DA_CLRR (Daughter Card Scrub Incomplete)
RD_SNPS (Redundancy Card 96 Kw Snapshot Error)
RD_BSLK (Redundancy Card Bus Lock Fail)

PRVCTLFL
PRVCTLFL
Type: E:$PMMHFST Previous APMM Control Failure
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM
Range: NULL (Unknown Error)

PWRDWN (Power is Off)
LR_PAR (Local Ram Parity Error)
LR_LRAM (Local Ram Error)
LR_CK (Local Ram Check)
LR_EXC (Local Ram Exception )
LR_HREV (Local Ram Hardware Revision)
MM_HREV (Memory Board Hardware Revision)
LR_TMR (Local Ram Timer Error)
LR_PTRN (Local Ram Pattern Check Error)
LR_BYTE (Local Ram Byte Error)
LR_ADCD (Local Ram Address Decode Test)
LR_ADDL (Local Ram Additional Checks)
LR_CLRR (Local Ram Scrub Incomplete)
SR_PAR (Shared Ram Parity)
SR_PTRN (Shared Ram Pattern)
SR_ADCD (Shared Ram Address Decode Test)
SR_ADDL (Shared Ram Additional Checks)
GR_PAR (Global Ram Parity)
GR_PTRN (Global Ram Pattern Check Error)
GR_BYTE (Global Ram Byte Error)
GR_ADCD (Global Ram Address Decode Test)
GR_ADDL (Global Ram Additional Checks)
GR_CLRR (Global Ram Scrub Incomplete)
31_NR (IOL Processor, No Response or Failure)
31_ALIV (IOL Processor, Transmitter Not Alive)
31_ILTN (IOL Processor, Illegal Transition)
NMI_UNK (Unknown NMI Request)
BADUCNN (UCN Address Parity or Duplicate Address)
NR (No Response From Other Processor)
MRFT (Memory Reference Table - Pattern Build Fail)
NOMTOS (No MTOS Readout)
LLC_COMM (LLC Communication Fatal Error)
UCNDRV (UCN Driver, Fatal Error)
RD_HREV (Redundancy Card Version/Revision Mismatch)
SW_ERROR (Software Error)
MD_HREV (Modem Card Version/Revision Mismatch)
DA_PTRN (Daughter Card Pattern Test)
DA_BYTE (Daughter Card Byte Write Test)
DA_ADCD (Daughter Card Address Decode)
DA_ADDL (Daughter Card Additional Tests)
DA_CLRR (Daughter Card Scrub Incomplete)
RD_SNPS (Redundancy Card 96 Kw Snapshot Error)
RD_BSLK (Redundancy Card Bus Lock Fail)

PRVIOLFL
PRVIOLFL
Type: E:$IOMHF Previous IOL Failure
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM
Range: UNKNOWN (Unknown Error)
POWERDWN (Power is Off)
INVPRGEX (Invalid Program Execution)
EPROMERR (EPROM Error)
RAMCNTER (Ram Contents Error)
RAMADRER (Ram Address Error)
DPAERROR (Physical Address Error)
DSAERROR (Soft Address Error)
RXBUFOFL (Receive Buffer Overflow)
IOLJABER (IOL Jabber Circuit - saw too much traffic)
BADPGJMP (Bad Program Jump)
ADCINCMP (A/D Incomplete)
ADOUTOVF (A/D Output Overflow)
ADOUTUDF (A/D Output Underflow)
ADCCALER (A/D Calibration Error)
BADDCLTC (Bad DC LTC)
DMT_TMOT (Dead Man Time Out)
MLTOUTFL (Multiple Output Failure)
DATBUSFL (Data Bus Failure)
BADDARNG (Bad D/A Range)
MSTRTMOT (Master Time Out 68 K)
CTRCKTFL (Counter Circuit Failure)
PSTS (FlowComp)
Type: E:PVVALST Pressure Input Value Status—Status of the P input value.
Lock: View
Default: Normal
PtRes: APM
PTDESC
Type: String_24 Point Descriptor—A 24-character descriptor which is used to describe the point
Lock: PtBld and appears on the Group and Detail Displays for the point. Refer to
Default: Blank Figure N-1.
PtRes: NIM
Range: Permissible character set consists of all characters on the Engineer’ s Keyboard. Basically this set
consists of alphabetics A-Z, numerics 0-9, and the following special characters: space ! % & ’
( ) * + - / : ; > < = ? _ , . $

PTEXECST
PTEXECST
Type: E:PTEXECST Point Execution State—Defines the current execution state of the point.
Lock: Supr
Default: Inactive
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Inactive (Point is not scanned or processed)
1-Active (Point is scanned and processed)
PTINAL (RegCtl, RegPV)

Type: Logical Point in Alarm Indicator—Indicates when an alarm condition has been detected at
Lock: View this point.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (Point is not in alarm)
On (Point is in alarm)
PTORST (RegCtl)
Type: E:ORSTATUS Point Override Status—Indicates the override status of the point.
Lock: Prog
Default: NotCon
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-NotCon (Not connected to ORSel algorithm. Also indicates that point has been returned from
inactive to active status, or it is undergoing a cold restart, or it is being initialized.)
1-Sel (Selected as a part of ORSel strategy)
2-NotSel (Not selected as a part of ORSel strategy)
PTSTSIOL
Type: E:$NODESTA Redundant Partner Status as Seen From the IOL
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM
Range: OffNet (NIM cannot communicate with the APMM)
ConfgMis (Configuration mismatch detected)
Idle (Event reports but no point processing)
Idlesf (Soft failure occurred in Idle state)
Ok (APMM is operating normally)
SoftFail (Soft failure while APMM is running)
Fail (APMM can be accessed but CPU is halted; box hard failure has been detected)
Powron (Power is on)
Alive (No event reports or point processing)
Alivesf (Soft failure during Idle state)
Test (APMM is in the Test mode)
TestSF (Soft failure has been detected while the APMM is in the Test mode)
Loading (Personality or database is loading)
Notconfg
Nosynch
Unavail

PTSTSUCN
PTSTSUCN
Type: E:$NODESTA Redundant Partner Status as Seen From the UCN
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM
Range: Offnet (NIM cannot communicate with the APMM)
Confgms (Configuration mismatch detected)
Idle (Event reports but no point processing)
Idlesf (Soft failure occurred in Idle state)
Ok (APMM is operating normally)
Softfail (Soft failure while APMM is running)
Fail (APMM can be accessed but CPU is halted; box hard failure has been detected)
Powron (Power is on)
Alive (No event reports or point processing)
Alivesf (Soft failure during Idle state)
Test (APMM is in the Test mode)
Testsf (Soft failure has been detected while the APMM is in the Test mode)
Loading (Personality or database is loading)
Notconfg
Nosynch
Unavail
PULSEWTH (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: Real Pulse Width for Point Outputs
Lock: Supr
Default: 1.0 second
PtRes: APM
Helpful Hint: PULSEWTH change requires DODSTN= "Tagname.ONPULSE" or

OFFPULSE. When On is to be written to the DigOut module, a pulse of the
specified width is generated. When Off is to be written, no pulse is generated.
PV (AnalgIn, PI)
Type: Real Process Variable—PV is the PV’s current value after the PV is selected from one
Lock: Oper of the following possible sources: a field device, an operator, or a program. See
Default: NaN PVSRCOPT and PVSOURCE.
PtRes: APM
Range: PVEXEUHI to PVEXEULO,
NaN
Helpful Hint: PV change by a program requires PVSRCOPT = All and PVSOURCE = Sub.
PV change by an operator requires PVSRCOPT = All and PVSOURCE = Man.

PV
PV (DevCtl, DigComp)
Type: E:SD_ENM:PVSTATES Current State—PV is the PV’s current state after the PV is selected
Lock: Oper from one of the following possible sources: a field device, an
Default: BADPVTXT operator, a program, or the output of the PV’s data point. See
PtRes: APM PVSRCOPT and PVSOURCE.
Range: 0-PVSTATES (0) (Defined by STATETXT (0))

1-PVSTATES (1) (Defined by STATETXT (1))
2-PVSTATES (2) (Defined by BADPVTXT)
3-PVSTATES (3) (Defined by MOVPVTXT)
4-PVSTATES (4) (Defined by STATETXT(2))
PV (DigIn)
Type: E:SD_ENM:STATETXT Current State—Indicates the current state of the PV input to this
Lock: Oper data point. Not appropriate if DITYPE = ACCUM.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: STATETXT(0) or STATETXT(1)
Helpful Hint: PV is derived from the open or closed state of field contacts and from the
configured direct or reverse input direction (INPTDIR).
PV change by a program requires DITYPE = Latched or status,

PVSRCOPT = All, and PVSOURCE = Sub.
PV change by an operator requires DITYPE = Latched or status,
PVSRCOPT = All, and PVSOURCE = Man.
PV (Flag)
Type: E:SD_ENM:STATETXT Current State—Indicates the current state of the flag data point, and
Lock: Oper it is derived from PVFL. STATETXT(1) is the alarmed state.
Default: Blank
PtRes: APM
PV (Numeric)
Type: Real Process Variable—Indicates the value of the numeric. This value maps into
Lock: Oper parameter NN(n) in the APM box where n = SLOTNUM.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A

PV
PV (RegCtl, RegPV)
Type: Real Process Variable—Indicates the current value of the PV after the PV is selected
Lock: View for from one of the following possible sources: a field device, an operator, or a
RegCtl, program. See PVSRCOPT and PVSOURCE.
Oper for
RegPV
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
PV (Timer)
Type: Integer Current Value—Indicates the current time in seconds or minutes. The timer
Lock: View starts at 0 and is incremented towards the preset time established by the SP
Default: 0 parameter.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 32000
PVALDB (RegCtl, RegPV)

Type: E:PVALDB PV Alarm Deadband—Alarm deadband is used to prevent excessive recurrence of
Lock: Eng/PB alarms by adjusting the percent of Engineering Unit range at which the alarm
Default: One "returns to normal."
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Half (1/2 of 1% of Engineering Unit range)
1-One (1% of Engineering Unit range)
2-Two (2% of Engineering Unit range)
3-Three (3% of Engineering Unit range)
4-Four (4% of Engineering Unit range)
5-Five (5% of Engineering Unit range)
6-EU (Specify deadband in Engineering Units)
PVALDBEU (RegCtl, RegPV)

Type: Real EU value of alarm deadband
Lock: Eng/PB
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: > 0.0

PVALGID
PVALGID
Type: E:$PMMPVAG PV Algorithm Identifier—Defines which PV algorithm is to be used for a
Lock: PtBld RegPV point.
Default: Null
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Null (No algorithm configured)
1-DataAcq (Data Acquisition)
2-FlowComp (Flow Compensation)
3-MidOf3 (Middle-Of-3 Selector)
4-HiLoAvg (High Low Average Selector)
5-Summer (Summer)
6-VdtLdLag (Variable Dead Time with Lead Lag)
7-TotaLizr (Totalizer)
8-GenLin (General Linearization)
9-Calcultr (Calculator)
PVAUTO (AnalgIn, PI)

Type: Real PV Auto Value—Value of the PV after PVCALC is range checked, filtered, and
Lock: View clamped.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
PVAUTO (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: E:PVSTATES Current PV State—Indicates the current PV state, based on the states of the
Lock: View inputs to the point.
Default: BADPVTXT
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-STATETXT(0)
1-STATETXT(1)
2-BADPVTXT
3-MOVPVTXT
4-STATETXT(2) (only if NOSTATES is 3)
PVAUTO (DigIn)
Type: E:STATETXT Current PV State—Indicates the current PV state that corresponds to the field
Lock: View contact input after direct/reverse correction.
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM

PVAUTO
PVAUTO (RegCtl)
Type: Real PV Auto Value Fetched Using Control Input Connection—Indicates the current
Lock: View value of the PV when the RegCtl point is in the Auto mode.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
PVAUTO (RegCtl, RegPV)

Type: Real PV Auto Value—Indicates the current value of the PV after the algorithm
Lock: View calculation is performed, the range is checked, and the PV is filtered and clamped.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
PVAUTOST (RegCtl, RegPV)

Type: E:PVVALST PV Auto Value Status—Indicates the current status of the PVAUTO value.
Lock: View
Default: Bad
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Bad (All inputs, or result in PVCALC is bad)
1-Uncertn (Final result in PVCALC is an uncertain value)
2-Normal (Final result in PVCALC is a normal value)
PVCALC (AnalgIn, PI)

Type: Real Calculated PV—PVCALC is the PV value in Engineering Units after the raw
Lock: View PV (PVRAW) input to this data point has been characterized. The value of
Default: NaN PVRAW is the PV value provided by the Field Termination Assembly (FTA).
PtRes: APM
Range: PVEXEUHI to PVEXEULO,
NaN
PVCALC (RegPV)
Type: Real Calculated PV—Indicates the value of the PV after the PV has been calculated by
Lock: View the PV algorithm.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A,
NaN

PVCHAR
PVCHAR
Type: E:VALCHAR PV Characterization Option—Defines the display characterization to be
Lock: PtBld used for characterizing the input PV value. Characterization is based on the
Default: Linear field sensor type.
PtRes: APM
HLAI, LLMUX, RHMUX, & LLAI — PV Characterization

Valid normal Valid extended
range range
(PVEULO– (PVEXEULO–
PVEUHI) PVEXEUHI)
PNT X = Allowable Sensor Type (SENSRTYP) in Degrees C in Degrees C
MODTY (when TCRNGOPT (when TCRNGOPT
Range (NOTE pt4- 0- 1- 0-100 T Slide R = Normal for = Extended for
1) 2V 2V 5V mV C wire T SENSRTYP = SENSRTYP =
D Thermcpl Thermcpl)
0-Jtherm HLAI X X X -200 to 1200 N/A
LLAI X -100 to 750 -200 to 1200
LLMUX X -100 to 750 -200 to 1200
1-Ktherm HLAI X X X 0 to 1100 -200 to 1370
LLAI X 0 to 1100 -200 to 1370
LLMUX X 0 to 1100 -200 to 1370
2-Etherm HLAI X X X -200 to 1000 N/A
LLAI X -150 to 500 -200 to 1000
LLMUX X -150 to 500 -200 to 1000
3-Ttherm HLAI X X X -230 to 400 N/A
LLAI X -200 to 300 -230 to 400
LLMUX X -200 to 300 -230 to 400
4-Btherm HLAI X X X 100 to 1820 N/A
LLAI X 600 to 1650 100 to 1820
LLMUX X 600 to 1650 100 to 1820
5-Stherm HLAI X X X 0 to 1700 N/A
LLAI X 550 to 1500 0 to 1700
LLMUX X 550 to 1500 0 to 1700
6-Rtherm HLAI X X X 0 to 1700 N/A
LLAI X 550 to 1500 0 to 1700
LLMUX X 550 to 1500 0 to 1700
7-RPtherm HLAI X X X 0 to 1700 N/A
LLAI X 550 to 1500 0 to 1700
LLMUX X 550 to 1500 0 to 1700
8-DinRtd HLAI X X X -180 to 800 N/A
LLAI X -200 to 850 N/A
LLMUX X -200 to 850 N/A
9-JisRtd HLAI X X X -180 to 650 N/A
10-NicklRtd HLAI X X X -45 to 315 N/A
11-CopprRtd HLAI X X X -20 to 250 N/A
12-Linear HLAI X X X X N/A N/A
LLAI X X X N/A N/A
LLMUX X N/A N/A
13-Sqrroot HLAI X X X N/A N/A
LLAI X X N/A N/A
N/A = Not Applicable
NOTE 1: PNTMODTY LLMUX includes RHMUX for all thermocouple types except RTD; RTD type is not
supported by RHMUX IOP.

PVCHAR
STI — PV Characterization
(Pressure and Magnetic Flow Transmitters)
Range Spt_Dp Spt_Gp Spt_Ap Sfm
Linear X X X X
Sqrroot X -- -- --
X = Allowable Sensor Type
STI — PV Characterization (Temperature Transmitters)
Normal Range Maximum Range

Range (PVEULO to PVEUHI) (PVEXEULO to PVEXEUHI)
in Degrees C (except in Degrees C (except
where noted) where noted)
Linear -50 to 220 mV -1000 to 1000 mV
Thermocouples
Btherm 400 to 1820 200 to 1820
Etherm -100 to 1000 -200 to 1000

Jtherm -180 to 1200 -200 to 1200
Ktherm -170 to 1250 -200 to 1370
NiNiMoTC 600 to 1300 600 to 1300

Ntherm -100 to 1300 -200 to 1300
Rtherm 0 to 1760 -50 to 1760
Stherm 0 to 1760 -50 to 1760
Ttherm -120 to 400 -250 to 400
W3W25TC 0 to 2300 0 to 2300
W5W26TC 0 to 2300 0 to 2300
RTDs
Cu10RTD-20 to 250 -20 to 250

Cu25RTD-20 to 250 -20 to 250
Pt100 DinRtd -200 to 450 -200 to 850
Pt100 JisRtd -200 to 450 -200 to 640
Pt200 RTD -200 to 450 -200 to 850
Pt500 RTD -200 to 450 -200 to 850
RH Rad 420 to 1800 700 to 1800
RTD Ohms 0 to 4KΩ 0 to 4KΩ

PVCHAR
PVCHAR(FlowComp)
Type: E:VALCHAR PV Characterization Option—Defines the display characterization to be used
Lock: PtBld for characterizing the input PV value of Regulatory PV point configuring with
Default: SqRoot Flow Compensation.
PtRes: APM
Range: 12-Linear (The COMPTERM compensation is not square rooted)
13 SqRoot (The COMPTERM compensation is square rooted)
PVCHGDLY
Type: Integer PV Change Delay time in Seconds—Defines the time(in seconds) that a point
Lock: Supr with a previously detected PV change event is guaranteed to remain at the new
Default: 0 seconds value even if the PV returns to its original value. If the point remains at its
PtRes: APM new value when the delay timer expires, the point is held at the new value.
Helpful Hint: PVCHGDLY requires that EVTOPT = EIP, SOE, or EIPSOE.
PVCLAMP
Type: E:PVCLAMP PV Clamping Option—Defines whether PV clamping is to be used for this
Lock: Eng/PB data point. If PVCLAMP = Clamp and the PV extended range is exceeded, PV
Default: NoClamp value status PVSTS is marked Uncertain and the PV is set equal to the
PtRes: APM extended limit that was violated.
Range: 0-NoClamp (No clamping of the PV value)

1-Clamp (Clamp PV value at range extension limit)
PVEQN (FlowComp)
Type: E:ALGOEQN PV Equation Type—Defines the equation type (EqA-EqE) to be used for this
Lock: PtBld PV algorithm. Refer to the APM Control Functions and Algorithms manual
Default: EqA for more information.
PtRes: APM
Range: Comp. Inputs Type of Compensation
0-EqA G Mass/Volumetric flow of liquid
1-EqB P and T Mass flow of gases and vapors
2-EqC G, P, and T Mass flow of gases and vapors w/specific gravity
3-EqD G, P, and T Volumetric flow of gases and vapors
4-EqE P, T, X, and Q Mass flow of steam
G = measured or calculated specific gravity or molecular weight, P = measured actual gage pressure, T =
measured actual temperature, X = measured actual steam compressibility and Q = measured actual steam
quality.
PVEQN (HiLoAvg)
Type: E:ALGOEQN PV Equation Type—Defines the equation type (EqA-EqC) to be used for this
Lock: Eng/PB PV algorithm. Refer to the APM Control Functions and Algorithms manual for
Default: EqA more information.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-EqA (Select and identify highest of up to six inputs)
1-EqB (Select and identify lowest of up to six inputs)
2-EqC (Calculate the average of up to six inputs)

PVEQN
PVEQN (MidOf3)
Type: E:ALGOEQN PV Equation Type—Defines the equation type (EqA-EqC) to be used for this
Lock: Eng/PB PV algorithm. Refer to the APM Control Functions and Algorithms manual
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-EqA (Highest good input when one or two are bad)
1-EqB (Lowest good input when one or two are bad)
2-EqC (Average of all good inputs)
PVEQN (Summer)
Type: E:ALGOEQN PV Equation Type—Defines the equation type (EqA or EqB) to be used for
Lock: PtBld this PV algorithm. Refer to the APM Control Functions and Algorithms
Default: EqA manual for more information.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-EqA (P1 input is scaled and biased)
1-EqB (Up to six inputs are scaled and summed with an overall bias applied)
PVEQN (Totalizr)
Type: E:ALGOEQN PV Equation Type—Defines the equation type (EqA-EqF) to be used for this
Lock: Eng/PB PV algorithm. Refer to the APM Control Functions and Algorithms manual
PtRes: APM
Range: Option Warm Restart Action Bad Input Handling
0-EqA Continue Use zero
1-EqB Continue Use last good value
2-EqC Continue Set Bad and stop
3-EqD Set Bad, and stop Use zero
4-EqE Set Bad, and stop Use last good value
5-EqF Set Bad, and stop Set Bad and stop
PVEQN
(VdtLdLag)
Type: E:ALGOEQN PV Equation Type—Defines the equation type (EqA-EqD) to be used for this
Lock: PtBld PV algorithm. Refer to the APM Control Functions and Algorithms manual
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-EqA (Lead-Lag)
1-EqB (Fixed dead time)
2-EqC (Variable dead time)
3-EqD (Variable dead time with two lags)
Helpful Hint: For Equations C and D, the dead time is changed in steps of NLOC*NRATE*TS
where NLOC is configurable from 2 to 30, for better resolution of dead time.

PVEUHI
PVEUHI (RegCtl, RegPV)

Type: Real PV High Range in Engineering Units—Note that PVEUHI cannot be written
Lock: Engr with NaN. NaN is the default value only.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: PVEULO to PVEXEUHI, NaN
Helpful Hint: For Smartline transmitters, refer to Table A-3 in the PM/APM Smartline
Transmitter Integration Manual, PM12-410.
PVEULO (RegCtl, RegPV)

Type: Real PV Low Range in Engineering Units—Note that PVEULO cannot be written
Lock: Engr with NaN. NaN is the default value only.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: PVEXEULO to PVEUHI, NaN
Helpful Hint: For Smartline transmitters, refer to Table A-3 in the PM/APM Smartline
Transmitter Integration Manual, PM12-410.
PVEXEUHI
Type: Real PV Extended Engineering Unit Range High—Both PVEXEUHI and
Lock: Engr PVEXEULO are used to clamp or detect a bad PV value. Refer to parameter
Default: NaN PVEXEULO. Note that PVEXEUHI cannot be written with NaN. NaN is the
PtRes: APM default value only.
Range: > PVEUHI, NaN
PVEXEULO
Type: Real PV Extended Engineering Unit Low Range—For the LLAI IOP with
Lock: Engr Thermocouple and RTD sensor types, extended PV range parameters are VIEW
Default: NaN ONLY. Their values are defaulted based on the sensor types, the thermocouple
PtRes: APM range option, and temperature scale. The tables below show the default values in
degrees C. For other engineering units, these values are appropriately converted.
Note that PVEXEULO cannot be written with NaN. NaN is the default value
only.
Range < PVEULO, NaN
Defaults for Extended Range PV Parameters When SENSRTYP = THERMCPL, PVTEMP = Degrees C
TCRNGOPT = NORMAL TCRNGOPT = EXTENDED
PVCHAR PVEXEULO PVEXEUHI PVEXEULO PVEXEUHI
Btherm 600 1650 100 1820
Etherm -150 500 -200 1000
Jtherm -100 750 -200 1200
Ktherm 0 1100 -100 1370
Rtherm 550 1500 0 1700
RPtherm 550 1500 0 1770
Stherm 550 1500 0 1700
Ttherm -200 300 -230 400

PVEXHIFL
PVEXEULO (continued)
Defaults for Extended Range PV Parameters When SENSRTYP = RTD, PVTEMP = Degrees C
PVCHAR PVEXEULO PVEXEUHI
PtDinRTD -180 800
PtJisRTD -180 650
NicklRTD -45 315
CopprRTD -20 250
PVEXHIFL
Type: Logical PV Extended High Range Violation—Indicates that the PV has exceeded the
Lock: View extended-high range alarm trip point.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (Extended high range not exceeded)
On (Extended high range exceeded)
PVEXLOFL
Type: Logical PV Extended Low Range Violation—Indicates that the PV has exceeded the
Lock: View extended-low range alarm trip point.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (Extended low range not exceeded)
On (Extended low range exceeded)
PVFL(0)–(2) (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: Logical PV Flag—Indicates the current PV state as three separate Boolean parameters.
Lock: View PVFL(n) is On when the PV is in state "n" where n is 0, 1, or 2.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (PV is not in the respective state)
On (PV is in the respective state)
PVFL (DigIn, Flag)

Type: Logical PV Flag—Represents the current PV state as a Boolean value.
Lock: Oper
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off [PV = STATETXT(0)]
On [PV = STATETXT(1)]

PVFORMAT
PVFORMAT (RegCtl, RegPV)

Type E:VALFORMT PV Decimal Point Format—Defines the decimal format that is to be used to
Lock: Engr display the PV and SP values. It contains up to eight characters including the
Default: D1 minus sign and decimal point.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-D0 (-XXXXXX.)
1-D1 (-XXXXX.X)
2-D2 (-XXXX.XX)
3-D3 (-XXX.XXX)
PVHHFL (RegCtl, RegPV)

Type: Logical PV High High Alarm Flag—Indicates whether the PV has exceeded the alarm
Lock: View trip point established by the PVHHTP parameter.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (High High limit not exceeded)
On (High High limit exceeded)
PVHHPR (RegCtl, RegPV)

Type: E:ALPRIOR PV High High Alarm Priority—Defines the priority of the PV high high alarm.
Lock: Engr
Default: Low
PtRes: NIM
Display)
Helpful Hint: PVHHPR configuration requires PVHHTP ≠ NaN.
PVHHTP (AnalgIn, RegPV)

Type: Real PV High High Alarm Trip Point—Defines the PV high high alarm trip point
Lock: Supr for this point.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: PVHITP to PVEXEUHI, NaN
Helpful Hint: PVHHTP configuration requires PVHITP • NaN.

PVHHTP
PVHHTP (RegCtl, RegPV)

Type: Real PV High High Alarm Trip Point—Defines the PV high high alarm trip point
Lock: Supr for this point.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: PVHITP to PVEUHI, NaN
Helpful Hint: PVHHTP configuration requires PVHITP• NaN.
PVHIFL (RegCtl, RegPV)

Type: Logical PV High Alarm Flag—Indicates that the PV has exceeded the alarm trip point
Lock: View established by parameter PVHITP.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (No PV High alarm)
On (High PV alarm)
PVHIPR (RegCtl, RegPV)

Type: E:ALPRIOR PV High Alarm Priority—Defines the priority of the PV high alarm for this
Lock: Engr point.
Default: Low
PtRes: NIM
Display)
Helpful Hint: PVHIPR configuration requires PVHITP • NaN.
PVHITP
Type: Real PV High Alarm Trip Point—Defines the trip point for the PV high alarm for
Lock: Supr this point.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: PVLOTP to PVHHTP, NaN
PVINIT
Type: Logical PV Initialization Request Flag—Indicates that an initialization request has been
Lock: Prog made for this point.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (No 1-shot initialization)
On (Initializes the PV filter and the algorithm for a 1-shot single sample time).

PVLLFL
PVLLFL (RegCtl, RegPV)

Type: Logical PV Low Low Alarm Flag—Indicates that the PV has exceeded the alarm trip
Lock: View point established by the PVLLTP parameter.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (PV > Low Low alarm trip point)
On (PV < Low Low alarm trip point)
PVLLPR (RegCtl, RegPV)

Type: E:ALPRIOR PV Low Low Alarm Priority—Determines the priority of the PV low low
Lock: Engr alarm for this data point.
Default: Low
PtRes: NIM
Display)
Helpful Hint: PVLLPR configuration requires PVLLTP ≠ NaN.
PVLLTP (AnalgIn, RegPV, PI)

Type: Real PV Low Low Alarm Trip Point—Defines the trip point for the PV low low
Lock: Supr alarm for this point.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: PVEXEULO to PVLOTP, NaN
Helpful Hint: PVLLTP configuration requires PVLOTP ≠ NaN.
PVLLTP (RegCtl)
Type: Real PV Low Low Alarm Trip Point—Defines the trip point for the PV low low
Lock: Supr alarm for this point.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: PVEULO to PVLOTP, NaN
Helpful Hint: PVLLTP configuration requires PVLOTP ≠ NaN.
PVLOFL (RegCtl, RegPV)

Type: Logical PV Low Alarm Flag—Indicates that the PV has exceeded the alarm trip point
Lock: View established by parameter PVLOTP.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (PV > Low alarm trip point)
On (PV < Low alarm trip point)

PVLOPR
PVLOPR (RegCtl, RegPV)

Type: E:ALPRIOR PV Low Alarm Priority—Defines the priority of the PV low alarm for this
Lock: Engr point.
Default: Low
PtRes: NIM
Display)
Helpful Hint: PVLOPR configuration requires PVLOTP ≠ NaN.
PVLOTP (RegCtl, RegPV)

Type: Real PV Low Alarm Trip Point—Defines the trip point for the PV low alarm for
Lock: Supr this point.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: PVLLTP to PVHITP,
NaN
PVNORMAL (DevCtl, DigIn, DigComp)

Type: E:STATETXT PV Normal State—Defines the normal state of the PV using the appropriate
Lock: Supr STATETXT descriptor.
(Engr to change
to/from NONE)
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: STATETXT(0) descriptor (Defaulted to Off for PV State 0)
STATETXT(1) descriptor (Defaulted to On for PV State 1)
STATETXT(2) descriptor (Defaulted to State2 for PV State 2; internally set to $NULL for two-
state devices; does not apply to DigIn point)
NONE (No off normal checking)
Helpful Hint: PV normal state text descriptor describes the normal (desired) state,
such as Run, Stop, Open, Closed.

PVNORMFL
PVNORMFL (DevCtl, DigIn, DigComp)

Type: Logical PV Normal State Flag—Indicates whether the normal state of the PV is active.
Lock: Supr
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (Point is in a state other than the normal state)
On (Normal state is active)
Helpful Hint: PVNORMFL change requires ALMOPT = Offnorm for Digital Input points,
or that PVNORMAL • None for Digital Composite or Device Control points.
If set to On, causes text in STATETXT (1) to be used to describe the normal
state of the PV, otherwise text in STATETXT (0) is used.
PVP (RegCtl, RegPV)

Type: Real PV in Percent—Defines the PV as a percentage.
Lock: View
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
PVRAW (AnalgIn)
Type: Real PV Raw Value—Indicates the raw input value of the PV from the Field
Lock: Operator Termination Assembly (FTA) before PV characterization is performed. The
Default: NaN units of value for the PV are determined by the field sensor type as described
PtRes: APM below.
Range: N/A
Helpful Hint: If sensor type is 0.4–2 V, 1 - 5 V, 0 - 5 V, PVRAW is in percent; if sensor type is

T/C, PVRAW is in microvolts; if sensor type is in RTD, PVRAW is in
milliohms; if sensor type is slidewire, PVRAW is in ratio; if sensor type is 0–100
mV, PVRAW is in millivolts.
PVRAW (DigIn)
Type: Logical Raw State of Field Contacts—Indicates the current state of the field contacts.
Lock: View
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range:
Off Open contacts
On Closed contacts

PVRAW
PVRAW (PI)
Type: Real PV Raw Value—Indicates the raw input value of the PV in pulses per second.
Lock: View
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
PVRAW (STI)
Type: Real PV Raw Value—Indicates the raw input value of the PV in % of span based on
Lock: View the transmitter PV after PV characterization (PVCHAR) and DAMPING have
Default: NaN been performed. The span of the PV is determined by using LRV as a 0%-point
PtRes: APM and URV as a 100%-point.
Range: N/A
PVRAWHI
Type: Real PV Raw High Range—Defines the high end of the normal operating range for
Lock: Eng/PB the raw PV value (PVRAW). For a slidewire input, the units are ratio, for a
Default: NaN 0_100_MV input, the units are in millivolts.
PtRes: APM
Range: PVRAWLO to 100 for a 0_100_mv input (microvolts)
PVRAWLO to 1 for a slidewire input (ratio)
PVRAWLO
Type: Real PV Raw Low Range—Defines the low end of the normal operating range for the
Lock: Eng/PB raw PV value (PVRAW).
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: 0–PVRAWHI (0 to 100 microvolts for a 0_100 mv input, or 0 to 1 ratio for a slidewire input)
PVROCNFL (RegCtl, RegPV)

Type: Logical PV Negative Rate-of-Change Alarm Flag—Indicates that the PV negative rate-
Lock: View of-change has exceeded the value established by the PVROCNTP parameter.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (No PV negative rate-of-change alarm)
On (PV negative rate-of-change alarm)

PVROCNPR
PVROCNPR (RegCtl, RegPV)

Type: E:ALPRIOR PV Negative Rate-of-Change Alarm Priority—Defines the priority of the PV
Lock: Engr negative rate-of-change alarm for this point.
Default: Low
PtRes: NIM
Display)
Helpful Hint: PVROCNPR configuration requires PVROCNTP • NaN.
PVROCNTP (RegCtl, RegPV)

Type: Real PV Negative Rate-of-Change Trip Point—Defines the trip point for the PV
Lock: Supr negative rate-of-change alarm for this point. Operation is the same as for
Default: NaN PVROCPTP except for the direction of change.
PtRes: APM
The maximum rate of change value must be less than the absolute value of:
60
(PVEUHI-PVEULO) * 8 .
Range: > 0.0,

NaN
Helpful Hint: For RegPV points, RegCtl points, and points in a HLAI or LLAI, the
maximum rate of change is one step away from PVEXEUHI to PVEXEULO
in eight seconds; therefore, the maximum rate of change is
(PVEXEUHI - PVEXEULO) * 7.5 units/minute. For SENSRTYP = RTD, the
maximum is [800 - (-180)] * 7.5, which is 7350.
PVROCPFL (RegCtl, RegPV)

Type: Logical PV Positive Rate-of-Change Alarm Flag—Indicates that the positive
Lock: View rate-of-change of the PV has exceeded the value established by the PVROCPTP
Default: Off parameter.
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (No PV positive rate-of-change alarm)
On (PV positive rate-of-change alarm)

PVROCPPR
PVROCPPR (RegCtl, RegPV)

Type: E:ALPRIOR PV Positive Rate-of-Change Alarm Priority—Defines the priority of the
Lock: Engr positive rate-of-change PV alarm for this point.
Default: Low
PtRes: NIM
Display)
Helpful Hint: PVROCPPR configuration requires PVROCPTP • NaN.
PVROCPTP (RegCtl, RegPV)

Type: Real
Lock: Supr PV Positive Rate-of-Change Trip Point—Defines the positive PV rate-of-
Default: NaN change limit in engineering units/minute for this point; for example 25 degrees
PtRes: APM per minute. The PV value is checked every four seconds. The rate of change
alarm trips if the PV rate-of-change value is exceeded for two successive scans.
The alarm is reset if the PV rate-of-change falls below the rate of change value
for two successive scans.
The maximum rate of change value must be less than the absolute value of:
60
(PVEUHI-PVEULO) * 8 .
Range: > 0.0,
NaN
Helpful Hint: For RegPV points, RegCtl points, and points in HLAI or LLAI, the maximum
rate of change is one step away from PVEXEUHI to PVEXEULO in eight
seconds; therefore, the maximum rate of change is:
(PVEXEUHI - PVEXEULO) * 7.5 units/minute.
Example: for SENSRTYP = RTD, the maximum is: [800 - (-180)] *7.5,
which = 7350.
PVSGCHTP (RegCtl, RegPV)

Type: Real PV Significant Change Alarm Trip Point—Defines the alarm trip point for an
Lock: Supr increment of change that occurs between configured PVHITP and PVHHTP or
Default: NaN PVLOTP and PVLLTP alarms. For example, consider a temperature point with
PtRes: APM limits of PVHITP = 800 degrees, PVHHTP = 850, and PVSGCHTP = 10.
Range: > 0.0, When the temperature rises to 800 degrees, the PVHITP alarm is annunciated,
NaN and should the temperature continue to increase, the alarm is annunciated again
when the temperature reaches 810 degrees, 820 degrees, and so on. This allows
the alarm to be reannunciated to remind the operator of the existence of an alarm
condition.

PVSOURCE
PVSOURCE (RegCtl, RegPV)

Type: E:PVSOURCE PV Source—Defines the source of the PV input to this data point. The PV
Lock: Oper goes to bad when PVSOURCE is switched from Man to Sub.
Default: Auto
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Sub (Value is provided by a sequence program)
1-Man (PV is supplied by operator or program)
2-Auto (Field wiring or memory fetch supplies PV)
3-Track (PV tracks OP (DigComp points only))
Helpful Hint: PVSOURCE change by an operator requires PVSRCOPT = All and DITYPE =
Latched if PNTTYPE = DigIn.
PVSRCOPT (RegCtl, RegPV)

Type: E:PVSRCOPT PV Source Option—Defines the PV source options available in this data
Lock: Eng/PB point.
Default: OnlyAuto
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-OnlyAuto (PV source selection is not available and field wiring or memory fetch supplies PV)
1-All (PV is provided by an operator, by a sequence program, or by field wiring)
Helpful Hint: PVSRCOPT change by an operator requires DITYPE = Latched if

PNTTYPE= DigIn.
PVSTATES(0)–(4) (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: String_8 PV State Descriptors—The PV state descriptors contain the text that describes
Lock: View the five (0-4) possible states of a DigComp or DevCtl PV. The descriptors are
Default: N/A set equal to whatever is configured in BADPVTXT and MOVPVTXT during
PtRes: NIM APM Box configuration and in STATETXT(0), STATETXT(1), and
Range: N/A STATETXT(2) during point configuration (if PVTXTOPT = ON).
Helpful Hint: PVSTATES, if accessed by Control Language programs, obey the

following rules:
a. PVSTATES (0) = STATETXT (0)
b. PVSTATES (1) = STATETXT (1)
c. PVSTATES (2) = BADPVTXT
d. PVSTATES (3) = MOVPVTXT
e. PVSTATES (4) = STATETXT (2); does not apply unless
NOSTATES = 3
PVSTS (RegCtl, RegPV)

Type: E:PVVALST Status Of PV Input Value—Defines the current status of the PV value.
Lock: View
Default: Bad
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Bad (Value is bad and replaced with NaN. For an STI point, value can be set to Bad based on
transmitter gross status.)

PVTEMP
PVTEMP
Type: E:TEMPTURE PV Temperature Scale—Defines the temperature scale to be used in
Lock: PtBld characterizing the PV input.
Default: Degrees C
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Degrees C (Celsius)
1-Degrees F (Fahrenheit)
2-Degrees R (Rankin)
3-Degrees K (Kelvin)
Helpful Hint: PVTEMP is to be configured when PVCHAR = TC or RTD.
PVTRACK (Pid)
Type: E:TRACKING PV Tracking Option—Defines whether SP is to be set equal to PV.
Lock: Eng/PB
Default: NoTrack
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-NoTrack (SP is never set equal to PV)
1-Track (Man mode or initialization causes SP to track PV)
Helpful Hint: SP is set equal to PV if PVTRACK = Track and the point is:
a. in manual mode
b. being initialized from a secondary
c. undergoing 1-shot initialization during the first sample time after
becoming active.
PVTV
Type: Real PV Target Value in Engineering Units—Defines the target value of the PV in
Lock: Oper engineering units.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: PVEXEULO to PVEXEUHI,
NaN
PVTVP
Type: Real PV Target Value in Percent—Indicates the target value of the PV in percent.
Lock: View
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: > 0.0%, NaN
PVTXTOPT (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: Logical PV Text Option—Indicates whether the BADPVTXT and MOVPVTXT
Lock: PtBld parameters are configured for this point, or if the default from the box data point
Default: Off should be used.
PtRes: NIM
Range: Off (The parameters are not configured for this point)
On (The parameters are configured for this point)

Q
-Q-
Q
Type: Real Steam Quality Factor Input—Indicates the measured actual steam quality factor.
Lock: View
Default: 1.0
PtRes: APM
Range: > 0.0,
NaN
QSTS (FlowComp)
Type: E:PVVALST Q Input Value Status—Indicates the status of the steam quality-factor input.
Lock: View
Default: Normal
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Bad (Value is bad and replaced by NaN)
APM Parameter Reference Dictionary Q-1 2/99

APM Parameter Reference Dictionary Q-2 2/99
R1
-R-
R1(1)–(24), R2(1)–(24) (Logic)

Type: E:$PMMLGPM Real Inputs 1 & 2—Defines the sources that provide the input values for the
Lock: PtBld R1 and R2 inputs of certain logic blocks.
Default: L1
PtRes: APM
Range: 32..47-L1...L12 (Values from Input Connections)
48..51-NN1...NN8 (Local Numerics)
Helpful Hint: R1 configuration requires LOCALGID = EQ, NE, GT, GE, LT, LE, or
CHECKBAD.
RAISDSTN
Type: Universal Raise Output Pulse Destination—Defines the destination of the Raise output
Ent.Prm pulse. RAISDSTN must point to parameters ONPULSE or OFFPULSE of a
Lock: PtBld DigOut data point.
Default: Null
PtRes: APM
Range: ONPULSE
OFFPULSE
RAISETIM
Type: Real Raise Output Pulse Time—Indicates the Raise output pulse time in seconds. It
Lock: View is clamped to MAXPULSE or CYCLETIM, whichever is lower. If the value of
Default: N/A RAISETIM is smaller than MINPULSE, no pulse is issued.
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A,
NaN
RAISRATE
Type: Real Raise OP Stroke Rate in Percent/Second
Lock: Supr
Default: 100.0% per sec.
PtRes: APM
Range: > 0.0% per second
APM Parameter Reference Dictionary R-1 2/99

RAMPTIME
RAMPTIME
Type: Real Ramp Time in Minutes
Lock: Oper
Default: 0.0
PtRes: APM
Range: > 0.0
Helpful Hint: RAMPTIME change by an operator requires SPOPT = Tv. The minimum value
is clamped to TS, the point sample time in minutes, while the maximum value
is clamped to 32767*TS. To change the RAMPTIME from a logic point
requires Node=Auto and Mode Attribute=Program.
RARWSTS (RegCtl)
Type: E:WINDUP Remote Anti-Reset Windup Status
Lock: View
Default: Normal
PtRes: APM
1-Hi (Free to move lower)
2-Lo (Free to move higher)
Helpful Hint: RARWSTS applies only if RCASOPT = Spc, Ddc, or DdcRsp.
RATE1 (RatioCtl)
Type: Real Internal Bias Ramps Down Rate—Rate in EUs per minute at which the internal
Lock: Supr bias (BI) ramps down from the initialization value to the last value entered by
Default: NaN the operator. If BIAS = NaN, initialization for the primary is determined
PtRes: APM through back calculation. If zero is entered, the ramp down of BI is disabled.
Range: > 0.0, NaN
RATE1 (AutoMan)
Type: Real Rate at Which Bias Ramps Down—Rate at which the bias (B) ramps down from
Lock: Supr the initialization value to the last value entered by the operator. If zero is
Default: 0.0 entered, the ramp down of B is disabled. If set to NaN, the internal bias BI will
PtRes: APM instantaneously change to 0 and cause a bump in the output.
Range: > 0.0, NaN
RATE1–12 (RampSoak)
Type: Real Ramp Rate for Ramp Soak Segments 1–12
Lock: Supr
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: Negative values are accepted to allow ramping down.

RATIO
RATIO (Pid)
Type: Real Ratio—Defines the ratio value by which the SP is multiplied.
Lock: Oper
Default: 1.0
PtRes: APM
Range: RTLOLM to RTHILM
RBOPT (Pid)
Type: E:RBOPT Ratio/Bias Option—Defines the type of ratio/bias option to be used for this
Lock: Eng/PB algorithm. Refer to the APM Control Functions and Algorithms manual for a
Default: NoRatBi detailed description of bias and ratio options.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-NoRatBi (No ratio/bias is used to calculate the SP)
1-FixRatBi (Fixed ratio (R) and fixed bias (B) are used)
2-AutoRat (R is back-calculated during initialization)
3-AutoBi (B is back-calculated during initialization)
Helpful Hint: RBOPT applies to only PID-type RegCtl algorithms.
RCASOPT (AnalgOut)
Type: E:$RCASOPT Remote Cascade Option—Defines whether the AM is to provide the output
Lock: Eng/PB value for this data point. This option is available only when the point has
Default: None been configured as a Full point.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-None (No cascade mode of any type is allowed)
2-Ddc (Direct Digital Control; in cascade mode, AM point controls this point’s OP)
RCASOPT (AutoMan, IncrSum, ORSel,

Switch)
Type: E:$RCASOPT Remote Cascade Option—Defines the type of remote cascade mode to be used.
Lock: Eng/PB Refer to the APM Control Functions and Algorithms manual for a detailed
Default: None description.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-None (Only local cascade mode is allowed)
2-Ddc (In cascade mode, AM point provides the output OP for this data point)

RCASOPT
RCASOPT (Pid)
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-None (Local cascade is the only valid cascade)
1-Spc (AM writes to SP within SP limits)
2-Ddc (AM writes to OP. No OP limits)
3-Rsp (AM writes to SP when this point is in Auto and is being initialized by its secondary. SP
limits are applied)
4-DdcRsp (AM does Ddc and Rsp functions)
Helpful Hint: MODE for a point cannot be changed to Cascade by the operator or program if
a.parameter RCASOPT is configured to Ddc, Spc, or DdcRsp
b.the AM strategy has not yet stored to MODE, SP, or OP.
Even if PVTRACK = Track, PV tracking is not performed in auto mode with
INITMAN = On if RCASOPT = Rsp.
RCASOPT (RegCtl)
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-None (Only local cascade mode is allowed)
1-Spc (In cascade mode, AM point provides the SP for this point)
2-DDC (In cascade mode, AM point provides the OP for this point)
3-Rsp (In Auto mode with INITMAN = ON, the AM point provides the SP for this point)
4-DDCRsp (In cascade mode, AM point provides the OP for this point)
RCASSHED (RegCtl)
Type: Logical Remote Cascade Shed—Indicates whether the mode has shed from the Cas mode
Lock: View to the preconfigured backup mode.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (No mode shed)
On (Mode has shed to the preconfigured backup mode)
Helpful Hint: RCASSHED applies only if RCASOPT = Spc, Ddc, or DdcRsp.
RDNHWREV
Type: String_2 APMM Control Daugher Card Revision
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM

REDTAG
REDTAG (RegCtl)
Type: E:REDTAG Red Tag State—Allows the user to set the point as being "out of service,"
Lock: Sup/Eng indicating that this point or the associated control loop needs repair or is being
Default: Off repaired. Once this point is put in the red tag condition, the output OP is frozen
PtRes: APM at the last value or state.
Range: 0-Off (Data point is in service. Point’s OP is not frozen)
1-On (Data point is out of service = point’s OP is frozen)
Helpful Hint: REDTAG change requires MODE = Man and MODATTR = Oper. Once a
point is red tagged, parameters MODE, MODATTR, and OP (output) cannot
be changed. In addition, for a RegCtl point, ESWENBST cannot be changed.
REMSOAKT (RampSoak)
Type: Real Remaining Soak Time—Indicates the amount of time remaining in the current
Lock: Oper soak segment.
Default: 0.0
PtRes: APM
RESETFL (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: Logical Reset Maintenance Statistics Flag—Used to reset maintenance statistics.
Lock: Oper
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off
On (Storing to this parameter resets maintenance statistics)
Helpful Hint: This parameter can be reset by the operator only while it is red tagged. A
program may reset at anytime.
RESETFL (DigIn)
Type: Logical Reset Flag—Resets the accumulator to zero when the command flag transitions
Lock: Prog from the Off to the On state.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (No Reset command)
On (Reset command is issued to the accumulator)
Helpful Hint: RESETFL change requires DITYPE = Accum
RESETFL(Totalizr)
Type: Logical Reset Totalizer Command Flag—Resets the total RESETVAL when this flag
Lock: Prog changes from Off to On.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off
On

RESETVAL
RESETVAL (DigIn)
Type: Integer Accumulator Reset Value—Value that is preset in the accumulator. Value can
Lock: Oper then be incremented or decremented depending on the COUNTDWN parameter.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0–32767
RESETVAL (Totalizr)
Type: Real Reset Value—Value used for presetting the value to be totaled.
Lock: Oper
Default: 0.0
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
RESTART (ProcMod)
Type: E:RESTART Process Module Restart State—Indicates the type of restart last performed by
Lock: View the process module. This value will be set to a value other than “None” until
Default: None the first preemption point.
PtRes: APM
Helpful Hint: RESTART can be used to determine if the startup was caused by failover.
Following failover, RESTART takes on the value “Failover.” This value
remains until the first preemption point after which it returns to “None.”
Range: 0-None (Has not been restarted)

1-Failover (Running for the first time after a failover)
3-Warm (Running for the first cycle after a warm start)
4-Cold (Running for the first cycle after a cold start, or a power up to Run)
5-PTACTVN (Running for the first cycle following the transition from Off state to Run state)
RFB
(PidErfb)
Type: Real Reset Feedback Input in Percent—Indicates the PV value of another data point
Lock: View that is receiving its setpoint from this data point.
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: > 0.0

RG
RG (FlowComp)
Type: Real Reference Specific Gravity—Defines the reference specific gravity or reference
Lock: Supr molecular weight, in the same engineering units as G (measured or calculated
Default: 1.0(molecular specific gravity or molecular weight).
weight)
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
RINITREQ (RegCtl)
Type: Logical Remote Initialization Request—Indicates whether an initialization request has
Lock: View been made.
Default: On for
AnalgOut,
Off for
RegCtl
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (No request)
On (Request has been made)
Helpful Hint: RINITREQ does not apply if RCASOPT = None.
RINITVAL (RegCtl)
Type: Real Remote Initialization Value
Lock: View
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A,
NaN
Helpful Hint: RINITVAL does not apply if RCASOPT = None.
RJRAW(1)–(168)
Type: Real Reference Junction’s Raw Count in µVolts
Lock: View
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A

RJTEMP
RJTEMP (LLAI)
Type: Real Reference Junction Temperature—Displays the current temperatures (°C) of the
Lock: View reference junction sensor. This value is updated only if the thermocouple input
Default: NaN is configured.
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
RP (FlowComp)
Type: Real Reference Pressure—RP is the reference pressure input and it is in the same
Lock: Supr Engineering Unit as the P (measured or actual gage pressure) input.
Default: 1.0
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
RP
Type: Real Minimum Pulse Time Ratio
Lock: Supr
Default: 1.0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0.01 to 100.0
RQ (FlowComp)
Type: Real Reference Steam Quality Factor—Defines the reference steam quality factor
Lock: Supr which is in the same units as the Q (measured actual steam quality) input.
Default: 1.0
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
RSPBGP$$ (RampSoak)
Type: Real Ramp/Soak Percent Bar Graph Parameter—If in a ramp sequence, the value of
Lock: View the next soak percent is displayed. If in a soak sequence, the value of parameter
Default: N/A REMSOAKT as a percent of total soak time is displayed.
PtRes: APM
Range: > 0.0

RSTROPT
RSTROPT (ProcMod)
Type: E:$RSTROPT Restart Option—Defines how the sequence program is to be started following
Lock: Eng an Idle to Run, or power up to Run transition or a warm restart.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Off (Sequence is waiting for the operator command to start)
1-Restart (Sequence is to be restarted from the beginning)
RT (FlowComp)
Type: Real Reference Temperature—RT is the reference temperature input and is in the same
Lock: Supr Engineering Unit as the T (measured actual temperature) input.
Default: 1.0
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
RT
Type: Real Deadtime Ratio
Lock: Supr
Default: 1.0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0.01 to 100.0
RTHILM
(Pid)
Type: Real Ratio High Limit
Lock: Supr
Default: 100.0
PtRes: APM
Range: RTLOLM to 100.0,
NaN
Helpful Hint: Entering NaN forces RTHILM to its extreme value (100.0%).

RTLOLM
RTLOLM(Pid)
Type: Real Ratio Low Limit
Lock: Supr
Default: 0.01
PtRes: APM
Range: 0.01 to RTHILM,
NaN
Helpful Hint: Entering NaN forces RTLOLM to its extreme value (0.01).
RUNSTATE (ProcMod)
Type: Logical Run State—Indicates that the point is in the RUN sequence execution state.
Lock: View
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (Process Module point is not in the RUN state)
On (Process Module point is in the RUN state)
RV (Timer)
Type: Integer Remaining Time—Indicates the amount of time remaining (in seconds or
Lock: View minutes) that the timer is to run.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: >0
Helpful Hint: RV represents remaining time computed as SP - PV. If SP = 0, RV

is always 0.
RX (FlowComp)
Type: Real Reference Steam Compressibility—Defines the reference steam compressibility,
Lock: Supr and is in the same engineering units as the X (measured actual steam
Default: 1.0 compressibility).
PtRes: APM
Range: Anything except NaN

S0BOXCLR
-S-
S0BOXCLR, S1BOXCLR, S2BOXCLR

Type: E:BOXCOLOR State Box Color—Used only for US displays; corresponds to the box colors
Lock: View configured using S0BOXCLR - BOXCLR(0), S1BOXCLR – BOXCLR(1),
Default: N/A S2BOXCLR - BOXCLR(2).
PtRes: NIM
Range: Red
Green
White
Black
Cyan
Yellow
Blue
Magenta
S1 (PidErfb)
Type: Logical Tracking Switch—Determines whether the CV value of this data point is
Lock: Prog replaced by the tracking value.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (CV value is not replaced)
On (CV value is replaced by the tracking value)
S1 (STI)
Type: String_127 Transmitter Status—Indicates the current status of the smart transmitter
Lock: View associated with this STI point. Transmitter status consists of
Default: Blank - Transmitter scratch pads 1, 2, 3 & 4
PtRes: APM - Detailed transmitter status
Range: N/A, Blank - List of parameters whose values are not the same in both the STI IOP database
and the transmitter’s database. (Parameters are mismatched.)
S1, S2 (RampSoak)
Type: Logical Mark 1 and Mark 2 Flags—These flags are used to indicate to other data points
Lock: View that a specified time has elapsed from the beginning of a specified ramp or soak
Default: Off segment. Refer to the APM Control Functions and Algorithms manual for
PtRes: APM detailed information.
Range: Off
On
APM Parameter Reference Dictionary S-1 2/99

S1–S4
S1(1)–(24) through S4(1)–(24) (Logic)

Type: E:$PMMLGPM Status Inputs 1-4—Defines the input source for each of the S1-S4 inputs to
Lock: PtBld the logic block.
Default: L1
PtRes: APM
Range: FL1...FL12 (Input source is a local flag; they can be either On or Off)
SO1...SO24 (Input source is the status output (SOn) from another logic block.)
L1...L12 (Input source is the configured input connection; they can be either On or Off)
S1–S4 (Switch)
Type: Logical Select X1-X4 Request Flag—Indicate whether the respective input (X1-X4) has
Lock: Oper been selected as the input to this algorithm.
Default: On
PtRes: APM
Range: Off
On (Respective input has been selected)
S1BGNTIM, S2BGNTIM (RampSoak)

Type: Real Mark 1 and Mark 2 Begin Times—Times at which Mark Function Flag S1 or
Lock: Supr S2 is turned on. Refer to the APM Control Functions and Algorithms manual
Default: 0.0 for detailed information.
PtRes: APM
Range: > 0.0 to 120 minutes
S1ENDTIM, S2ENDTIM (RampSoak)

Type: Real Mark 1 and Mark 2 End Time—Times at which Mark Function Flags S1 and S2
Lock: Supr are turned Off. Refer to the APM Control Functions and Algorithms manual for
Default: 0.0 detailed information.
PtRes: APM
Range: > 0.0 to 120 minutes
S1REV(1)–(24) through S3REV(1)–(24) (Logic)

Type: Logical S1, S2, S3 Inputs Reversed—Allows the user to selectively reverse (invert) any
Lock: PtBld of the inputs to a logic block.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (Input is direct)
On (Input is reversed)
Helpful Hint: Reversed (inverted) inputs apply only to LOGALGID = And, Or, Nand, and Nor.

S1SEGID, S2SEGID
S1SEGID, S2SEGID (RampSoak)

Type: E:CURSEGID Mark 1 and Mark 2 Segment Identifiers—Refer to the APM Control
Lock: Supr Functions and Algorithms manual for detailed information.
Default:Ramp1
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Ramp1 1-Soak1
2-Ramp2 3-Soak2
: and :
20-Ramp11 21-Soak11
22-Ramp12 23-Soak12
SAFEOP
Type: Real Safe Operation For Safety Shutdown—Defines the safe output value (OP) for a
Lock: Engr point when the SHUTDOWN parameter is set to On.
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: -6.9 to 106.9%,
NaN
SAFOPCMD (PosProp, PIDPosPr)

Type: E:$SFOPCMD Safe OP Command—Defines the Safe OP state for position proportional and
Lock: Engr PID position proportional.
Default: Idle
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-IDLE (Output does not change)
1-RAISE (Output is raised)
2-LOWER (Output is lowered)
SCANPER (APM Box)

Type: Real SI Data Scan Period—Defines the period that the APMM Control Processor
Lock: PtBld scans serial interface data that is mapped to the Array point.
Default: 1.0
PtRes: APM
Range: .25 seconds
.5 seconds
1.0 seconds
SCANPRI (Array)
Type: E:$SCANPRI SI Data FTA Scan Priority—Indicates which scan priority the serial interface
Lock: PtBld FTA is using when reading data from the serial link.
Default: Low
PtRes: APM
Range: Low (Scan at low priority)
High (Scan at high priority)

SCANRATE
SCANRATE (APM Box)

Type: E:$PMMSNRT Scan Rate—Defines the number of times that all slots of a particular type are
Lock: PtBld scanned and processed. Refer to the APM Control Functions and Algorithms
Default: Reg1Log1 manual for information on how to determine the processing capacity of the APM.
PtRes: APM
Range: RegCtl & RegPV Logic, DigComp & DevCtl ProcMod
Scan Freq Scan Freq Scan Freq
0-Null ---- ---- ----
1-Reg1Log1 1 second 1 second 1 second
2-Reg1Log2 1 second 1/2 second 1 second
3-Reg1Log4 1 second 1/4 second 1 second
5-Reg2Log2 1/2 second 1/2 second 1 second
CAUTION
If you attempt to load a new SCANRATE or a new point mix from the DEB, the following items should be noted:
a. If the new SCANRATE and point mix are accepted by the APMM and if they differ in any way from
their previous values, then the point database will be set to the default state and must be
reloaded from the IDF.
b. If the SCANRATE or any part of the point mix is rejected by the APMM, then the APMM database
remains unchanged; the SCANRATE and the point mix also remain unchanged.
c. If the SCANRATE and the point mix are equivalent to the previous values, then the APMM
database remains unchanged.
SEALOPT (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: E:$SEALOPT Seal-in Circuit Option—Configures the seal-in circuit option.
Lock: Eng/PB
Default: None
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-None (Sealin is not configured)
1-Sealin (Sealin is configured)
SECOND (APM Box)

Type: Integer Current Second
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 59
SECSYNC
Type: E:$SECSYNC Secondary Synchronization Status
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM
Range: Synched (Modules are synchronized)
NoSynch (Modules are out of synchronization)

SECVAR
SECVAR (DevCtl)
Type: Real Secondary Variable—The analog feedback, normally the motor current or flow.
Lock: View
Default: 0.0
PtRes: APM
Range: Real Numbers including NaN
SECVAR (STI)
Type: Real Secondary Variable—Displays the value of the secondary variable of the smart
Lock: View transmitter as follows:
Default: NaN Pressure transmitter—temperature of the transmitter
PtRes: APM Temperature transmitter—cold junction temperature
Flow transmitter—totalized value.
Range: N/A, NaN
SEGTOT (GenLin)
Type: Integer Total Number of Segments—Defines the total number of segments in the curve.
Lock: Supr
Default: 1
PtRes: APM
Range: 1 to 12
SEGTYPE (RampSoak)
Type: E:SEGTYPE Segment Type—Indicates the current segment being executed by the RegCtl
Lock: View point.
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Ramp (Ramp segment)
1-Soak (Soak segment)
SELINP (HiLoAvg, MidOf3)

Type: E:PINP Selected Input—Indicates the selected input for the algorithm.
Lock: View
Default: SelectP1
PtRes: APM
Range: 1-SelectP1 (HiLoAvg and MidOf3 algorithms)
2-SelectP2 (HiLoAvg and MidOf3 algorithms)
3-SelectP3 (HiLoAvg and MidOf3 algorithms)
4-SelectP4 (Only HiLoAvg algorithm)

SELXINP
SELXINP (ORSel, Switch)

Type: E:XINP Selected X Input—For the ORSel algorithm, this parameter indicates the
Lock: View inputs to the algorithm that have not been bypassed by the BYPASS1-
(for ORSel) BYPASS4 parameters. For the Switch algorithm, this parameter allows the
Oper operator to specify the input (X1-X4) to the algorithm. Refer to the APM
(for Switch) Control Functions and Algorithms manual for a detailed description.
Default: SelectX1
PtRes: APM
Range: 1-SelectX1
2-SelectX2
3-SelectX3
4-SelectX4
SENSRTYP (HLAI &

LLAI)
Type: E:$SENSRTY Sensor Type—Defines the type of field sensor connected to the Field
Lock: PtBld Termination Assembly (FTA). 0_100_mV, Thermocouple, and RTD sensor
Default: 1_5_V types do not apply for HLAI. P4_2_V and slidewire sensor types do not apply
PtRes: APM for LLAI. Refer to PVCHAR for more information.
Range: 0-1_5_V (1 to 5 volts)
1-0_5_V (0 to 5 volts)
2-0_100_mV (0 to 100 millivolts)
3-Thermcpl (Thermocouple)
4-RTD (Resistance Temperature Device)
5-P4_2_V (0.4 to 2 volts)
6-Slidwire (Slidewire Resistance Device)
SENSRTYP (LLMUX, RHMUX)

Type: E:$SENSRTY Sensor Type—Defines the type of field sensor connected to the Field
Lock: PtBld Termination Assembly (FTA). Refer to PVCHAR for more information.
Default: 0 - 100 mV
PtRes: APM
Range: 2-0_100_mV (0 to 100 millivolts)
3-Thermcpl (Thermocouple)
4-RTD (Resistance Temperature Device) NOTE: RTD is not supported by RHMUX IOP.
SENSRTYP (STI)
Type: E:$SENSRTY Sensor Type—Defines the Smart Transmitter type. Refer to PVCHAR for
Lock: PtBld more information. Note that SENSRTYP must match the FTA. The point
Default: Spt_Dp status is set to SOFTFAIL if a mismatch occurs.
PtRes: APM
Range: 8-SPT_DP (ST3000—differential pressure)
9-SPT_GP (ST3000—gauge pressure)
10-SPT_AP (ST3000—absolute pressure)
11-STT (STT3000—temperature)
12-SFM (MagneW 3000—magnetic flow and most Multivariable transmitters)
Helpful Hint: For multivariable transmitters, refer to the transmitter manual for the default
value of the specific device.

SEQERR
SEQERR (ProcMod)
Type: Integer Sequence Error—Indicates that a sequence error or failure was detected. A code is
Lock: View displayed to indicate the nature of the error or failure. When an error is detected,
Default: 0 the sequence execution state is changed to ERROR; when a failure is detected,
PtRes: APM the execution state is changed to FAIL.
Range: 0 (No error)
1-100 (Not used)
Error Codes
101 (Not used)
102 (Array index error)
103 (Illegal IMD code)
104 (Illegal variable/operator code)
105 (Interpreter stack overflow)
106 (GOTO destination error)
107 (Key level error)
108 (Configuration mismatch error)
109 (I/O Link prefetch overflow)
110 (Subroutine nesting level error)
111 (Illegal value error)
112 (Fail statement)
113 (IOL-Prefetch buffer full)
114 (IOL-Poststore buffer full)
115 (UCN-Prefetch buffer full)
116 ((UCN-Postore buffer full)
117-164 (Not used)
Failure Codes
165 (Sequence has been halted by the operator)
166 (Sequence jumped to an abnormal condition handler which was not enabled)
167 (Not used)
168 (Timeout condition occurred on WAIT statement)
169 (An attempt was made to start a sequence that has not been loaded)
170 (Communication error in READ/WRITE statement)
171 (Communication error detected during I/O Link access. This error is also generated for all
post-store problems)
172 (Range Error)
173 (An attempt was made to write to a point that was not in the proper mode)
174 (Interlock error)
175-255 (Not used)
SEQEXEC (ProcMod)
Type: E:SEQEXEC Sequence Execution State—Indicates the current execution state of the
Lock: View sequence program that is executing in the process module. Refer to the APM
Default: NL Control Functions and Algorithms manual for a detailed description of the
PtRes: APM execution states.
Range: 0-NL (Not Loaded)
1-DLL (Down-line loading is in progress)
2-Loaded (Sequence has been loaded into the process module)
3-End (Sequence has stopped because it has run to completion)
4-Pause (Sequence has stopped because of a PAUSE statement, or after each step is executed
while in the SnglStep sequence execution mode.)
5-Fail (Sequence has stopped because a sequence failure was detected)
6-Error (Sequence has stopped because a sequence error was detected)
7-Run (Sequence is running in the process module)

SEQMODE
SEQMODE (ProcMod)
Type: E:SEQMODE Sequence Execution Mode—Defines the manner in which the sequence is
Lock: Determined by executed.
CNTLLOCK
parameter
Default: Auto
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Auto (Normal mode of sequence operation. Sequence runs from beginning to end without
operator intervention.)
1-SemiAuto (Sequence stops at all PAUSE statements in the sequence. Operator action is
required to restart the sequence.)
2-SnglStep (Sequence is executed one step at a time, and operator action is required to resume
execution. This mode is normally used for debugging.)
SEQNAME (ProcMod)
Type: String_8 Sequence Name—Defines the name of the CL sequence that currently resides in
Lock: View the process module.
Default: Blank
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
SEQOBJSZ (ProcMod)
Type: Integer Sequence Program Size—Indicates the number of memory blocks used by the
Lock: View sequence currently loaded in this process module.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: >0
SEQPR (ProcMod)
Type: E:ALPRIOR Sequence Priority—Defines the alarm priority for Process Module points. Note
Lock: Engr that even when the Sequence priority is Journal, the alarm indicators still appear
Default: Low on the Group and Detail displays.
PtRes: NIM
Display)
SEQPRGSZ (APM Box)

Type: Integer Sequence Program Size—Gives total APM memory available for sequence
Lock: View program, in blocks.
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A

SEQPROC
SEQPROC (APM Box)

Type: E:$SEQPROC Sequence Processing Rate—Specifies the number of processing units per Process
Lock: PtBld Module data points that can be processed each quarter second cycle.
Default: 1_PU
PtRes: APM
Range: 1_PU One PU per Process Module point is allocated per scan (40 points can be processed
per scan)
2_PU Two PUs per Process Module point are allocated per scan (20 points can be processed
per scan)
SEQSLTSZ (ProcMod)
Type: Integer Sequence Slot Size—Defines the size of the program memory allocated for this
Lock: PtBld process module in terms of blocks. Each block is 32 words long. The actual
Default: 0 size is limited by the available memory.
PtRes: APM
Range: >0
SERIALNO (STI)
Type: String_8 Serial Number/PROM Number of the Smart Transmitter
Lock: View
Default: Blank
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
SGALGID(1)–(2) (DevCtl)
Type: E:$GTALGID Secondary Gate ID—Defines the algorithm IDs for secondary gates.
in an Array
(1..2)
Lock: PtBld
Default: None
PtRes: APM
AND (And Gate algorithm)
OR (Or Gate algorithm)
NAND (Nand Gate algorithm)
NOR (Nor Gate algorithm)
XOR (Exclusive Or Gate algorithm)
PAND (Pulse Nand Gate algorithm)
POR (Pulse or Gate algorithm)
PNAND (Pulse Nand Gate algorithm)
PNOR (Pulse Nor Gate algorithm)
PXOR (Pulse Exclusive or Gate algorithm)

SGDSTN
SGDSTN(1)–(2) (DevCtl)
Type: E:$GATDSTN Secondary Gate Destination—Defines the output destination for the secondary
in an Array gates.
(1..2)
Lock: PtBld
Default: None
PtRes: APM
I0, I1, I2 (Output goes to Interlocks)
OPCMD (Output is commanded to go to OPCMD parameter)
SGPLSWTH(1)–(2) (DevCtl)
Type: Integer Pulse Width for Secondary Gate—Indicates the pulse width for gates whose
in an Array algorithms begin with “P”.
(1..2)
Lock: Supr
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 8000
SGSO(1)–(2) (DevCtl)
Type: Logical Status Output for Secondary Gates
in an Array
(1..2)
Lock: View
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off
On

SHEDMODE
SHEDMODE (RegCtl)
Type: E:MODE Shedmode—Defines the mode to which this point sheds when it sheds from the
Lock: Engr Cas mode.
Default: Man
PtRes: APM
Range: 1-Man (Manual)
3-Auto (Automatic; applies to only Pid, PosProp, and RatioCtl algorithms)
4-Bcas (Backup Cascade)
Helpful Hint: 1. SHEDMODE configuration requires RCASOPT = Spc or Ddc for Pid
algorithm.
2. SHEDMODE configuration requires RCASOPT = Ddc for the following
algorithms:
AutoMan
IncrSum
ORSel
Switch
3. SHEDMODE configuration requires RCASOPT = Spc for the following
algorithms:
PosProp
RatioCtl
SHEDTIME (RegCtl)
Type: Integer Remote Cascade Shed Time—Defines the amount of time between successive
Lock: Eng/PB updates of the SP or OP value from the AM. If the update is not received within
Default: 0 the specified time, the AM or the NIM is assumed to have failed, and the backup
PtRes: APM control strategy is substituted by means of changing the mode to a preconfigured
backup mode.
Helpful Hint: SHEDTIME configuration requires RCASOPT = Spc, Ddc, or DdcRsp, which
indicates that the SP or OP value is provided by the AM. To disable mode
shed, use the default value of 0 for this parameter.
SHUTDOWN (RegCtl)
Type: Logical Shutdown Command Flag—This optional parameter allows the user to
Lock: Prog implement safety interlocks that can effectively shutdown a single control loop.
Default: Off When the SHUTDOWN flag is set to On by a user-written program or logic
PtRes: APM block, the mode and mode attribute are changed to Man and Oper, respectively,
Range: Off and the OP output is set equal to a predefined safe output value (SAFEOP). As
On long as the SHUTDOWN flag is On, the MODE, MODATTR, ESWENBST,
and OP parameter values cannot be changed. When the SHUTDOWN flag is set
to Off, the control loop must be manually restarted.
Helpful Hint: Before a program sets this flag to the On state, it should write into parameter
SAFEOP a safe shutdown value of 0%, 100%, or NaN (which causes the
last good OP value to be used).
A Logic Point or CL program must be used to reset the Shutdown Flag.

SI0
SI0 (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: Logical Safety Override Interlock Flag
Lock: Engr
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (Override is not active)
On (Override is active)
Helpful Hint: This parameter can be changed by the engineer only when the point is
inactive or when the APM is idle.
SI0ALOPT (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: E:$OVRALOP SI0 Safety Override Alarm—Indicates the required action to be performed when
Lock: Eng/PB a safety interlock occurs.
Default: None
PtRes: APM
Range: None (No override alarming)
Auto_Rtn (Return to normal when override is cleared)
Cnfm_Rqd (Confirm to clear, after interlock is cleared)
SI0ALPR (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: E:ALPIROR Override SI0 Alarm Priority—Indicates the alarm priority for the safety
Lock: Engr override.
Default: NoAction
PtRes: NIM
Display)
SIALGID(1)–(12) (DevCtl)
Type: E:$I2ALGID Secondary Input Gate Algorithm ID—Indicates the algorithm IDs for secondary
in an Array input gates.
(1..12)
Lock: PtBld
Default: Null
PtRes: APM
DLY (Input is Delayed algorithm)
ONDLY (On Delay algorithm, transition to ON is delayed)
OFFDLY (Off Delay algorithm, transition to OFF is delayed)
PULSE (Input is Pulsed algorithm)
MAXPULSE (Maximum Pulse Width algorithm)
MINPULSE (Minimum Pulse Width algorithm)

SIDLYTIM(1)–(12)
SIDLYTIM(1)–(12) (DevCtl)
Type: Integer Secondary Input Gate Delay/Pulse Width—Indicates the delay or pulse width for
in an Array secondary input gates.
(1..12)
Lock: Supr
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
SIDSTN(1)–(12) (DevCtl)
Type: E:$GATDSTN Destination for Secondary Input Gates—Defines the output destination of the
in an Array secondary gate.
(1..12)
Lock: PtBld
Default: None
PtRes: APM
I0, I1, I2 (Output goes to Interlocks)
OPCMD (Output is commanded to go to OPCMD)
SG1, SG2 (Output goes to Secondary gates 1 or 2)
PG1, PG2, PG3, PG4 (Output goes to Primary gates 1, 2, 3 or 4)
SIM_TXT (NIM)
Type: String_8 Simulation Indicator—see also DISP_SIM
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
SI0CONF (DigComp,DevCtl)
Type: Logical Safety Override Interlock Alarm Confirmation Flag—Indicates that the safety
Lock: Oper override interlock alarm needs to be confirmed.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A

SISO
SISO(1)–(12) (DevCtl)
Type: Logical Status Output for Secondary Input Gates—Indicates the output value of the
in an Array secondary input gate.
(1..12)
Lock: View
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off
On
SLOTNUM
Type: Integer Slot Number—Defines the slot number where this point resides. For IOP point
Lock: PtBld types (AnalgIn, AnalgOut, DigIn, DigOut), it defines the hardware subslot on
Default: N/A the module (IOP card) in which the point resides; refer to description of
PtRes: NIM MODNUM parameter. For control points (DigComp, DevCtl, and Array),
Logic, RegPV, RegCtl, Flag, Numeric, Timer and ProcMod) it defines the
software slot in the PMM. The processing capacity of the APM depends on the
number and mix of configured control points. Refer to the APM Control
Functions and Algorithms manual for a detailed description of how to determine
the processing capacity of the APM, based on the number of control points
being used.
For multivariable Smartline transmitters, note that although the transmitter is

connected to only one slot, you must allocate adjacent slots for the other PVs.
Range: AnalgIn (1-16 for HLAI and STI; 1-32 for LLMUX and RHMUX)
AnalgIn (1-8 for LLAI)
Array (1-256, but WKHYDOXHRI1$556/27
DevCtl (1-160, but WKHYDOXHRI1'(96/27
DigComp (1-512, but WKHYDOXHRI1'&6/27
DigIn (1-32)
DigOut (1-16 or 1-32)
Flag (APM Box Flag 1-2047)
Logic (1-80, but WKHYDOXHRI1/2*6/27
Numeric (APM Box Numeric 1-2047)
ProcMod (1-160, but WKHYDOXHRI1306/27
PI (1-8)
RegCtl (1-160, but WKHYDOXHRI1&7/6/27
RegPV (1-80, WKHYDOXHRI1396/27
Timer (APM box Timer 1-64)
AnalgOut (1-8 or 1-16)
Helpful Hint: SLOTNUM configuration for Array, DigComp, DevCtl, Flag, Numeric, Timer,
ProcMod, Logic, RegCtl, and RegPV points require CTLOPT = On.
SLOT0SF(1)–(168)
Type: String_96 Slot 0 Soft Failures—Returns blind record of box soft failures present at a
Lock: View module address.
Default:
PtRes: APM

SLWSRCID
SLWSRCID
(AnalgIn)
Type: Integer Slidewire Voltage Source Identifier—Defines the slot number of the voltage
Lock: Eng/PB source for the slidewire.
Default: 1
PtRes: APM
Range: 1–16
Helpful Hint: SLWSRCID configuration requires SENSRTYP = Slidewire.
SNAME(1)–(2) (ProcMod)
Type: String_8 Subroutine Name—Indicates the name of the subroutine currently used by the
Lock: View process module. A value of “ “ means that no subroutine is executing.
Default: Spaces SNAME(1) and SNAME(2) display the name of the first and second level
PtRes: APM subroutines called from the main sequence.
Range: N/A
SO (DigOut)
Type: Logical Status Output—The output from a DigOut point.
Lock: Oper
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (Field contact is to be de-energized.)
On (Field contact is to be energized.)
Helpful Hint: Only the APMM Cont_Ctl access level can write to this parameter.
SO (Timer)
Type: Logical Status Output of Timer—Indicates whether the PV (elapsed time) has reached
Lock: View the SP (preset time).
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: On (PV has reached the SP)
Off (PV has not reached the SP)

SO
SO(1)–(24) (Logic)
Type: Logical Logic Block Status Output—Indicates the output state of the logic block.
Lock: View
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (Output is false)
On (Output is true)
SO(0)–(2) (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: Logical Status output array—Indicates the current output state of the Digital Composite
Lock: View slot.
Default: Off s = (0) for state 0
PtRes: APM s = (1) for state 1
Range: Off s = (2) for state 2
On
SOAKT1–12
Type: Real Soak Time for Soak Segments 1–12—Define the soak time in minutes for each
Lock: Supr soak segment.
Default: 0.0
PtRes: APM
SOAKV1–12
Type: Real Soak Value for R/S Segments 1–12— Defines the soak values in engineering
Lock: Supr units for each soak segment.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
SOCMD(0)–(2) (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: Logical Output Status Command—When commanding an OFF to ON write, the OP is
Lock: Prog commanded to the state corresponding to the array element written on an off-to-
Default: OFF on transition.
PtRes: APM
Range: On (The OP is commanded to the state corresponding to ‘i’. 0=State 0, 1=State 1, 2=State 2 if
SOCMD (i) was previously OFF)
Off (No action)

SP
SP (RegCtl)
Type: Real Setpoint of the PV in Engineering Units
Lock: Oper
Default: 0.0
PtRes: APM
Range: SPLOLM to SPHILM
Helpful Hint: SP usually does not require a control input connection. If a cascade
connection to SP is required, it is typically configured by specifying a control
output connection on the primary point.
SP (Timer)
Type: Integer Preset Time—Defines the amount of time in seconds or minutes that the timer
Lock: Oper is to run.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 32000
SPEUHI (RegCtl)
Type: Real Setpoint Engineering Unit High Range
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: > SPEULO
SPEULO (RegCtl)
Type: Real Setpoint Engineering Unit Low Range
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: < SPEUHI
SPFORMAT (RegCtl)
Type: E:VALFORMT Setpoint Decimal Point Format—Indicates the format of the SP value.
Lock: View SPFORMAT tracks with the selected PVFORMAT.
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-D0 (XXXX.)
1-D1 (XXX.X)
2-D2 (XX.XX)
3-D3 (X.XXX)

SPHIFL
SPHIFL (RegCtl)
Type: Logical Setpoint High Limit Violation Flag—Indicates the SP has exceeded the upper
Lock: View limit established by SPHILM.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (High limit not exceeded)
On (High limit exceeded)
SPHILM (RegCtl)
Type: Real Setpoint High Limit—Defines the upper limit for the SP.
Lock: Supr
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: SPLOLM to SPEUHI,
NaN
Helpful Hint: 1. Entering NaN disables limit checking by forcing SPHILM to its extreme
value (SPEUHI).
2. SPHILM does not apply for the RampSoak algorithm.
SPLOCK (ProcMod)
Type: E:ACCLVL Setpoint Lock—Stores to the process module point’s own flags, numeric,
Lock: Engr strings, and time parameters, and are checked against the access lock specified
Default: Operator by SPLOCK.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Operator (Operator and higher keylock positions allow store access.)
1-Supervis (Supervisor and higher keylock positions allow store access.)
2-Engineer (Engineer and higher keylock positions allow store access.)
3-Program(Only the program has store access.)
SPLOCK (Array)
Type: E:ACCLVL Setpoint Lock—Indicates the access lock for array point parameters FL, NN,
Lock: Engr STRn and TIME.
Default: Operator
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Operator (Operator and higher keylock positions allow store access.)
1-Supervis (Supervisor and higher keylock positions allow store access.)
2-Engineer (Engineer and higher keylock positions allow store access.)
3-Program(Only the program has store access.)

SPLOFL
SPLOFL (RegCtl)
Type: Logical Setpoint Low Limit Violation Flag—Indicates that the SP has exceeded the
Lock: View lower limit established by SPLOLM.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (Low limit is not exceeded)
On (Low limit is exceeded)
SPLOLM (RegCtl)
Type: Real Setpoint Low Limit—Defines the lower limit for the SP.
Lock: Supr
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: SPEULO to SPHILM,
NaN
Helpful Hint: 1. Entering NaN disables limit checking by forcing SPLOLM to its extreme
value (SPEULO).
2. SPLOLM does not apply for the RampSoak algorithm.
SPOPT (RegCtl)
Type: E:SPOPT Setpoint Option
Lock: Eng/PB
Default: None
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-None (No specialized options are available)
1-TV (Target Value processing; provides a smooth transition from an existing setpoint to a
desired setpoint)
2-Asp (Advisory setpoint processing for Advisory Deviation Alarming)
Helpful Hint: 1. If component has been entered for the PNTFORM parameter, the Asp option
cannot be configured.
2. SPOPT does not apply for the RampSoak algorithm.
SPP (RegCtl)
Type: Real Setpoint in Percent
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
SPTV (RegCtl)
Type: Real Setpoint Target Value in Engineering Units
Lock: Oper
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: SPLOLM to SPHILM,
NaN
Helpful Hint: SPTV change requires SPOPT = TV.

SPTVP
SPTVP (RegCtl)
Type: Real Setpoint Target Value in Percent
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: > 0.0
Helpful Hint: SPTVP change requires SPOPT = TV.
SRQUTAVG (NIM, APM Box)

Type: Real Average UCN Store Request Trip Time—The average time in milliseconds
Lock: View that it takes to receive a response to this node’s UCN store request.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
SRQUTMAX (NIM, APM Box)

Type: Real Maximum UCN Store Request Trip Time—The maximum time in
Lock: View milliseconds that it takes to receive a response to this node’s UCN store
Default: NaN request.
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
SRSPTAVG (NIM, APM Box)

Type: Real Average UCN Store Response Trip Time—The average time in milliseconds
Lock: View that it takes this node to respond to UCN store requests from other nodes.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
SRSPTMAX (NIM, APM Box)

Type: Real Maximum UCN Store Response Trip Time—The maximum time in
Lock: View milliseconds that it takes this node to respond to UCN store requests from
Default: NaN other nodes.
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A

SSTEP
SSTEP(1)–(2) (ProcMod)
Type: String_8 Subroutine Step Name—Indicates the current step of the subroutine executing in
Lock: View this Process Module. A value of “ “ means that no subroutine is executing.
Default: Spaces SSTEP(1) and SSTEP(2) display the step name of the first and second level
PtRes: APM subroutines called from the main sequence.
Range: N/A
SSTMT(1)–(2) (ProcMod)
Type: Integer Subroutine Statement Number—This parameter points to the statement number
Lock: View (in the NIM sequence library) of the current subroutine. A value of 0 indicates
Default: 0 that no subroutine is executing. The array index indicates nesting level.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 255
ST0_OP1–3 (DevCtl, Digcomp)

Type: Logical State 0, Outputs 1 through 3—Defines the value (On or Off) that is to be
Lock: Eng/PB written to output number 1, 2, and 3 when the OP is in State 0.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off
On

Type: Logical State 1, Outputs 1, 2, and 3—Defines the value (On or Off) that is to be written
Lock: Eng/PB to output number 1, 2, and 3 when the OP is in State 1.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off
On

Type: Logical State 2–Outputs 1, 2, and 3—Defines the value (On or Off) that is to be written
Lock: Eng/PB to output number 1, 2, and 3 when the OP is in State 2.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off
On

STARTFL
STARTFL
Type: Logical Start Command Flag—Starts DigIn accumulator or RegPV totalizer when flag
Lock: Prog transitions from Off to On.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (No effect on accumulator/totalizer)
On (Allows the accumulator/totalizer to begin counting up/down)
STATE (STI)
Type: E:STATE Current State—Indicates the current state of the STI point.
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 2-Loading (Indicates that database loading between the STI point and the transmitter is occurring.)
3-Loadcomp (Indicates that the database transfer between the STI point and the transmitter has
been successfully completed)
4-Loadfail (Indicates that the parameter transfer between the STI point and the transmitter has not
been successfully completed)
5-Calib (Indicates that certain parameters are being calibrated at the transmitter by the STI point)
6-Calcomp (Indicates that the calibration has been successfully completed)
7-Calfail (Indicates that the calibration has not been successfully completed)
8-OK (Normal state; indicates that the STI point and the transmitter are OK. Transmitter is
updating the PV value at the STI point. STATE remains OK when the point is made inactive.)
9-DBChange (Indicates that a database mismatch between the STI point and the transmitter has
been detected. Transmitter is not updating the PV value at the STI point. STATE remains
DBChange when the point is made inactive.)
STATE (Timer, DigIn)

Type: E:STATE Timer State—Indicates the current state of the timer data point.
Lock: View
Default: Stopped
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Stopped
1-Running
STATE (Totalizr)
Type: E:STATE Accumulator State—Indicates the current state of the totalizer.
Lock: View
Default: Stopped
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Stopped (Stopped)
1-Running (Accumulating)

STATE0–2
STATE0–2
Type: String_8 Current State—These parameters represent the state text (STATETXT)
Lock: View descriptors as follows:
Default: 1 = On STATE0 = STATETXT(0)
0 = Off STATE1 = STATETXT(1)
2 = State 2 STATE2 = STATETXT(2); Digital Composite and DevCtl points only
PtRes: NIM Refer to the APM Control Functions and Algorithms manual for a detailed
description of the Digital Composite point states.
Range: N/A
STATETXT(0)–(3) (DevCtl, DigIn, DigComp, Flag)

Type: String_8 State Descriptor Text—Define the states of the point using descriptors which
Lock: PtBld can have up to eight characters.
Default: 1 = On
0 = Off STATETXT (1) corresponds to the first ACTIVE state, or the state
2 = State 2 corresponding to PVFL = On (direct acting) or PVFL = Off (reverse acting).
3 = None (State 3) On the Group or Detail Display, it is in the upper box.
PtRes: NIM
STATETXT (0) corresponds to the INACTIVE state, or the state
corresponding to PVFL = Off (direct acting) or On (reverse acting). On the
Group or Detail Display, it is the middle box for a Digital Composite or
DevCtl point. For a Digital Input point, it is the lower box.
STATETXT (2) corresponds to the second ACTIVE state. On the Group or

Detail Display for a Digital Composite or DevCtl point, it is in the lower
box. STATETXT(2) does not apply to Digital Input and Flag points.
When a two- state device is configured, STATETXT(2) is internally set to
$NULL.
STATETXT (3) “NONE” (not configurable).

STATETXT(3) does not apply to Digital Input and Flag points.
Range: N/A
Helpful Hint: STATETXT has an access lock of View if PNTFORM = Componnt.

STATETXT (2) for State 2 applies only if NOSTATES = 3 for digital
composite or device control points.
STATMENT (ProcMod)
Type: Integer Statement—Indicates the current statement of the sequence executing in this
Lock: View process module. A statement number of 0 indicates that no statement is being
Default: 0 executed.
PtRes: APM
Range: 1 to 255

STATTIM0–2
STATTIM0–2 (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: Time State Time—The amount of time based on the PV that has accumulated for
(Duration) States 0, 1, and 2 since the most recent reset of maintenance statistics.
Lock: View
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 - 4000 Days (1 second resolution)
STCHGOPT (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: E:$STCHGOP State Change Option—State0 passed through before entering a new state. If
Lock: Engr/PB command disagree alarming is not configured, the point will wait for the
Default: 0-None number of seconds designated in the PAUSETIM parameter after State0 is
PtRes: 1-APM commanded. If alarming is configured, the system will wait for the PV to go
to State0 (or when the feedback timer expires) before starting the pause timer.
Range: None (State change option is not configured)

State0 (State change option is configured)
STDBYMAN (AnalgOut, DigOut, RegCtl)

Type: Logical Standby Manual Flag—Indicates whether the associated hardware output is
Lock: View connected to a standby manual device. It is not an indication of whether or not
Default: Off the output is isolated from the process.
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (Output is not connected to standby-manual device)
On (Output is connected to standby-manual device)
STDBYSTS(1)–(168)
Type: Logical Standby Status Flag—Returns blind record of STDBYMAN status
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (No Standby Manual present)
On (Standby Manual is activated)
STEP (ProcMod)
Type: String_8 Step Name—Indicates the step name of the sequence executing in this process
Lock: View module.
Default: Spaces
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A

STI_EU
STI_EU (STI)
Type: E:STI_EU Smart Transmitter Engineering Units—Specifies the units of measurement for
Lock: Eng parameters LRL, LRV, URL, and URV.
Default: InH20 For multivariable Smart Transmitters with a SENSRTYP of SFM, choose
PtRes: APM BLANK. For multivariable slots with a SENSRTYP of SPT_DP, SPT_AP,
SPT_GP, or STT, choose the preferred STI_EU (engineering units). When
BLANK is selected the limit values URL, LRL, URV and LRV are displayed in
the base engineering units specified in the transmitter user manual.
Helpful Hint: Loading an invalid STI_EU type causes an error. An attempt to correct it from
the Detail Display is rejected as CONFIG MISMATCH. To recover, load the correct STI_EU
parameter from the PED or perform an UPLOAD from the point Detail Display.
Range:
0-InH20 (Pressure transmitter—Inches of water)
1-MMHG (Pressure transmitter—Millimeters of mercury)
2-PSI (Pressure transmitter—Pounds per square inch)
3-KPA (Pressure flow transmitter—Kilopascals)
4-MPA (Pressure transmitter—Millipascals)
5-MBar (Pressure transmitter—Millibars)
6-Bar (Pressure transmitter—Bars)
7-G_SQCM (Pressure transmitter—Grams per square centimeter)
8-KG_SQCM (Pressure flow transmitter—Kilograms per square centimeter)
9-MMH20 (Pressure transmitter—Millimeters of water)
10-INHG (Pressure transmitter—Inches of mercury)
11-Deg_C (Temperature transmitter—Degrees Centigrade)
12-Deg_F (Temperature transmitter—Degrees Fahrenheit)
13-Deg_K (Temperature transmitter—Degrees Kelvin)
14-Deg_R (Temperature transmitter—Degrees Rankine)
15-MV (Temperature transmitter—Millivolts)
16-V (Temperature transmitter—Volts)
17-Ohms (Temperature transmitter—RTD Ohms)
18-CM_HR (Magnetic flow transmitter (volume)—Cubic Meters per hour)
19-Gal_HR (Magnetic flow transmitter (volume)—Gallons per hour)
20-LIT_HR (Magnetic flow transmitter (volume)—Liters per hour)
21-CC_HR (Magnetic flow transmitter (volume)—Cubic Centimeters per hour)
22-CM_Min (Magnetic flow transmitter (volume)—Cubic Meters per hour)
23-Gal_Min (Magnetic flow transmitter (volume)—Gallons per minute)
24-Lit_Min (Magnetic flow transmitter (volume)—Liters per minute)
25-CC_Min (Magnetic flow transmitter (volume)—Cubic centimeters per minute)
26-CM_Day (Magnetic flow transmitter (volume)—Cubic meters per day)
27-Gal_Day (Magnetic flow transmitter (volume)—Gallons per day)
28-KGal_Day (Magnetic flow transmitter (volume)—Thousands of gallons per day)
29-BRL_Day (Magnetic flow transmitter (volume)—Barrels per day)
30-CM_Sec (Magnetic flow transmitter (volume)—Centimeters per second)
31-KG_HR* (Magnetic flow transmitter (mass)—Kilograms per hour)
32-LBS_HR* (Magnetic flow transmitter (mass)—Pounds per hour)
33-Ft_Sec (Magnetic flow transmitter (velocity)—Feet per second)
34-M_Sec (Magnetic flow transmitter (velocity)—Meters per second)
35-KG_Min* (Magnetic flow transmitter (mass)—Kilograms per minute)
36-KG_Sec* (Magnetic flow transmitter (mass)—Kilograms per second)
37-LBS_Min* (Magnetic flow transmitter (mass)—Pounds per minute)
38-LBS_Sec* (Magnetic flow transmitter (mass)—Pounds per second)
39-PRCNT (Percent)
______________
*Not implemented

STI_EU
STI_EU enumerations (con’t)

40-BLANK (Blank) - Multivariable transmitter with SFM SENSRTYP
41-LBS (Pounds)
42-KG (Kilograms)
43-TONS (Tons)
44-GRAMS (Grams)
45-OZ (Ounces)
46-GAL (Gallons)
47-BRL (Barrels)
48-CUB_M (Cubic Meters)
49-LITERS (Liters)
50-MLITRES (Milliliters)
51-FL_OZ (Fluid ounce)
52-FEET (Feet)
53-METERS (Meters)
54-MM (Millimeters)
55-INCHES (Inches)
56-KG_CUM (Kilograms per cubic meter)
57-G_CUM (Grams per cubic Meter)
58-LBS_CUFT (Pounds per cubic foot)
59-LBS_CUIN (Pounds per cubic inch)
STISWVER (STI)
Type: String_8 Software Revision Level of the Smart Transmitter
Lock: View
Default: Blank
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
STITAG (STI)
Type: String_8 Transmitter Tag Name—Identifies the name of the Smart Transmitter to the
Lock: Eng/PB system and on displays, reports, and logs.
Default: All Spaces
PtRes: APM
Helpful Hint: For multivariable transmitters, an identical STITAG must be entered for each
active slot related to that transmitter. The IOP uses the number of identical STITAG names to
calculate the number of PVs associated with with a given transmitter.
Range: Tag name can be up to 8 characters, and the permissible character set is as follows:
Alphabetics A-Z (uppercase or lowercase)
Numerics 0-9
Embedded space characters are allowed.

STOPFL
STOPFL
Type: Logical Stop Command Flag—Stops the DigIn accumulator or RegPV totalizer when
Lock: Prog the flag transitions from Off to On.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (No effect on the accumulator/totalizer)
On (Stops the accumulator/totalizer from counting up/down)
STR8(1)–(16,384) (APM Box)

Type: String_8 Box String Variables—The upper bound limit of this array is determined by the
Lock: Oper NSTRING Box parameter. The LCN index limit is 4095, while no limit exists
Default: Spaces for the UCN. Array points may be used to address strings with an index greater
PtRes: APM than 4095.
Range: N/A
STR8(1)–(16) (ProcMod)
Type: String_8 Local String Variables—Each Process Module point has 16 local STR8
Lock: Determined by variables that are different from the APM Box STR8 variables.
SPLOCK
parameter
Default: Spaces
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
Type: String_16 Local String Variables—Each Process Module point has 8 local STR16
Lock: Determined by variables that overlay the local STR8 variables [for example,
SPLOCK STR16(1)=STR8(1) concatenated with STR8(2)].
parameter
Default: Spaces
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A

STR32
Type: String_32 Local String Variables—Each Process Module point has four local STR32
Lock: Determined by variables that overlay the local STR8 variables.
SPLOCK
parameter
Default: Spaces
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
Type: String_64 Local String Variables—Each Process Module point has two local STR64
Lock: Determined by variables that overlay the local STR8 variables [for example,
SPLOCK STR64(1)=STR8(1-8)].
parameter
Default: Spaces
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
STR8(i) (Array)
Type: String_8 Array Point String Variables—8-character string variables that are mapped to the
Lock: Determined by Array point. The number of variables is dependent on the NSTRING and
SPLOCK STRLEN variables.
parameter
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 1 ≤ I ≤(Array parameter NSTRING)/(8/STRLEN)
STR16(i) (Array)
Type: String_16 Array Point String Array Variables—16-character string variables that are
Lock: Determined by mapped to the Array point. These variables overlay the STR8 variables.
SPLOCK
Parameter
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 1 ≤ I ≤ (Array parameter NSTRING)/(16/STRLEN)

STR32(i)
STR32(i) (Array)
Type: String_32 Array Point String Variables—32-character string variables mapped to the Array
Lock: Determined by point that overlay the STR8 variables.
SPLOCK
Parameter
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 1 ≤ I ≤ (Array parameter NSTRING)/(32/STRLEN)
STR64(i) (Array)
Type: String_64 Array Point String Variables—64-character string variables mapped to the Array
Lock: Determined by point that overlay the STR8 variables.
SPLOCK
Parameter
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 1≤I ≤ (Array parameter NSTRING)/(64/STRLEN)
STRDESC (Array)
Type: String_64 String Array Descriptor—64-character string describing the Array point string
Lock: PtBld data.
Default: Spaces
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
STRLEN (Array)
Type: Integer Array Point String Length—Indicates the length of the configured string (with
Lock: PtBld the STRSTIX and NSTRING parameters) displayed on the Array Point Detail
Default: 8 display. Strings can be accessed by STR8, STR16, STR32 or STR64 regardless
PtRes: APM of this value.
Range: 8, 16, 32, 64
STRLEN (ProcMod)
Type: Integer Process Module String Length—Indicates the displayed string length on the
Lock: PtBld Process Module Detail display. Strings can still be accessed by STR8, STR16,
Default: 8 STR32, or STR64 regardless of this value.
PtRes: APM
Range: 8, 16, 32, 64

STRSTIX
STRSTIX (Array)
Type: Real String Array Start Index—Defines the string array start index in Box STR8
Lock: PtBld variables, or the Serial Interface-connected device.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to Box parameter NSTRING (When EXTDATA,2B675LQGLFDWHVQRVWULQJVDUHFRQILJXUHG
0 to 99,999 (When EXTDATA=IO_STR, 0 can be a valid device index)
STRTFAIL(1)–(6)
Type: String_2 Startup/Failover Information
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes: APM
Range: Hexadecimal characters 00 to FF
STSMSG
Type: E:MSGTXT Status Message—A self-defining enumeration of the MSGTXT parameter that
Lock: Oper provides additional descriptive information regarding the red tag, batch state, or
Default: MSGTXT(0) device state.
PtRes: APM
Range: MSGTXT(0) to MSGTXT(15)
SUMSLTSZ (APM Box)

Type: Integer Total Configured Memory for Sequence Programs—This parameter equals the
Lock: View sum of all Process Module SEQSLTSZ parameters, and is shown on the
Default: 0 APMM Control Configuration display.
PtRes: APM
Range: >0
SUSPSTAT (ProcMod)
Type: E:$SUSPST Suspend State
Lock: View
Default: None
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-None
2-Feedback
3-Wait
4-ConfMsg
5-InputMsg

SUSPTIME
SUSPTIME (ProcMod)
Type: Integer Suspension Timer—The remaining time (in minutes) before the sequence
Lock: View program resumes execution. This timer is started when a sequence program
Default: 0 executes a wait statement.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 32, 767 minutes
SVALDB (DevCtl)
Type: E:PVALDB SECVAR Alarm Deadband—The deadband for the SECVAR alarm.
Lock: Engr/PB
Default: One
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Half (1/2 of 1% of Engineering Unit range)
1-One (1% of Engineering Unit range)
2-Two (2% of Engineering Unit range)
3-Three (3% of Engineering Unit range)
4-Four (4% of Engineering Unit range)
5-Five (5% of Engineering Unit range)
6-EU (Value is defined by SVALDBEU parameter)
SVALDBEU (DevCtl)
Type: Real SECVAR Alarm Deadband in Engineering Units—Indicates the alarm deadband
Lock: Engr/PB in engineering units when the SVALDB parameter = EU.
Default: 0.0
PtRes: APM
Range: Allowable Engineering Units
SVDESC (DevCtl)
Type: String_8 SECVAR Descriptor—Defines the SECVAR parameter or secondary variable
Lock: PtBld descriptor.
Default: Blank
PtRes: APM
SVEUDESC (DevCtl)
Type: String_8 SECVAR Engineering Unit Descriptor—Defines the engineering unit descriptor
Lock: PtBld for the SECVAR parameter or secondary variable descriptor.
Default: Blank
PtRes: APM

SVEUHI
SVEUHI (DevCtl)
Type: Real SECVAR Range High—Defines the high engineering unit range for the
Lock: Engr/PB SECVAR parameter.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: <> NaN
SVEULO (DevCtl)
Type: Real SECVAR Range Low—Defines the low engineering unit range for the
Lock: Engr/PB SECVAR parameter.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: <> NaN
SVHHFL (DevCtl)
Type: Logical SECVAR High-High Alarm Flag
Lock: View
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (SECVAR parameter is below the SVHHTP parameter minus the deadband)
On (SECVAR parameter has exceeded the SVHHTP parameter)
SVHHPR (DevCtl)
Type: E:ALPIOR SECVAR High-High Alarm Priority
Lock: Engr
Default: Low
PtRes: NIM
Range: JnlPrint (Alarm is historized, reported to printer, but not annunciated)
Printer (Reported to printer only)
Emergncy (Reported to all alarm summary displays)
High (Reported to Area Alarm Summary Display and Unit Alarm Summary Display)
Low (Reported to Unit Alarm Summary Display)
Journal (Logged but not reported to Universal Stations)
NoAction (Alarm is not reported to the system)

SVHHTP
SVHHTP (DevCtl)
Type: Real SECVAR High-High Alarm Trip Point—No alarms are generated when this
Lock: Supr parameter is set to NaN.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: 69+,73RUNaN
SVHHTPP (DevCtl)
Type: Real SECVAR High-High Trip Point Percent—The SECVAR High-High Trip Point
Lock: Supr in terms of engineering units in percent.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 100
SVHIFL (DevCtl)
Type: Logical SECVAR High Alarm Flag—This flag is set when the SECVAR exceeds
Lock: View SVHITP and is reset when SECVAR is below SVHIFL minus deadband.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (SECVAR parameter is below SVHIFL minus the deadband)
On (SECVAR parameter has exceeded SVHIFL)

SVHIPR
SVHIPR (DevCtl)
Type: E:ALPRIOR SECVAR High Alarm Priority
Lock: Engr
Default: Low
PtRes: NIM
Display)
SVHITP (DevCtl)
Type: Real SECVAR High Alarm Trip Point—When this parameter is set to NaN, no
Lock: Supr alarms are generated.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: ≥ SVEULO or NaN
SVHITPP (DevCtl)
Type: Real SECVAR High Alarm Trip Point Percent—The SECVAR High Trip Point in
Lock: Supr terms of engineering units percent.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 100
SVP (DevCtl)
Type: Real SECVAR in Percent of Engineering Range—The percentage for this parameter is
Lock: View calculated from the SECVAR parameter, using both the SVEVHI and SVELVO
Default: NaN parameters.
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 100

SVPEAK
SVPEAK (DevCtl)
Type: Real Peak Value of SECVAR—Indicates the highest value of the SECVAR parameter
Lock: View since the device changed from state 0.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: Real or NaN
SVSRC (DevCtl)
Type: Universal SECVAR Input Connection—Specifies input connection to which the current
Ent.Prm values of Device Control inputs are supplied. The connection can be specified
Lock: PtBld using the "Tagname.Parameter" format or the hardware reference address format
Default: Null Refer to the APM Control Functions and Algorithms manual for a detailed
PtRes: APM description.

a."Logic slot Tagname.NN(nn)" where nn = 1–8
b."ProcMod slot Tagname.NN(nnn)" where nnn = 1–80
c."Box Numerics slot Tagname.NN” where nnnnn = 1-16,384
d."!Box.FL(nnnn)" for a box flag that resides in the same box where nnnn = 1–16,384
MT is the IOP type, such as AI (Analog Input)
SVTV (DevCtl)
Type: Real Secondary Variable Target Value—Indicates the normal or operating setpoint for
Lock: Oper the SECVAR parameter.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: SVEULO to SVEUHI

SVTVP
SVTVP (DevCtl)
Type: Real Secondary Variable Target Value in Percent—Indicates the normal or operating
Lock: Oper setpoint for the SECVAR parameter as a percent.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 100
SWTCHACT (1)–(40) (APM Box)

Type: Logical IOP Synchronization—When this parameter is Off (inactive), the backup request
Lock: View line from the IOP's partner is not asserted. When this parameter is On (active),
Default: On the backup request line from the IOP's partner is asserted.
PtRes: APM
Range: On-Active
Off-Inactive
SYNCHSTS(1)–(40) (APM Box)

Type: E:$SYNCHST Primary/secondary Database Synchronization Status. It is set to WARNING
Lock: View when a database inconsistency is first detected, but the secondary appears
Default: None capable of providing backup. It changes to FAIL when the APMM has tried
PtRes: APM to resync but does not succeed or a secondary failure prevents synchronization.
nn = 1–40 corresponds to the 40 logical I/O modules.
Applies to primary IOP only.
Range: 0-OK - (the secondary is synchronized with the

primary and can provide backup if necessary.)
1-WARNING - (database inconsistency detected
but secondary can probably provide backup).
2-FAIL - (APMM has tried to resynchronize but
has not succeeded or, secondary has also failed).

T
-T-
T (FlowComp)
Type: Real Temperature Input—Indicates the measured actual temperature.
Lock: View
Default: 1.0
PtRes: APM
Range: > 0.0
T0 (FlowComp)
Type: Real Zero Reference for Temperature—T0 is the zero reference temperature input and
Lock: Supr it is in the same engineering units as the T (measured actual temperature) input.
Default: 0.0 T0 is typically -459.69 degrees F or -273.15 degrees C. Enter the absolute value
PtRes: APM of the temperature.
Range: N/A
T1
Type: Real Integral Time in Minutes—Defines the integral time constant in
Lock: Supr minutes-per-repeat.
PtRes: APM
Helpful Hint: Integral action can be disabled by setting T1 equal to 0.0.
T2
Type: Real Derivative Time in Minutes—Defines the derivative time constant.
Lock: Supr
PtRes: APM
Helpful Hint: Derivative action can be disabled by setting T2 equal to 0.0
TCRNGOPT
Type: E:$TCRNGOP Thermocouple Range Option—Defines the thermocouple range option.
Lock: Eng/PB Applies only if a thermocouple (TC) sensor type is used for this data point.
Default: Normal
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Normal (Use PVEXEULO’s normal range table)
1-Extended (Use PVEXEULO’s extended range table)
Helpful Hint: TCRNGOPT configuration requires IOTYPE = LLAI or LLMUX, or RHMUX

and SENSRTYP = Thermcpl. Refer to parameter PVEXEULO.
APM Parameter Reference Dictionary T-1 2/99

TD
TD (VdtLdLag)
Type: Real Total Dead Time in Minutes—Defines the fixed delay time in minutes for
Lock: Supr equation B, and the actual variable delay time in minutes for equations C and D.
Default: 0.0
PtRes: APM
Range: > 0.0 minutes
TF
Type: Real PV Filter Lag Time in Minutes—Defines the filtering time lag to be used after
Lock: Supr the PV range has been checked. A value of 0.0 specifies that the PV is not
Default: 0.0 minutes delayed.
PtRes: APM
TIME(1)–(4095) (APM Box)

Type: Time Box Time Variables—The upper limit of this array is determined by the NTIME
Lock: Oper parameter. The LCN index limit is 4,095, while the limit on the UCN is 4096.
Default: 0 seconds Array points may be used to address Times with an index greater than 4095.
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
TIME(i) (Array)
Type: Time Array Point Time Variables—Times are mapped from the APM Box defined by
Lock: Determined by the TIMESTIX and NTIME parameters.
SPLOCK
parameter
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 1 ,$UUD\SDUDPHWHU17,0(
TIME(1)–(4) (ProcMod)
Type: Time Local Time Variables—Four local Time variables are available in each Process
Lock: Determined by Module point. These variables are different than the APM Box Time variables.
SPLOCK
Parameter
Default: 0 seconds
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
TIMEBASE (Timer)
Type: E:TIMEBASE Time Base—Defines the time base to be used for the Timer data point.
Lock: Engr
Default: Seconds
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Seconds
1-Minutes

TIMEBASE
TIMEBASE (Totalizr, PI)

Type: E:TIMEBASE Totalizer Time Base—Defines whether time base is in seconds, minutes, or
Lock: Eng/PB hours.
Default: Minutes
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Seconds (PV and Setpoint engineering units (gallons, etc.) per second)
1-Minutes (PV and Setpoint engineering units (gallons, etc.) per minute)
2-Hours (PV and Setpoint engineering units (gallons, etc.) per hour)
TIMEDESC (Array)
Type: String_64 Time Array Descriptor—Sixty four-character string describing Time data.
Lock: PtBld
Default: Spaces
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
TIMESECS(1)–(240) (Array)
Type: Time Array Point Time Variables—Times mapped from the APM box defined by
Lock: Determined by TIMESTIX and NTIME parameters.
SPLOCK
parameter
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 1 i 17,0($UUD\SDUDPHWHU
TIMESTIX (Array)
Type: Real Time Array Start Index—Defines the Time data start index in the Box
Lock: PtBld Time variables.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to Box parameter NTIME (0 indicates there are no Times configured for this point)
TIMESYNC (UCN)
Type: E:ENBLSTAT Timesynch Control—Defines whether SOE timesynch can be performed by
Lock: PtBld this NIM or NIM pair. Normally, the NIM with the lowest address is
Default: Disable configured for this function.
PtRes: NIM
Range: Enable (This NIM or NIM pair is able to perform SOE time synchronization)
Disable (This NIM or NIM pair does not perform SOE time synchronization, but can receive and
report SOE events)
TLD (VdtLdLag)
Type: Real Lead Time Constant in Minutes—Defines the lead-compensation time constant
Lock: Supr in minutes. A 0 (zero) entry specifies no lead compensation.
PtRes: APM
Range: -1440.0 to 1440.0 minutes

TLG1, TLG2
TLG1, TLG2 (VdtLdLag)
Type: Real Lag Time Constant
Lock: Supr
PtRes: APM
Range: 0.0 to 1440.0 minutes (0 specifies no lag compensation)
TMCMD(1)–(64) (APM Box)

Type: E:COMMAND Timer Command—An array of commands issued to the 64 Timer data points.
Lock: Oper
Default: N/A
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-None (A command has not been issued to the timer)
1-Start (Starts the timer)
2-Stop (Stops the timer)
3-Reset (Resets the timer to 0)
4-RestStrt (Resets the timer to 0, and starts the timer)
TMPV(1)–(64) (Timer)
Type: Integer Timer PV—Indicates the current (elapsed) time of the Timer data point in
Lock: View seconds or minutes.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: >0
TMRV(1)–(64) (Timer)
Type: Integer Timer RV—Indicates the remaining time (TMSP minus TMPV) for the Timer
Lock: View data point.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: >0
TMSO(1)–(64) (Timer)
Type: Logical Timer Status Output—Indicates the current state of the timer output.
Lock: View
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (TMPV 7063HODSVHGWLPHKDVQRWUHDFKHGWKHSUHVHWWLPH
On (TMPV = TMSP; elapsed time has reached the preset time)
TMSP(1)–(64) (Timer)
Type: Integer Timer Setpoint—Defines the preset time of the Timer data point, in seconds or
Lock: Oper minutes.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: 0 to 32000

TMST(1)–(64)
TMST(1)–(64) (Timer)
Type: E:STATE Timer State—Indicates the current state of the Timer data point.
Lock: View
Default: Stopped
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Stopped (Timer is currently stopped)
1-Running (Timer is currently running)
TMTB(1)–(64) (Timer)
Type: E:TIMEBASE Timer Time Base—Defines the time base of the timer.
Lock: Engr
Default: Seconds
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Seconds
1-Minutes
TRACKING
Type: Logical Selected Input Tracking—Allows the selected input to be changed without
Lock: Eng/PB bumping the output.
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: Off (Tracking disabled)
On (Tracking is to be used)
Helpful Hint: If On, causes nonselected inputs to track the selected input.
TRANTIM0–2 (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: Time Transition Time—The date and time of the most recent transition to each state
Lock: View based on the PV.
Default: 0
PtRes: APM
Range: Time Stamp
TRATAVG (NIM, APM Box)

Type: Real Average UCN Transaction Trip Time—The average UCN transaction trip time
Lock: View in milliseconds for both fetch and store responses from this node to other
Default: NaN UCN nodes.
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
Helpful Hint: This statistic can be viewed on the Toolkit Displays

TRATMAX
TRATMAX (NIM, APM Box)

Type: Real Maximum UCN Transaction Trip Time—The maximum UCN transaction trip
Lock: View time in milliseconds for both fetch and store responses from this node to other
Default: NaN UCN nodes.
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
TRFB (PidErfb)
Type: Real Tracking Feedback Input in Engineering Units—Indicates the value of the PV or
Lock: View SP of another data point that is receiving its setpoint from this data point.
Default: NaN
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A
TSTS (FlowComp)
Type: E:PVVALST Temperature Input Value Status—Status of the T input value.
Lock: View
Default: Normal
PtRes: APM
TVPROC (RegCtl)
Type: E:TVPROC Target Value Processor State
Lock: Oper
Default: Off
PtRes: APM
Range: 0-Off (No target value processing)
1-Preset (Set up setpoint target value and ramp time)
2-Run (Perform ramping function)
Helpful Hint: TVPROC applies only if SPOPT = TV.

UCNRECHN
-U-
UCNRECHN (APM Box, NIM)
Type: E:$RECCHN UCN Receive Channel—Indicates the channel to which the node is listening.
Lock: View
Default: ChannelA
PtRes APM, NIM
Range: 0-ChannelA
1-ChannelB
UCNSCANT (APM Box)

Type: Real Peer-to-Peer Scan Period in seconds
Lock: Eng/PB
Default: 0.5
PtRes: APM
Range: 0.5, 1.0
UCNSFREV
Type: Integer UCN Software Revision
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes APM
UCNSFVER
Type: Integer UCN Software Version
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes APM
APM Parameter Reference Dictionary U-1 2/99

UNCMDFL
UNCMDFL (DevCtl, DigComp)

Type: Logical Uncommanded Change Alarm Flag—Indicates whether an uncommanded change
Lock: View has been detected in the field device. (Field device has changed its state without
Default: Off a command.)
PtRes APM
Range: Off (No uncommanded change alarm)
On (Uncommanded change alarm has been detected by this point)
UNIT
Type: String_2 Unit Identifier—Defines the process unit to which this point is assigned. The
Lock: PtBld unit identifier is originally assigned during network configuration, and it appears
Default: N/A in displays and listings throughout the system.
PtRes NIM
Restriction: Two characters are required; blanks are not allowed. For example,
unit 3 must be entered as 03.
CL and Picture Editor — An integer is returned. This number is equivalent to
the unit position in the Unit Names configuration list.
Range: A-Z, 0-9 (up to 100 unit IDs can be configured)
UPGRADE (UCN)
Type: E:UPGRADE NIM Upgrade Status
Lock: Oper
Default: OK
PtRes NIM
Range: OK (NIM has not been upgraded and is OK)
Upgrade (NIM is upgraded and is questionable)

URL
URL (STI)
Type: Real Upper Range Limit—Indicates the upper range limit of the PV at the Smart
Lock: Eng/View Transmitter. This limit is a fixed limit and cannot be changed. Refer to the
Default: NaN description of the STI_EU parameter for the URL engineering units. During
PtRes: APM configuration, the value entered for this parameter must agree with the URL
value of the transmitter. Although any value can be entered during
configuration, a database mismatch will occur when the point is put on-process
because the transmitter’s URL value and the STI IOP’s URL value are not the
same. If the values are not the same, the STATE parameter value becomes
DBChange and PVSTS becomes Bad. Refer to URL in the PM/APM Smartline
Transmitter Integration Manual for more information.
The corresponding LRL parameter is not a configurable parameter at the
Universal Station.
The upper range limits for the Smart Transmitters are as follows:
For the ST3000 Smart Pressure Transmitters (Spt_Dp, Spt_Gp and Spt_Ap):
Xmtr Range URL (In H2O)
400 inH2O 400.0

600 inH2O 600.0
780 mmHga 400.0
100 PSI 2768.0
200 PSI 5536.13
500 PSI/A 13840.34
1500 PSI 41521.0
2000 PSI 55361.35
3000 PSI 83042.02
6000 PSI 166084.0
10000 PSI 276806.7
For the STT3000 Smart Temperature Transmitter (Stt):
Sensor Type URL
(PVCHAR) (in Degrees C except where noted)
Linear (mV) 1000 Mv
Thermocouples:
B 1820
E 1000
J 1200
K 1370
NiNiMoTC 1300
N 1300
R 1760
S 1760
T 400
W5W26TC 2300
W3W25TC 2300

URV
RTDs:
Cu10RTD 250
Cu25RTD 250
DINRTD 850
JISRTD 640
NicklRTD 150
Pt200 850
Pt500 850
RHRad 1800
RTD (ohms) 4000
For the MagneW 3000 Magnetic Flowmeter (Sfm):
'2
URL (in meters3/hour) = x 3600 x (N + 1)
4x106
where: D = the detector diameter in millimeters as follows: 2.5, 5, 10, 15, 25,
40, 50, 80, 100, 150, 200, 300, 350, 400, 500, 600, or 700
N = the number of dummy submerged detectors, from 0 to 9
Range: N/A, NaN
URV (STI)
Type: Real Upper Range Value—Defines the upper end of the operating range for the
Lock: Supr/View PVRAW value. Refer to the description of the STI_EU parameter for the URV
Default: NaN engineering units.
PtRes: APM
Range: N/A, NaN Although the following maximum values can be entered, values greater than the
URL are not recommended and accuracy is not guranteed in such cases.
For a pressure transmitter (Spt): URVmax = 2.0 x URL

For a temperature transmitter (Stt): URVmax = 2.0 x URL
For a magnetic flow transmitter (Sfm): URVmax = 12.0 x URL
This parameter is a view-only parameter when the STI point execution state
PTEXECST is Active (indicating that changes cannot be made in this parameter
value from the Universal Station).
USERID
Type: String_16 User ID Reservation—The user ID that currently has reserved this point. The
Lock: Oper user can be changed by either a point, program, or operator. The operator can
Default: Dashes overwrite the USERID parameter at anytime. A program can store a nonblank
PtRes APM string in this parameter only if it is blank. If the USERID string starts with
three or more dashes (- - -), only the operator can overwrite the ID.
UTSDRIFT (APM Box, NIM)

Type: Integer UCN Node Clock Drift—Indicates the current APMM clock drift rate, calculated
Lock: View by averaging the LCN clock interval and SYNCH CLOCK interval over
Default: N/A multiple synchs. Averaging does not occur until UCN time synchronization is
PtRes APM, NIM in a steady state.
Range:

UTSNODE
UTSNODE (APM Box, NIM)

Type: Integer Last UCN Syncher Node—Describes which node is the synch master or
Lock: View syncher. Normally, this is the primary NIM, even though the secondary NIM
Default: 0 can also be the syncher. The syncher function performs periodic time
PtRes APM, NIM synchronization on the UCN.
Range: 0, 1 to 64 (0 specifies No Syncher Node)
UTSTBCRV (APM Box, NIM)

Type: String_2 TBC Revision—The token bus controller revision number in hexidecimal
Lock: View format.
Default: N/A
PtRes APM, NIM
Range: 5 to 15
UTSTIME (APM Box, NIM)

Type: Time Current Time in LCN Node—Identifies the current time of day for this LCN
Lock: View node, and is useful if there are multiple LCNs or UCNs.
Default: N/A
PtRes APM, NIM
Range: N/A
UTSTIMST (APM Box, NIM)

Type: E:$UCNTMST Timesynch State of the UCN Node—The state of time synchronization
Lock: View for each UCN node.
Default: 0
PtRes APM, NIM
Range: 0-Initial (Waiting for the first complete synch operation)
1-Failed (The maximum amount of time has elapsed and no synch operation has occurred, or the
NIM does not have a functioning EPNI board)
2-Degraded (In nonsyncher NIMs and APMMs, an excessive amount of time has elapsed without
a complete synch operation. In APMMs, the drift limit between the LCN and
APMM clock has been exceeded)
3-LCN_Bad (Synch operations are taking place on a regular basis, but the NIM’s clock is not
synched with the LCN)
4-LCN_OK (Synch operations are occurring regularly and the NIM’s clock is properly synched
with the LCN)
5-OK (Synch operations are working in an optimal manner)

WARMSTRT(1)–(168)
-W-
WARMSTRT(1)–(168)
Type: Logical Warm Start Flag
Lock: View
Default:
PtRes IOP
Range: On (Warm start executed)
Off (Cold start executed)
WEEKDAY (APM Box)

Type: Integer Current Weekday—The current weekday based on LCN wall clock time.
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes APM
Range: 1 to 7 (Sunday to Saturday)
WITHBIAS(1)–(40) (APM Box)

Type: Logical I/O Module Physical Bias State—ON Indicates that the preferred
Lock: View primary is really the acting primary; OFF indicates that it is not.
Default: ON For IOPs that do not have hardware bias (e.g., HLAI, DI, etc.),
PtRes APM the status of ON is always returned. Applies to primary IOP only.
Range: On (The preferred primary is the acting primary)

Off (The preferred primary is not the acting primary)
APM Parameter Reference Dictionary W-1 2/99

APM Parameter Reference Dictionary W-2 2/99
X
-X-
X (FlowComp)
Type: Real Steam Compressibility Input—Indicates the measured actual steam
Lock: View compressibility.
Default: 1.0
PtRes APM
Range: > 0.0
X1
(AutoMan)
Type: Real X1 Input Value to be Biased
Lock: Prog
Default: NaN
PtRes APM
Range: NaN
X1–4 (IncrSum, ORSel)

Type: Real Inputs 1-4—Current values of the inputs to this algorithm.
Lock: Prog
Default: NaN
PtRes APM
Range: > 0.0,
NaN
X2
(AutoMan)
Type: Real Bias Adjustment Input
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes APM
Range: N/A
X2 (RatioCtl)
Type: Real Input Number 2—Indicates the value of the uncontrolled process variable.
Lock: View Source should be the same as for P2 of the Calcultr algorithm, if it is being used
Default: N/A in conjunction with the Calcultr algorithm.
PtRes APM
Range: N/A
APM Parameter Reference Dictionary X-1 2/99

X2FILT
X2FILT (RatioCtl)
Type: Real Filtered value of the X2 input
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes APM
Range: N/A
Helpful Hint: Filter time is determined by X2TF. This filter is only active if the point is in
the AUTO or CASC mode.
X2TF (RatioCtl)
Type: Real X2 input filter lag time in minutes
Lock: Supr
Default: 0.0
PtRes APM
Range: 0 - 60 minutes
XEUHI (AutoMan, IncrSum, ORSel)

Type: Real X Input Engineering Unit High Range—Defines the upper limit of the value of
Lock: Engr the X input or inputs.
Default: 100.0
(equivalent
to 100%)
PtRes APM
Range: > XEULO
XEULO (AutoMan, IncrSum, ORSel)

Type: Real X Input Engineering Unit Low Range—Defines the lower limit of the value of
Lock: Engr the X input or inputs.
Default: 0.0
(equivalent
to 0%)
PtRes APM
Range: < XEUHI
XSTS (FlowComp)
Type: E:PVVALST X Input Value Status—Status of the steam compressibility input.
Lock: View
Default: Normal
PtRes APM
APM Parameter Reference Dictionary X-2 2/99

YEAR
-Y-
YEAR (APM Box)

Type: Integer Current Year—The value of the LCN date in the APM.
Lock: View
Default: N/A
PtRes APM
Range: 1979 to 2115
APM Parameter Reference Dictionary Y-1 2/99

APM Parameter Reference Dictionary Y-2 2/99
FAX Transmittal FAX No.: (602) 313-4842
TO: Andrea Simmons Total FAX pages:

(including this page)
Reader Comments
Title of Document: Advanced Process Manager Parameter Reference Dictionary
Document Number: AP09-640 Issue Date: 2/99
Comments:
Recommendations:
FROM:
Name: Date:
Title:
Company:
Address:
City: State: ZIP:
Telephone: FAX:
FOR ADDITIONAL ASSISTANCE:

Write Call
Honeywell Inc.
Industrial Automation and Control Technical Assistance Center (TAC)
Automation College 1-800-822-7673 (48 contiguous states except Arizona)
2820 West Kelton Lane 602-313-5558 (Arizona)
Phoenix, AZ 85053-3028
Industrial Automation and Control
Automation College
2820 W. Kelton Lane
Phoenix, AZ 85023-3028

Ap09 640 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ap09 640 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ap09 640 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Advanced Process Manager

Advanced Process Manager

© Copyright 1999 by Honeywell Inc.

Revision 02 – February 1, 1999

While this information is presented in good faith and believed to be accurate,

In no event is Honeywell liable to anyone for any indirect, special or consequential

Other brand or product names are trademarks of their respective owners.

APM Parameter Reference Dictionary 2/99

2 PARAMETERS PER POINT TYPE

3 PARAMETERS PER ALGORITHM TYPE

3.1 Auto Manual (AutoMan)

$–Y PARAMETER DEFINITIONS

APM Parameter Reference Dictionary i 2/99

1.2 USE OF THIS PUBLICATION

1.3 PARAMETER DEFINITION FORMAT

Helpful Hint: ALMOPT configuration requires DITYPE = Status.

APM Parameter Reference Dictionary 1-1 2/99

• SD_ENM:—Self-Defining Enumeration; the value for the parameter is chosen from

• Ent.Prm—consists of a 1-16 character tag name, a period, and a 1-8 character

• Prm_Id—1-8 character parameter name.

• Real—a 32-bit floating-point number in IEEE format.

• String_L—a character string of maximum length = L. Same as Ascii_L.

• Universal Ent.Prm—Universal Entity Parameter Identifier. It is basically the same

APM Parameter Reference Dictionary 1-2 2/99

The following are examples of hardware reference addresses*:

AO Processor Output !AO11S03.OP (Parameter OP of Slot #3 of AO processor #11)

DI Processor PV !DI05S07.PVFL (Parameter PVFL of Slot #7 of DI processor #5)

DO Processor !DO15S12.SO (Parameter SO of Slot #12 of DO processor #15)

DO Processor !DO15S12.ONPULSE (Parameter ONPULSE of Slot #12 of DO

DO Processor !DO15S12.OFFPULSE (Parameter OFFPULSE of Slot #12 of

Oper Oper Supr Engr Cont APMMCc Prog PtBld

APM Parameter Reference Dictionary 1-3 2/99

APM Advanced Process Manager

1.4 PARAMETERS PER POINT TYPE AND ALGORITHM TYPE

1.5 FULL POINTS AND COMPONENT POINTS

APM Parameter Reference Dictionary 1-4 2/99

APM Parameter Reference Dictionary 1-5 2/99

IOL I/O Link

APM Parameter Reference Dictionary 1-6 2/99

1.7.1 Parameter Not Accessible to CL

Parameter $EVNTREC is not accessible to Control Language (CL) sequences.

1.7.2 CL Restricted Parameters

1. Boolean parameters (BHALMFLn), can be referenced as general inputs to a Switch

2. For Enumerations (NODEOPER, NODESTS, NODETYP, POSITION, AND

APM Parameter Reference Dictionary 1-7 2/99

PARAMETERS PER POINT TYPE

2.1 Analog Input (AI)

$AUXUNIT (F) LRL PVALDB (F) PVLLFL SLWSRCID

2.2 Analog Output (AO)

ASSOCDSP MODNUM OPFINAL OPOUT2 PNTTYPE

APM Parameter Reference Dictionary 2-1 2/99

AB_DATA1 ERRCODE NN PNTNODTY STRDESC

2.4 Box (APM Box)

BADPVTXT IOLPERSW LSPPXORN NODESTS SAFOPCMD

APM Parameter Reference Dictionary 2-2 2/99

2.5 Box Flag

$AUXUNIT (F)* EIPPCODE (F)* NODETYP PRIMMOD (F)* SLOTNUM

2.6 Box Numeric

ASSOCDSP NODENUM PNTNODTY PRIMMOD (F) PVFORMAT